Home

1features of your hyundai

1. 1 99 Homelink Mirror RETE 1 102 Outside rearview mirror nnne 1 97 Outside rearview mirror Heater ccccccssessssseeeeeceeseeeeeeseeeeeeees 1 98 O Odometer Trip Odometer 1 71 Occupant Classification System 1 51 P Parking Brake t 1 108 Power OUIS 1 86 Power Steering Fluid Level 6 23 R Rear Seat Adjusting seatback angle 1 22 Folding rear seatback cec pereo ences brote pres entes 1 23 Rear Window Defroster Switch 1 88 Reporting Safety Defects 8 17 Risk of Rollover ME 2 3 E ee 1 111 S Seat gio M eee 1 16 TI rc T 1 22 MERE 1 22 Seat Belts MN ET 1 31 Pretensioner seat Delt 1 40 Adjusting your seat belt 1 30 Care of seat belts a a RC ad 1 29 mico Pr T r 1
2. el ml e GENERAL ITEMS g DRIVE BELT 2 7 ve ALT P STR G A CON pf pt 3 3 V6 ALT P STR G A CON 11 e 4 MANUALTRANSAXLEFLUD CT t 5 AUTOMATICTRANSAXEEFLUD jj BRAKE FLUID L L 7 BRAKE HOSES AND LINES 8 PARKNGBRAKE si EE et BRAKE PADS CALIPERS AND ROTORS FRONT REAR Pt drj t1 1 dr dot 1 10 EXHAUST PIPE AND MUFFLER Md SUSPENSION MOUNTING BOLTS ae ae JEDE 12 STEERING GEAR BOX LINKAGE amp BOOTS LOWER ARM BALL JOINT is POWER STEERING PUMP BELT ano Hoses _ a Ds amcowmomwanemaeaw FOR EVAPORATOR AND BLOWER UNIT FA TRANSFER CASE OL AWD 18 REAR axle oiL P qii p P Pr p jp MEE GNE a a Note 1 For the first time replace the coolant at 60 000 miles 96 000 km or 60 months After that replace it every 30 000 miles 48 000 km or 24 months 2 Inspect every 37 500 miles 60 000 km replace every 75 000 miles 120 000 km or 60 months 8 For every 12 months or 10 000 miles 15 000 km whichever occurs first R 5 VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS F040A02CM AAT The following items must be serviced more freq
3. 1 144 Audio System 1 147 1 FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI FUEL RECOMMENDATIONS BO10A02CM AAT Use Unleaded Gasoline UNLEADED FUEL ONLY Unleaded gasoline with a Pump Octane Rating of 87 Research Octane Number 91 or Higher must be used B010B01A AAT What About Gasohol Gasohol a mixture of 9096 unleaded gaso line and 10 ethanol or grain alcohol may be used in your Hyundai However if your engine develops driveability prob lems the use of 100 unleaded gasoline is recommended Fuels with unspecified quantities of alcohol or alcohols other than ethanol should not be used B010CO01A AAT Use of MTBE Hyundai recommends that fuels contain ing MTBE Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether over 15 096 vol Oxygen Content 2 7 weight should not be used in your Hyundai Fuel containing MTBE over 15 0 vol Oxygen Content 2 796 weight may re duce vehicle performance and produce vapor lock or hard starting B010D01A AAT Do Not Use Methanol Fuels containing methanol wood alco hol should not be used in your Hyundai This type of fuel can reduce vehicle perfor mance and damage components of the fuel system CAUTION YourHyundai s New Vehicle Limited War ranty may not cover damage to the fuel system and any performance problems that are caused by the use of fuels con taining methanol or fuels containing MTBE Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether over 15 0 vol Oxygen Conte
4. 8 8 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS 3 5 8 12 Towing A trailer or 2 27 zii M 3 19 If your car must be towed 3 17 T T ut 2 31 Transaxle PRO MMU T E E 2 10 Automatic transaxle fluid checking 6 12 Musis ee Ed E 2 7 Manual transaxle oil checking 6 11 Tip COMPUT P 1 72 V Vehicle Identification Number 8 2 Load LIMIT 2 32 Vehicle Specifications za ce T 9 3 L pnicaton CHaT NR T 9 4 DIMENSIONS E TT 9 2 W Warning and Indicator Lights 1 64 Windows uic eec 1 15 Windshield Wiper and 1 78 Rear Window wiper and washer switch 1 82 Windshield Wiper Blade De icer 1 84 Windshield Wiper 2 5 6 9 Winter DIVING 2 24 This Owner s Manual should be considered a part of t
5. AG aad E MT 1 87 AIDA rr 1 43 Air Cleaner ur opa Dudas eed dec ord ed d ua uc vu Pat uud 6 16 Air Conditioning Rymer AARSE s 6 15 Beier ooo m 1 132 6 15 1 132 PONE I 1 142 P T MER TEE 1 85 Audio System Identifying your audio 1 147 Controlling how your audio system sounds 1 148 Using general controls ccccccecccseeeeeeee eee ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeees 1 151 Using FM AM tuner Controls sseseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 1 156 Using CD Player controls ssssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 159 Playing CDS WMA discs 1 162 SIG AM COMMONS m 1 168 Using external controls 1 175 Using Rear Seat Entertainment RSE system controls 1 172 Rear Seat Entertainment RSE system 1 178 RSE control panel operation 1 185 Using the satellite radio 1 193 Using the remote controller 1 196 AWD LOCK 2 20 B cic M 6 20 Binding ATDIN a
6. OR eer E 8 11 T 8 12 mm 8 12 When to Replace Tires 8 12 je m 8 13 Tire Maintenance 8 13 Spare Tire and TOOlS sseudamiesedituismtsediu n ttr prp YE 8 14 Warranties for Your Hyundai Vehicle 8 15 Consumer Information 8 15 Reporting Safety 8 17 Binding Arbitration of Warranty Claims U S A Only 8 18 VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION ENGINE NUMBER NUMBER VIN 1010A01CM AAT 1010B01A AAT 36M056002N The vehicle identification number VIN is the number used in registering your car and in all legal matters pertaining to its ownership etc It can be found in three different places on your car 1 On the engine side of the bulkhead between the engine and passenger compartment 2 On the left top side of the instrument panel where it can be seen by looking down through the windshield 3 Door edge post Driver s side gt P OCMO053107L p 3 Td OCM056003A The engine number is stamped on the engine block as shown in the drawing TIRES CONSUMER INFORMATION REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS amp BINDING ARBITRATION OF WARRANTY CLAIMS 8 020 02 Tire Information Thetir
7. The front ashtray may be opened by push ing and releasing the ashtray lid To re move the ashtray to empty or clean liftthe ashtray upward and pull it out se POWER OUTLETS B500D01TG AAT If installed cu CAUTION o Usethe power outlets only when the engine is running Remove the plug from the power outlet after using the electric device Using the power out lets whenthe engine stops or keeping the electric device plugged in for many hours may cause the battery to dis charge gt Do not use the power outlet to connect ot m electric accessories or equipment The power outlets are designed to provide thatare not designedto operate on 12 If installed 55 power for mobile telephones or other de volts _ vices designed to operate with vehicle Some electronic devices can cause electrical systems The devices should electronic interference when plugged draw less than 10 amps with the engine into the power outlet These devices running may cause excessive audio noise and malfunctions in other electronic systems or devices in your vehicle i yj 2122L B505A01CM AAT AC Inverter If installed These supply 115VAC 150W electric power to operate electric accessories or equipment when the key is in the ON position or engine is running The AC Inverter is turned on by pushing in the switch Toturn the AC Inverter off push the switch a second ti
8. OS i TIFITPITIT error rir irri 1 1 1 H rar Tar iari HT pe Hott ETT 1 l 1am Tartana Pre TEPIEPTEE r 1 HII 1 TEFWIBFTEFTLE Y 1 r i mr 1 ini 1 1 53 n ibi ninidukdj m 7 ee era Pee et TENIEN TIETTIEFTEFTTII 1 Peete tie H 114 A000 5rd Riba 1 ETE ETT 1 1 1 e pd OT WENDEN 3 CEERRESEBE z EHIHHHEHEN m D A 2 po od D WARRANTIES FOR YOUR HYUNDAI VEHICLE Please consult your Owner s Handbook amp Warranty Information booklet for your vehicle s spe cific warranty coverage RESPONSIBILITY FOR MAINTENANCE The maintenance requirements for your new Hyundai are found in Section 7 As the owner it is your responsibility to see that all maintenance operations specified by the manufacturer are carried out at the appropriate intervals When the vehicle is used in severe driving conditions more frequent main tenance is required for some operations Maintenance requirements for severe operating conditions are also included in Section 7 FQ SantTaAafek
9. Tilting the Sunroof System aS 10281 Auto tilt open To use the autotilt feature momentarily more than 1 second press the TILT UP button on the overhead console The sunroof will tilt all the way open To stop the sunroof tilting at any point press any sunroof control button Manual tilt open Press the TILT UP button on the overhead console for less than 0 5 second Close To close the sunroof press the CLOSE button on the overhead console and hold it until the sunroof is closed NOTE After washing the car or after there is rain be sure to wipe off any water that is on the sunroof before operating it WARNING o Do not close a sunroof if anyone s hands arms or body are between the sliding glass andthe sunroof sash as this could result in injury Do not place your head or arms out of the sunroof opening at any time While the vehicle is moving always keep the head hands and other parts of the body of all occupants away fromthe roof opening Otherwise you could be seriously injured if the ve hicle stops suddenly or if the vehicle Is involved in an accident 91 1 FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI o Do not open the sunroof in severely cold temperature or when it is cov ered with ice or snow Periodically remove any dirtthat may have accumulated on the guide rails Do not press any sunroof control but ton longer than necessary Damage to the motor or system com ponents could occur INT
10. 1 83 Front Seats Adjustable front seats xx daas Rond 1 16 Adjustable headrests nennen 1 18 Adjusting seat forward and rearward 1 16 Adjusting seatback angle 1 17 Fuel d UR TR ET 9 2 Cri 1 70 Recommendations 1 2 Fuel Filler Lid Remote release nnn nnns 1 113 Full time AWD Operation 2 17 gc me 6 17 Fuse panel description 2 6 32 G eaa NE e CE a 6 4 GIOVE eer b 1 95 H Hazard Warning System 1 83 Heating and Cooling Control 1 125 Heating and Ventilation Air flow control 1 127 Air intake control switch esses 1 126 sic 1 128 Defrosting Defogging seen 1 133 Fan speed control Blower control 1 126 Temperature control
11. Only for Model D465S and D466S Passengers in the rear seat can use the RSE to play DVD VCD MPEG discs The HSE system functions as an auxiliary source directing sound to the audio sys tem for amplification and processing For more information please refer to the RSE section FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI 1 445 2 USING GENERAL CONTROLS 1 POWER ON OFF Volume control knob 2 SCAN button Model D445S LOAD button Model D465S and D466S CD EJECT A button AUDIO CONTROL knob Input source selector buttons Depending on your model the buttons shown are AM FM FM FM1 FM2 XM RSEM U RsEOFF MP3 XM CD CD RSE 6 Surround Sound selector LOGIC7 for Model D466S only RC MARK INFO d CD Loading Ejecting Slot D466S01CM Model shown is 04665 The buttons on your audio system may differ For details see specific descriptions in the following sections 1 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI B445D02CM AAT 1 Power ON OFF Volume Control knob Power To operate your audio system your igni tion key must be in the ACC or ON position Press the knob to switch on the audio system The audio system resumes opera tion in either the Radio CD mode XM mode or RSE mode only for model D465S or D466S with RSE system connected Pressthe knob again to switch off the audio System Volume Control Knob Rotate the knob clockwise to increase the volume
12. eia cheea mast ione psi 1 130 High Mounted Rear Stop 9 1 112 ss ROG AS 1 115 ix E 1 119 ene 2 5 Instrument Cluster and Indicator Lights 1 62 Instrument Panel Light Control 1 84 MAS VG EN e 1 93 J CLINI x ici ale ERN m 3 3 K ji A 1 3 If you lose your Keys 3 21 MORENO EL 2 5 L Light Bulbs Replacement 6 24 Luggage Compartment 3 rre en rot Reel e ehe e e PR 1 109 Cargo security screen 1 109 Luggage E 1 110 L ggage nder Way sessioissa aena n 1 111 M Maintenance Intervals Explanation of scheduled maintenance items 5 7 Maintenance under severe usage conditions 5 6 Scheduled maintenance 5 4 Service requirements esssssssseseeseeeeeen nennen nnne 5 2 Mirrors Automatic Dimming Rear View Mirror With Compass 1 100 Day night inside rearview mirror
13. Z Nav Compass Display The NVS Mirror in your vehicle is also equipped with a Z Nav M Compass that shows the vehicle Compass heading in the Display Window using the 8 basic cardinal headings N NE E SE etc Compass Function The Compass can be turned ON and OFF and will remember the last state when the ignition is cycled To turn the display fea ture ON OFF 1 Press and release the button to turn the display feature OFF 2 Press and release the button again to turn the display back ON Additional options can be set with press and hold sequences of the button and are detailed below There is a difference between magnetic north and true north The compass in the mirror can compensate for this difference when it knows the Magnetic Zone in which it is operating This is set either by the dealer or by the user The operating Zone Numbers for North America are shown in the figure on the following section 1 FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI B520C05NF To adjust the Zone setting 1 Determine the desired Zone Number based upon your current location on the Zone Map Press and hold the button for more than 3 but less than 6 seconds the current Zone Number will appear on the display Pressing and holding the button again will cause the numbers to incre ment Note they will repeat 13 14 15 1 2 Releasing the button when the desired Zone Number appears on the
14. 1 Rear seat arm rest 4 eo Pa This arm rest is located in the center of the rear seat back BO85D02TG AAT Adjustable Headrests f gt Lock knob 4 BO080D01TG 1 Headrests are designed to help reduce the risk of neck injuries To raise the headrest pull it up To lower it push it down while pressing the lock knob To remove the headrest raise it as far as it can go then press the lock knob while pulling upward This should only be done when the seat is not occupied WARNING IP o Formaximumeffectiveness incase of an accident the headrest should be adjusted so the middle of the headrest is at the same height as the top of the occupant s eyes For this reason the use of a cushion that holds the body away fromthe seatbackis not recom mended Do not operate vehicle with the head rests removed as injury to the occu pants may occur in the event of an accident Headrests may provide pro tection against neck injuries when properly adjusted B140A01B AAT REAR SEATWARNING OCMO015004L For the safety of all passengers luggage or other cargo should not be piled higher than the top of the seatback SEAT BELTS B150A03S AAT Seat Belt Precautions WARNING All occupants of the vehicle must wear their seat belts at all times Seat belts and child restraints reduce the risk of serious orfatal injuries for all occupants inthe eventofacollision or sudden stop Without a s
15. F2 A090A01A AAT SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNING This manual includes information titled as WARNING CAUTION and NOTE These titles indicate the following CAUTION Thisindicatesthata condition may resultin damageto your vehicle or its equipmentifthe caution is not heeded Follow the advice provided with the caution NOTE This indicates that interesting or helpful information is being provided F3 4 A110A01A AAT EHICLE DATA COLLECTION AND EVENT DATA RECORDER Your Hyundai vehicle is equipped with many high technology electronically controlled systems that help to ensure your vehicle operates properly and provides the performance that you expect These systems utilize computers to monitor the operation of various systems and components and help to control their operation These computerized system operations are wide ranging and involve components to reduce emissions to continuously evaluate the readiness ofthe air bag and seat belt pretensioner systems to determine when the air bag and seat belt pre tensioner systems should be deployed and then to activate the deployment and if equipped to operate anti lock braking traction control and electrical stability control to assist the driver to control the vehicle in difficult driving situations These systems electronically store information that is useful to service technicians when they need to diagnose and repair these systems Additional information is stored only wh
16. If any door tailgate or engine hood is opened within 30 seconds after entering the armed stage the system is disarmed to prevent unnecessary alarm NOTE If any door tailgate or engine hood re mains open the system will not be armed If all doors tailgate and engine hood are closed after pressingthe Lock button onthe transmitter the turn signal lights blink once indicating the system is armed NOTE If the LOCK button is pressed once more within 4 seconds after pushingthe LOCK button on the transmitter the siren will sound onceto indicate that the system is armed CAUTION Do not arm the system until all passen gers have left the car If the system is armed while a passenger s remains in thecar thealarm may beactivated when the remaining passenger s leaves the car B075C01CM AAT Alarm Stage The alarm will be activated if any of the following occurs while the car is parked and the system is armed 1 A front or rear door is opened without using the transmitter or the ignition key 2 The tail gate is opened without using the transmitter 3 The engine hood is opened The siren will sound and the turn signal lights will blink continuously for about 30 seconds This will repeat 3 times To turn off the system unlock the door or tail gate using the transmitter or the ignition key CAUTION Avoidtryingto startthe engine while the system is armed B075D01CM AAT Disarmed Stage
17. be sure that the load is secure and that the lights and any trailer brakes are still working 10 Avoid jerky starts sudden accelera tion or sudden stops 11 Avoid sharp turns and rapid lane changes 12 Avoid holding the brake pedal down too long or too frequently This could cause the brakes to overheat resulting in reduced braking efficiency 13 14 15 When going down a hill shift into a lower gear and use the engine braking effect When ascending a long grade down shift the transaxle to a lower gear and reduce speed to reduce chances of engine overloading and or overheat ing If you have to stop while going uphill do not hold the vehicle in place by pressing on the accelerator This can cause the automatic transaxle to over heat Use the parking brake or footbrake f the transaxle shifts frequently while going up a hill shift down one gear NOTE When towing check transaxle fluid more frequently CAUTION If overheating should occur when tow ing the temperature gauge reads near the red zone taking the following ac tions may reduce or eliminate the prob lem Turn off the air conditioner Reduce highway speed Selecta lower gear when going uphill When stopping place the gear selec tor in park or neutral and idle the engine at a higher speed gt DRIVING YOURHYUNDAI 2 TRAILER CONNECTOR CLIP CONNECTING PART CLIP
18. 8 18 Brake Anti lock brake system Electronic stability control ESC system Checking the eene git gt cq cere Breaking In your New Hyundai Bulb Replacement e C California Perchlorate Notice g XOWNP Io T 1 Catalytic Converter a i a ecd Child Protector Rear Door Child Restraint System Installing a Child Restraint Seat with the Tether Anchorage System Securing the Child Restraint Seat with the LATCH System Cigarete dtr Combination Light ra 6 rate p MM C Readiont tashar cR QU OQ ERU SWINGIN M gie ce c Lane change SIGMA e Parking light auto off e Turn signal operation Consumer Information Conversation Eu ere gc cT o m Corrosion protectio
19. B400A01NF GAT Aoomose 16A There are three control buttons for the digital clock Their functions are H Push H to advance the hour indi cated M Push M to advance the minute indi cated R Push R to reset minutes to 00 to facilitate resetting the clock to the correct time When this is done Pressing R between 11 01 and 11 29 changes the readout to 11 00 Pressing R between 11 30 and 11 59 changes the readout to 12 OO Push the R button for 5 seconds to display a 12 or 24 hour clock INSTRUMENT PANEL LIGHT CONTROL RHEOSTAT B410A01A AAT OCMO052056 The instrument panel lights can be made brighter or dimmer by turning the instru ment panel light control knob CIGARETTE LIGHTER FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI 1 ASHTRAY B420A02A AAT Ex mS For the cigarette lighter to work the key must be in the ACC position or the ON position To use the cigarette lighter push it all the way into its socket When the element has heated the lighter will pop out to the ready position Do not hold the cigarette lighter pressed in This can dam age the heating element and create a fire hazard If it is necessary to replace the cigarette lighter use only a genuine Hyundai replacement or its approved equivalent HHR2098A Do notuseelectric accessories or equip ment other than the Hyundai genuine parts in this socket B430A01CM AAT FrontAshtray
20. Sitting improperly or out of position can result in serious or fatal injury in a crash All occupants should sit up right in their seats with their feet on the floor until the vehicle is parked and the ignition key is removed 47 48 WARNING o The SRS air bag system must deploy very rapidly to provide protectionina crash If an occupantis out of position because of not wearing a seat belt the air bag may forcefully contact the occupant causing serious or fatal in juries Your vehicle has been designed to absorb impact and deploy the air bag s in certain collisions Installing aftermarket bumper guards side steps orreplacing a bumper with non genuine parts may adversely affect your vehicles collision and air bag deployment performance B240B01CM AAT SRS Components and Functions 3412 5 6 8 11 OCM026200A The SRS consists of the following compo nents Driver s Air bag Module Front Impact Sensor Passenger s Air bag Module Passenger Air bag Off Indicator Front passenger s seat only Occupant Classification System Front passenger s seat only Pre tensioner Seat Belt Driver s Seat Position Sensors Side Impact Sensor Curtain Air bag RON 10 Drivers and Front Passenger s Side Air bag 11 Drivers and Front Passenger s Seat Belt Usage Sensors 12 SRS Control Module SRSCM 13 SRS Service Reminder Indicator SRI The SRSCM continually monit
21. cracks excessive wear or oil saturation and replace if necessary Drive belts should be checked periodically for proper tension and adjusted as necessary FO60D01A AAT o Fuel Lines Fuel Hoses and Con nections Check the fuel lines fuel hoses and con nections for leakage and damage Have a trained technician replace any damaged or leaking parts immediately 5 VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS FO60F010 AAT o Vacuum Hoses Inspect the surface of hoses for evidence of heat and or mechanical damage Hard and brittle rubber cracking tears cuts abrasions and excessive swelling indi cate deterioration Particular attention should be paid to examine those hose surfaces nearest to high heat sources such as the exhaust manifold Inspect the hose routing to assure that the hoses do not come in contact with any heat source sharp edges or moving compo nent which might cause heat damage or mechanical wear Inspect all hose con nections such as clamps and couplings to make sure they are secure and that no leaks are present Hoses should be re placed immediately if there is any evi dence of deterioration or damage FO65F010 AAT o Crankcase Ventilation Hose Inspect the surface of hose for evidence of heat and or mechanical damage Hard and brittle rubber cracking tears cuts abrasions and excessive swelling indi cate deterioration Particular attention should be paid to examine that hose sur face nearest
22. 2 Evaporative emission control system 3 Exhaust emission control system In order to assure the proper function of the emission control systems it is recom mended that you have your car inspected and maintained by an authorized Hyundai dealer in accordance with the maintenance schedule in this manual Caution for the Inspection and Mainte nance Test With Electronic Stability Control ESC system o Topreventthe vehicle from misfiring during dynamometer testing turn the Electronic Stability Control ESC sys tem off by pressing the ESC switch o After dynamometer testing is com pleted turn the ESC system back on by pressing the ESC switch again H010B01A AAT 1 Crankcase Emission Control System The positive crankcase ventilation system is employed to preventair pollution caused by blow by gases being emitted from the crankcase This system supplies filtered air to the crankcase through the air intake hose Inside the crankcase the fresh air mixes with blow by gases which then pass through the PCV valve and into the induc tion system H010C01S AAT 2 Evaporative Emission Control In cluding ORVR Onboard Refuel ing Vapor Recovery System The Evaporative Emission Control Sys tem is designed to prevent fuel vapors from escaping into the atmosphere The ORVR system is designed to allow the vapors from the fuel tank to be loaded into a canister while refueling at the gas station preventing the escape of
23. B445G02CM AAT 1 Loading CDs Model D445S Only one CD can be loaded at any one time If there is already a disc inserted in the CD player eject the disc before load ing a new CD To load a CD gently insert the CD into the CD slot The CD will be automatically loaded The CD player then starts to play the CD NOTE o Do not force load the CD as it will damage the loading mechanism and cause your disc to jam in the player o If a CD cannot be loaded check if there is already a disc in the player and eject it first Only one CD can be loaded at any one time Models D465S and D466S You can load one or more CDs maximum of 6 into the CD changer through the CD loading slot To do so 1 Press the LOAD button to load 1 CD The LCD screen displays the number assigned to the CD as a flashing num ber For example if the CD changer currently contains 4 CDs the loaded disc will be CD 5 OR Press and hold the LOAD button for more than 2 seconds to load more than 1 CD The LCD screen displays empty slots in the CD changer as flashing numbers 2 The LCD screen displays the instruc tions for loading one or more CDs Fol low the instructions Wait Insert CD1 Loading CD 1 Reading CD1 Read ing CD6 3 Once you have finished loading the CD or CDs the CD player automatically plays the first track of the last CD loaded If the audio system was in Radio mode while you were loading the CDs it au tomatica
24. Channel 1 Button 2 Channel 2 Button 3 Status Indicator LED 4 Channel 3 Button 5 Rear Light Sensor 6 Dimming On Off Button 7 Compass Control Button 8 Display B520C01CM FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI 1 Automatic Dimming Night Vision Safety NVS Mirror The NVS Mirror in your vehicle is the most advanced way to reduce glare in the rear view mirror during any driving situation For more information regarding NVS mir rors and other applications please refer to the Gentex website WWW gentex com Tooclosethe NVS Mirror automatically reduces glare during driving conditions baseduponlightlevels monitored in front of the vehicle and from the rear of the vehicle These light sensors are visible through openings in thefront and rear of the mirror case Any object that would obstructeither light sensor will degrade the automatic dimming control feature Automatic Dimming Function Your mirror will automatically dim upon detecting glare from the vehicles traveling behind you The auto dimming function can be controlled by the Dimming ON OFF Button 1 Pressing the 1 button turns the auto dimming function OFF which is indi cated by the green Status Indicator LED turning off 2 Pressing the 1 button again turns the auto dimming function ON which is in dicated by the green Status Indicator LED turning on NOTE The mirror defaults to the ON position each time the vehicle is started
25. If the audio from the RSE is being played through the vehicle speakers you can adjust the volume of the speakers with the VOL and VOL buttons Adjusting the volume in this way will not adjust the wire less headphone volume To adjust the headphones roll the VOL control wheel Batteries The remote controller requires a CR2025 battery included FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI 1 B475B01CM AAT Troubleshooting Possible causes solutions The disc is automatically pulled back The Auto Reload Disc Protection feature pulls discs back into the player after 12 seconds into the player to protect them from accidental damage Press the Eject button to release the disc from the player The disc becomes stuck or blocked Press the Eject button to release the disc The player will attempt to eject the disc up to three times before performing the Auto Reload function Once the Auto Reload function is complete press the Eject button again to try to release the disc from the player There is no audio in the headphones Verify that the headphone is equipped with batteries and that the batteries are in good condition Insert or replace 2 AAA batteries to resume headphone function The RSE does not work Press the PLAY button If the display does not show NO DISC then there is no power Check the power connection Check the fuse Turn the vehicle ignition off and back on to reset the RSE If the RSE still does not work contact your Hy
26. If the follwing conditions are met the sys tem will be disarmed o When the doors are unlocked with the transmitter or the ignition key After depressing unlock button you must open the doors within 30 seconds or all doors will automatically lock again and theft alarm system will be armed o When the ignition switch is in the ON position The turn signal lights will blink twice when the door is unlocked with the transmitter The alarm will be deactivated when o The lock unlock button on the transmit ter is pressed o The doors are unlocked with the igni tion key o The ignition switch is in the ON posi tion for 30 seconds NOTE When the system is disarmed while the DOOR button of the interior light is depressed the interior light will illumi nate for 30 seconds FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI 1 7 1 Panic Warning OCMO052002A 1 Push the PANIC button on the back side of the transmitter 2 Atthe same time the alarming horn will sound and the turn signal lights will blink continuously for 30x3 seconds 3 To turn off the system push any button on the transmitter B070E01CM AAT Replacingthe battery When the transmitters battery begins to get weak it may take several pushes on the button to lock or unlock the doors and the LED will not light Replace the battery as soon as possible Battery type CR2032 Replacement instructions Coin OCM052003 1 Ca
27. OWNER S MANUAL A030A01A AAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner s Manual is current at the time of publication However Hyundai reserves the right to make changes at any time as part of our policy of continual product improvement may be carried out This manual applies to all Hyundai models and includes descriptions and expla nations of optional as well as standard equipment As a result you may find material in this manual that does not apply to your specific vehicle A070A01A AAT CAUTION MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR HYUNDAI Your Hyundai should not be modified in any way Such modifications may adversely affect the performance safety or durability of your Hyundai and may in addition violate conditions of the limited warranties covering the vehicle Certain modifications may also be in violation of regulations established by the U S Department of Transportation and other federal or state agencies A080A01S AAT TWO WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR TELEPHONE INSTALLATION Your vehicle is equipped with electronic fuel injection and other electronic components It is possible for an improperly installed adjusted two way radio or cellular telephone to adversely affect electronic systems For this reason we recommend that you carefully follow the radio manufacturer s instruc tions or consult your Hyundai dealer for precautionary measures or special instructions if you choose to install one of these devices
28. Place the front wheels on the roll tester as shown in the illustration 3 Release the parking brake 4 Place the rear wheels on the tem porary free roller as shown in the illustration 20 10 When using tire chains always at tach them to the four wheels In some unavoidable circumstances install them on only the front wheels not the rear wheels If the front or rear wheels get stuck in the mud do not spin them recklessly The AWD system could be damaged 11 N CAUTION If one of the front or rear wheels begins to spin in mud snow etc the vehicle can sometimes be driven out by depressing the accelerator pedal further however avoid running the engine continuously at high rpm because doing so could dam age the AWD system WARNING Avoid high cornering speeds Do not make quick steering wheel movements such as sharp lane charges or fast sharp turns The risk of rollover is greatly in creased if you lose control of your vehicle at highway speeds While the full time AWD vehicle is being raised on a jack never startthe engine or cause the tires to rotate There is danger that rotating tires touching the ground could cause the vehicle to go off the jack and to jump forward In a collision an unbelted person is signicantly more likely to be seriously injured or killed than a person wearing a seat belt Loss of control may occurs if two or more wheels drop off the roadway and the driver overste
29. RONT p235 60R18 210kPa 30psi P235 60R18 210kPa 30psi SPARE T185 90R17 420kPa 60psi 1030A04CM DRIVING YOURHYUNDAI 2 The tire label located on the driver s side of the center pillar outer panel gives the original tire size cold tire pressures recommended for your ve hicle the number of people that can be in your vehicle and vehicle capacity weight Vehicle capacity weight 5 passenger vehicle 930 lbs 420 kg 7 passenger vehicle 1120 lbs 506 kg Vehicle capacity weight is the maxi mum combined weight of occupants and cargo If your vehicle is equipped with a trailer the combined weight in cludes the tongue load Seating capacity 5passenger vehicle Total 5 persons Front seat 2 persons Hear seat 3 persons O 7passenger vehicle Total 7 persons Front seat 2 persons Hear seat 3 persons Third row seat 2 persons Seating capacity is the maximum num ber of occupants including a driver your vehicle may carry However the seating capacity may be reduced based upon the weight of all of the occupants and the weight of the cargo being carried or towed Do not overload the vehicle as there is a limit to the total weight or load limit including occupants and cargo the vehicle can Carry Towing capacity Towing capacity is the maximum trailer weight including its cargo weight your vehicle can tow See the section Trailer or Vehicle Towing for specifications about the
30. S Title Subtitles Folders The S TITLE button allows you to display or remove language subtitles while play ing DVDs If no language subtitles are available the display will show an invalid icon Press the S TITLE button repeatedly to cycle through all of the available lan guages Pressing the S TITLE or FOLD button during MP3 mode will immediately bring the player to the first file of the NEXT folder Pressing the S TITLE or FOLD button during CD or VCD play will do nothing 8 Menu Pressing the MENU button during DVD play will present the DVD menu Pressing the MENU button during MP3 disc play will display the Song List on the LCD display Pressing the MENU button during CD or VCD play has no effect Press the button again to return to the program After five seconds with no button press the menu will automatically close and the program will begin playing 9 Title PBC eo9 While viewing a DVD press the TITLE button on the remote controller to jump to the top menu Press the REW FF or VPREV ANEXT buttons to highlight the desired selection then press ENTER to make your selection Press TITLE again to return to the DVD While viewing a PBC function included VCD pressing the TITLE PBC button will switch the PBC function on and off 10 Return c9 While view any operation pressing the RETURN button will return to previous operation status 11 Speaker Volume VOL and VOL
31. Switch MODE Short Key less than 0 8 sec Long Key more than 0 8 sec PRESET SEEK SEARCH THE FREQUENCY RADIO Preset station select Automatically tune to the next higher or lower frequency TRACK UP DOWN A V FF A REW V Press once to skip forwardtothe To fast forward or reverse through beginning of the next track the track push and hold FF or REW Press V once to skip back to the button beginning of the track When you release the Button the CDP will resume playing TRACK UP DOWN A V DISC UP A DOWN YV Press X onceto skipforwardtothe Move forward or backward to the beginning of the next track next disc and playback automati Press once to skip back to the cally begins beginning of the track When switching CD s the LCD dis plays the selected CD s number FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI 1 HEATING AND COOLING CONTROL B710A01JM GAT B710B020 AAT Center Ventilator 1 2 3 12 The center ventilators are located in the middle of the dashboard To change the direction of the air flow move the knob in the center of the vent up and down and side to side The vents are opened when the vent knob is moved to position The vents are closed when the vent knob is moved to 5x Keep these vents clear of any obstructions B710CO2HP AAT Side Ventilator The side ventilators are located on each side of the dash board To change the direction of the air flow move the knob
32. a shovel jumper cables a window scraper gloves ground cloth coveralls a blanket etc C170A02A AAT Pre TripInspections 1 Tires Adjust the tire inflation pressures to speci fication Low tire inflation pressures will result in overheating and possible failure of the tires Avoid using worn or damaged tires which may result in reduced traction or tire fail ure NOTE Never exceed the maximum tire infla tion pressure shown on the tires USE OF LIGHTS DRIVING YOURHYUNDAI 2 TRAILERORVEHICLETOWING 2 Fuel engine coolant and engine oil High speed travel consumes more fuel than urban motoring Do notforgetto check both engine coolant and engine oil 3 Drive belt A loose or damaged drive belt may result in overheating of the engine C180A01A AAT Check your lights regularly for correct op eration and always keep them clean When driving during the day in conditions of poor visibility it is helpful to drive with head lights on low beam This enables you to be seen as well as to see C190A01S AAT If you are considering towing with your car you should first check with your State s Department of Motor Vehicles to deter mine their legal requirements Since laws vary from State to State the requirements for towing trailers cars or other types of vehicles or apparatus may differ Ask your Hyundai dealer for further details before towing CAUTION Donotdoanytowing with your car during i
33. all passengers and their luggage cargo hitch trailer tongue load and other optional equip ment The frontor rear axle weight must not exceed the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR shown on the vehicle identi fication plate see page 8 2 Itis pos sible that your towing package does not exceed the GVWR but exceeds the GAWR Improper trailer loading and or too much luggage in the cargo area can overload the rear axle Redistribute the load and check the axle weight again information on additional require ments such as a towing kit etc CAUTION The following specifications are recom mended when towing atrailer The loaded trailer weight cannot safely exceed the values in the chart Lbs kg Maximum Towable Weight With 280 127 Brake Brake Without Trailer Package Towable Weight is 2 000 lbs 907 4kg Boat Trailer Weight Maximum towable weight 1 000 lbs 453 7kg Maximum Towable Weight 2 person Driver and 1 passenger 30 WARNING Improperly loading your vehicle and trailer can seriously affect its steer ingand braking performance causing a crash which could cause serious injury or death Towing a trailer affects vehicle han dling and braking Drive more slowly whentowingatrailer and allow more distance when brak ing Be careful when driving in slippery and windy conditions Be careful when turning and while driving up and down hills C190F01CM AAT Traile
34. dashboard outlets or windshield Four symbols are used to represent Face Bi Level Floor and Floor Defrost position 2nd row seat ventilator Face Level When selecting the Face Level the indi cator light will come on causing air to be discharged through the face level and the 2nd row seat ventilator 1 FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI 2nd row seat ventilator Bi Level When selecting the Bi Level the indica tor light will come on and the air will be discharged through the face the floor and the 2nd row seat ventilator OCMO052107 Floor Level When selecting the Floor Level the indi cator light will come on and the air will be discharged through the floor vents wind shield defroster nozzle side defroster nozzle and side ventilator OCMO052108 Floor Defrost Level When selecting the Floor Defrost Level the indicator light will come on and the air will be discharged through the windshield defroster nozzle the floor vents side de froster nozzle and side ventilator B980F01CM AAT Defrost Switch When the Defrost button is pressed the CS mode will be automatically selected and the air will be discharged through the windshield defroster nozzle side defroster nozzle and side ventilator To assist in defrosting the air conditioning will oper ate according to the ambient temperature REAR AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM B770A01CM AAT Rear Air Conditioning Switch If insta
35. information on how to make these adjust ments see the Adjusting the LCD Dis play section of this manual RSE DVD LE 12 CHAPTER 25 00 23 45 FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI 1 5 SRC Source Button After inserting a disc in the RSE it will automatically use that as the source and begin playing that disc The RSE control panel will display DISC IN when there is disc loaded in the player Press the SRC button to select from the various audio and video sources available All available sources will be displayed on the Source Selection screen Use the arrow buttons A NEXT V PREV and REW FF to navigate to the desired source and then press ENTER to select the highlighted Source SOURCE SELECTION While the RSE is selected as the source by the front vehicle radio the front vehicle radio will be able to control some RSE functions e g Fast Forward Reverse Previous Next Track etc See your vehicle radio user manual for more information NOTE When switching from the vehicle radio to the RSE there is a slight delay while the RSE initializes The RSE control panel will display READ while the disc initial izes then begin playing the disc The RSE control panel will display REAR if the current source is the RSE player FRONT if the current source is the front vehicle radio and AUX if the current source is an auxiliary input 6 Play Pause Button You do notneed to press the PLAY PAUSE button after l
36. overheating or freezing WARNING The cooling fan is controlled by engine coolant temperature and may some times operate even when the engine is not running Use extreme caution when working near the blades of the cooling fan so that you are not injured by a rotatingfan blade As the engine coolant temperature decreases the fan will au tomatically shut off This is a normal condition CHANGING THE AIR CLEANER FILTER G070A03Y AAT OCM055007 The replacement of air cleaner filter is performed in the following manner 1 Unsnap the clips around the cover 2 When this is done the cover can be lifted off the old filter removed and the new filter put in its place Genuine Hyundai replacement parts are recommended CAUTION Operating your vehicle without a proper air filter in place can result in excessive engine wear When removing the air cleaner filter be careful that dust or dirt does not enter the air intake These may result in damage to the air cleaner filter WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES G080A02A AAT 2 OCM055005N The wiper blades should be carefully in spected from time to time and cleaned to remove accumulations of road film or other debris To clean the wiper blades and arms use a clean sponge or cloth with a mild soap or detergent and water If the wipers continue to streak or smear the glass replace them with genuine Hyundai replacement parts or their equivalent CAUTIO
37. panel or remote controller to display the songlist The song currently playing will be highlighted and the music note icon ap pears to its left To navigate through the folders press the lt REW or FF gt button to highlight the FOLDER UP FOLDER DOWN or HOME buttons on the monitor the press ENTER to move up or down the folders Press ENTER repeatedly to move through all the folders When you reach the desired folder press the A NEXT or V PREV buttons to scroll through the list of files in that folder and press ENTER to selectthe desired file The player will switch to the selected folder and begin playing the desired file Selecting the HOME button on the display and pressing ENTER will bring the Song List to the screen with the song currently playing Press MENU again to leave the Song List The Song List will automatically disappear after five seconds if no buttons are pressed During Song list mode pressing the A LANG or S TITLE buttons will directly selectthe folder up or folder down function FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI 1 While in normal play mode press the FOLD A LANG button at any time to jump to the first file in the next folder press FOLD S TITLE to jump to the first file in the previous folder 3 Previous Next File While a disc is playing press the V PREV button to jump to the beginning of the current file If less than 10 seconds has elapsed on the current file pressing PREV will go to the previous
38. performance please check the bat tery condition The headphones perform best when used within 2 8 feet 0 6 2 m of the RSELCD display Gettingtoo close or too far away will cause poor recep tion Audio from the vehicle s CD radio cannot be heard through the head phones Applies to Santa Fe model Connecting Other Devices to the RSE Electronic devices such as video game systems or VHS players can be played through the RSE These external devices can be connected to the unit via RCA plugs available in the vehicle Press the SOURCE button on the remote controller or the SRC button on the RSE control panel to select and switch to the external device inputs FEATURES OF YOURHYUNDAI 1 Once the RSE has switched to the external device audio and or video sources you can operate the device using its controls The RSE controls will not control external devices For example to control or play a video game after the RSE has recognized it as the source you must use the game controls not the RSE controls Connect only appropriate input sources to the RSE jacks Be sure to connect audio outputs from the external device to audio inputs in your vehicle and video outputs to video inputs Connecting an incorrect input may cause damage to the RSE and or the external electronic device NOTE The RSE automatically detects when an external audio or video device has been connected to the RSE jacks and will allow you t
39. thoroughly with soap and water will keep your leather lustrous beautiful and ensure you have many years of wear Take a piece of cheese cloth and using any mild soap and lukewarm water work up a good lather Thoroughly wash the leather Wipe clean with a slightly damp cloth and dry with soft cloth Do this as often as the leather becomes soiled During tanning operations sufficient oils are incorporated through processing that none need be applied during the life of the leather Oil applied to the finished surface will in no way help the leather and may do more harm than good Varnishes and fur niture polishes should never be used un der any conditions E040C01A AAT Cleaning the Carpets Use a foam type carpet cleaner Cleaners of this type are available in aerosol cans in liquid form or powder Read the instruc tions and follow them exactly Using a vacuum cleaner with the appropriate at tachment remove as much dirt from the carpets as possible Apply the foam follow ing the manufacturer s directions then rub in overlapping circles Do not add water These cleaners work best when the carpet is kept as dry as possible E040D01A AAT Cleaning the Seat Belts To clean the seat belts use a cloth or sponge with mild soap or detergent and warm water Do not use strong detergents dye bleach or abrasive materials on the seat belts as this may weaken the fabric While cleaning the belts inspect them for excessive wear
40. weakens another more powerful sig nal near the same frequency may begin to play This is because your radio is designed to lock onto the clearest sig nal Ifthis occurs select another station with a stronger signal Multi Path Cancellation Radio signals being received from several directions can cause distortion or fluttering This can be caused by a direct and reflected signal from the same station or by sig nals from two stations with close fre quencies If this occurs select another station until the condition has passed B750B05Y AAT Usingacellular phone or a two way radio When a cellular phone is used inside the vehicle noise may be produced from the audio equipment This does not mean that something is wrong with the audio equip ment In such a case use the cellular phone ata place as far as possible from the audio equipment NOTE Some states and cities have regulations prohibiting the use of cell phones while driving You should be aware of the spe cific requirements in your area 1 FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI CARE OF DISCS B850A02F AAT Proper Handling B850A01L Handle your disc as shown Do not drop the disc Hold the disc so you will not leave fingerprints on the surface If the surface is scratched it may cause the pickup to skip signal tracks Do not affix tape paper or gummed labels on the disc Do not write on the disc Damaged Disc Do not attempt to play damaged warped o
41. 10A OILLEVELSENSORMODULEBCM OO e ww INSTRUMENT CLUSTER PRE EXCITATION RESISTOR BCM GENERATOR SEMI ACTIVE CONTROL MODULE GASOLINE START BURGLAR ALARM RELAY HH MOM vot OLH HHIH 97 HHUM S la lied OuB wV alo OI IL Ygl COHWuzWuH dal HJ NOSY 1 adus a OCMO055024N FUSE FUSERATNG CHGUTPROTECTED OOOO 30A 25A 30A TBA 10A SROOF 20A MIRRHTD 10A DRLOCK 20A STOPLP 15A FUELLID 15A ATM 10 KEY SOLENOID SPORTS MODE SWITCH SEMIACTIVE SOLENOID GASOLINE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER LUGGAGE LAMP MAP LAMP REAR PERSONAL LAMP ROOMLP 10A soma 10A clock 15A AC 30A AC 10A TPMS TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM AlBAG2 15 AIRBAG TSIG 10 TURNSIGNALLIHHT eee DR 2A DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT IF INSTALLED DO IT YOURSELF MAINTENANCE 6 EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMS Emission Control System Catalytic Converter 7 EMISSION CONTROLSYSTEMS EMISSIONCONTROLSYSTEM H010A01NF AAT Your Hyundai is equipped with an emis sion control system to meet all emission regulations There are three emission control systems which are as follows 1 Crankcase emission control system
42. 11 Passengers Air 1 51 23 Audio System If installed 1 147 12 Multi Function Light Switch sssseeeesusss 1 75 CAUTION Wheninstalling a container of liquid airfreshener insidethe vehicle do not placeit nearthe instrument cluster nor on the instrument panel surface If there is any leakage from the air freshener onto these areas Instrument cluster instrument panel or air ventilator it may damage these parts If the liquid from the air freshener does leak onto these areas wash them with water immediately F9 F10 YOUR VEHICLE ATAGLANCE B255A01CM AAT INDICATOR SYMBOLS ON THEINSTRUMENT CLUSTER Turn Signal Indicator Lights ABS Service Reminder Indicator Electronic Stability Control ESC Indicator Lights E High Beam Indicator Light Low Oil Pressure Warning Light o0 Parking Brake Brake Fluid Level Warning Light Charging System Warning Light Door Ajar Warning Light Tail Gate Open Warning Light ry Low Fuel Level Warning Light AIR Nem ORS Air bag Service Reminder Indicator SRI e Malfunction Indicator Light CHECK Cruise Indicator Light Cruise SET Indicator Light AWD System Warning Light AWD Lock Indicator Light Immobilizer Warning Light If Installed Low Windshield Washer Fluid Level Warning Light Seat Belt Warning Light
43. DVD ROM or CD ROM disc the RSE cannot play disc in this format will eject the disc 1 Volume Control You can adjust the volume of the audio heard in the vehicle speakers from the RSE control panel or the remote controller From the RSE control panel rotate the POWER VOLUME knob From the remote controller press VOL to increase and VOL to decrease the volume Adjusting the volume in this way will not adjust the wireless headphone volume To adjust the headphones roll the VOL control wheel FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI 1 2 Play Pause When a CD is inserted the RSE will auto matically begin playing the first track Press the PLAY PAUSE button to pause the CD Press the button again to resume play While paused the elapsed time in the Status Display at the top of the LCD display will blink The RSE control will display PAUSE When the player reaches the end of the disc the player will automatically return to the first track and continue playing 3 Fast Forward Reverse Press and hold the FF gt or REW button and the player will fast forward or reverse at 10 times the normal speed Release the button to return to normal speed play The audio is muted while the player fast forwards or fast reverses 4 Previous Next Track While a CD is playing press the V PREV button to jump to the beginning of the current track If less than 10 seconds has elapsed on the current track pressing PREV will go to the pre
44. Idaho Montana Nevada Or egon Texas Utah Washington Western Region 10550 Talbert Avenue P O Box 20850 Fountain Valley California 92728 0850 800 633 5151 DEFECTS 1130C01CM AAT If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy cam paign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA To contact NHTSA you may call the Ve hicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Administra tor NHTSA 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE Washington DC 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor ve hicle safety from http www safercar gov BINDING ARBITRATION U S A Only 1140A01A AAT Any claim or dispute you may have related to your vehicle s warranty orthe duties contemplated underthe warranty including claims related to the refund or partial refund of your vehicle s purchase price excluding personal injury or prod uct liability claims shall be resolved by binding arbitration Binding arbitra tion shall be admin
45. OF WARRANTY CLAIMS 8 REPORTING SAFETY 1130D04A AAT Hyundai motor vehicles are designed and manufactured to meet or exceed all appli cable safety standards For your safety however we strongly urge you to read and follow all directions in this Owner s Manual particularly the informa tion under the headings NOTE CAU TION and WARNING If after reading this manual you have any questions regarding the operation of your vehicle please contact your nearest Hyundai Motor America Regional Office as listed below Eastern Region Connecticut Delaware Maine Maryland Massachusetts New Hampshire New Jersey New York Pennsylvanina Rhode Island Vermont Virginia West Virginia Eastern Region 1100 Cranbury South River Road Jamesburg NJ 08831 800 633 5151 Southern Region Florida Georgia North Carolina South Carolina Southern Region 270 Riverside Parkway Suite A Austell GA 30168 800 633 5151 South Central Region Alabama Arkan sas Colorado Kansas Louisiana Missis sippi Missouri New Mexico Oklahoma Tennessee Texas Wyoming South Central Region 1421 South Beltline Road Suite 400 Coppell TX 75019 800 633 5151 Central Region lllinois Indiana lowa Kentucky Michigan Minnesota Nebraska North Dakota South Dakota Ohio Wis consin Central Region 1705 Sequoia Drive Aurora Illinois 60506 800 633 5151 Western Region Alaska Hawaii Arizona California
46. Safety Standard 213 The restraint must be appropriate for your child s height and weight Check the label on the child restraint for this information See page 1 33 B150C02A AAT Larger Children Children who are too large for child re straint systems should always occupy the rear seat and use the available lap shoul der belts The lap portion should be fas tened snug on the hips and as low as possible Check belt fit periodically A child s squirming could put the belt out of position Children are afforded the most safety in the event of an accident when they are restrained by a proper restraint system in the rear seat If a larger child over age 13 must be seated in the front seat the child should be securely re strained by the available lap shoulder belt and the seat should be placed in the rearmost position Children under the age of 13 should be restrained securely in the rear seat NEVER place a child under the age of 13 in the front seat NEVER place a rear facing child seat in the front seat of a vehicle B150D01A AAT Pregnant Women The use of a seat belt is recommended for pregnant women to lessen the chance of injury in an accident When a seat belt is used the lap belt portion should be placed as low and snugly as possible on the hips not across the abdomen For specific rec ommendations consult a physician B150E01A AAT Injured Person A seat belt should be used when an injured person is being trans
47. Station scan function Press the SCAN button for the tuner to scan for radio signals in the selected fre quency band AM or FM Once the tuner locks onto the signal of a transmitting sta tion it plays that station for 5 seconds before scanning for the next available sta tion in the selected frequency band If you want to keep listening to a particular station and want to stop the scanning press the SCAN button again This function is useful for providing you with a good overview of all the radio sta tions within range of your tuner Preset scan function Press and hold the SCAN button for more than 2 seconds Each preset radio stations will be automatically played for 5 seconds If you want to keep listening to a particular preset station and want to stop the scan ning press the SCAN button again 2 SEEK A and V buttons Automatic Station Selection function Press the A and V buttons to scan up and down the frequency range for the next available radio station and automatically lock on to that frequency The LCD screen displays the frequency of the radio station transmitting a clear and strong signal Use this function to search for a radio station you want If you like a particular station you can store it as one of 6 presets using the Preset buttons described later NOTE This function is not effective if you are experiencing poor reception in your vi cinity TUNE Knob Manual Station Selection Rot
48. Using Presets To save a radio station as a preset 1 Take note of the band selection dis played on the LCD screen AM FM1 or FM2 2 Tune in to the radio station you want using either the SEEK UP and DOWN buttons or the TUNE Knob 3 Choose the preset button 1 6 you want to use to store the radio station 4 Press and hold the Preset button for more than 2 seconds The system beeps to indicate that it has saved the new station and displays the frequency and preset number on the LCD screen NOTE Saving a new station erases the previ ous setting saved in that preset To tune in to a preset station 1 Select the band AM FM1 or FM2 you want using the band selector buttons 2 Press the preset button corresponding to the radio station you want The system automatically jumps to the preset station The frequency and pre set number is displayed on the LCD Screen Buttons not in use in tuner mode The following buttons and functions are not used in tuner mode button button RPT button RDM button MARK button INFO button B445F02CM AAT USING CD PLAYER CONTROLS The functions of the buttons and controls described below are only applicable when you select the CD mode by pressing the CD selector button for model D445S or the CD RSE selector button models D465S and D466S 2 RSE I RsSEOFF MP3 li X 3 2 T 6 D466S03CM Model shown is 04665 The buttons on your audio sys
49. ac cording to Title 22 California Code of Regulations Section 67384 10 a DO IT YOURSELF MAINTENANCE Engine Compartment 6 2 General 6 4 Checking the Engine Oil 6 5 Checking the Engine Coolant 6 7 Changing the Air Cleaner Filter 6 8 Windshield Wiper Blades 6 9 Checking the Transaxle Oil Manual 6 11 Checking the Transaxle Fluid Automatic 6 12 Checking the Brakes 6 14 Air Conditioning Care 6 15 Changing the Climate Control Air Filter 6 16 Checking and Replacing Fuses 6 17 Checking the Battery 6 20 Power Steering Fluid Level 6 23 Replacement of Light Bulbs 6 24 Bulb 6 31 Fuse Panel Description 6 32 6 DO IT YOURSELF MAINTENANCE ENGINE COMPARTMENT G010B01CM AAT Gasoline Engine 2 7 V6 CAUTION When inspecting or servicing the engine you should handle tools a
50. add an approved window washer anti freeze solution in accordance with instructions on the con tainer Window washer anti freeze is avail able from Hyundai dealers and most auto parts outlets Do not use engine coolant or other types of anti freeze as these may damage the paint finish C160101A AAT Don tLet Your Parking Brake Freeze Under some conditions your parking brake can freeze in the engaged position This is most likely to happen when there is an accumulation of snow or ice around or near the rear brakes or if the brakes are wet If there is a riskthe parking brake may freeze apply it only temporarily while you put the gear selector lever in P auto matic or in first or reverse gear manual transaxle and block the rear wheels so the car cannot roll Then release the parking brake C160J01A AAT Don t Let Ice and Snow Accumulate Underneath Under some conditions snow and ice can build up under the fenders and interfere with the steering When driving in severe winter conditions where this may happen you should periodically check underneath the carto be sure the movement of the front wheels and the steering components is not obstructed C160K01A AAT Carry Emergency Equipment Depending on the severity of the weather where you drive your car you should carry appropriate emergency equipment Some of the items you may want to carry include tire chains tow straps or chains flashlight emergency flares sand
51. and VOL In addition to buttons and functions avail able from the RSE control panel the re mote controller has several additional but tons and operation control functions The remote controller is an infrared device and should be pointed at the RSE LCD display for best results FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI 1 1 ON OFF C Press the RSE control panel POWER but ton or the ON OFF button on the remote controller to turn the RSE On or Off If a disc is loaded and playing when the RSE is turned off when the RSE is turned back on the disc will automatically resume playback at the point where it was stopped 2 Mute GD Press the MUTE button to mute the audio in the vehicle speakers The MUTE button has no effect on the wireless headphones While muted the RSE control panel ve hicle radio and RSE LCD display will dis play MUTE Press the button again or adjust the volume at RSE control panel or vehicle radio to un mute the audio 3 Number Buttons D cD The number buttons 0 through 9 can be used to directly enter information such as chapters in a DVD track or file numbers for audio CDs and radio station presets To select a DVD or VCD chapter while a DVD VCD is playing press the number button s that correspond to the desired chapter and press ENTER To select a CD track while a CD is playing press the number button s that correspond to the track and press ENTER To select an MP3 file while an MP3 disc
52. and cables as described in Section 6 The level of charge in your battery can be checked by your Hyundai dealer or a ser vice station C160E01A AAT Change to Winter Weight Oil if Necessary In some climates it is recommended that a lower viscosity winter weight oil be used during cold weather See Section 9 for recommendations If you aren t sure what weight oil you should use consult your Hyundai dealer C160F01A AAT Check Spark Plugs and Ignition System Inspect your spark plugs as described in Section 6 and replace them if necessary Also check all ignition wiring and compo nents to be sure they are not cracked worn or damaged in any way C160G01A GAT To Keep Locks from Freezing To keep the locks from freezing squirt an approved de icer fluid or glycerine into the key opening If a lock is covered with ice squirt it with an approved de icing fluid to remove the ice If the lock is frozen inter nally you may be able to thaw it out by using a heated key Handle the heated key with care to avoid injury NOTE The proper temperature for using the immobilizer key is from 40 F 40 C to 176 F 80 C If you heat the immobilizer key over 80 C to open the frozen lock it may cause damage to the transponder its head 2 DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI HIGHER SPEED MOTORING C160H02A AAT Use Approved Window Washer Anti Freeze in System To keep the water in the window washer system from freezing
53. and re peatedly 7 Recommended Shift Points Recommended mph km h The shift points as shown above are rec ommended for optimum fuel economy and performance C070D04O AAT Good Driving Practices Never take the car out of gear and coast down a hill This is extremely hazard ous Always leave the car in gear Don t ride the brakes This can cause them to overheat and malfunction In stead when you are driving down a long hill slow down and shift to a lower gear When you do this engine braking will help slow the car Slow down before shifting to a lower gear This will help avoid over revving the engine which can cause damage Slow down when you encounter cross winds This gives you much better con trol of your car Be sure the car is completely stopped before you attempt to shift into reverse The transaxle can be damaged if you do not To shift into reverse depress the clutch move the shift lever to neutral wait three seconds then shift to the reverse position Exercise extreme caution when driving on a slippery surface Be especially careful when braking accelerating or shifting gears On a slippery surface an abrupt change in vehicle speed can cause the drive wheels to lose traction and the vehicle to go out of control WARNING Always buckle up In a collision an unbelted occupant is significantly more likely to be seriously injured or killed than a properly belt
54. are organized using folders and files Therefore the navi gation functions are somewhat different for discs NOTE While the player willaccept DVD ROM or CD ROM disc the RSE cannot play disc in this format will eject the disc 1 Pause Play When disc is inserted the RSE will automatically begin playing the first file in the first folder Press the PLAY PAUSE button to pause the CD Press the button again to resume play While paused the elapsed time in the Status Display at the top of the LCD display will blink The RSE control panel will display PAUSE At the end of the disc the player will auto matically return to the first track and con tinue playing 2 Fast Forward Reverse Press and hold the FF or REW button and the player will fast forward or reverse at 10 times the normal speed Release the button to return to normal speed play The audio is muted while the player fast forwards or fast reverses Song List Navigating Folders and Files discs are organized by named or numbered folders with each folder con taining a collection of named or numbered music files You can quickly navigate through the folders and files using the Song List function F My music album ia Can y cna feel the lave t n gh 00 23 Long You Love Me Yesterday More Whon You Say Mothimg At All Hoal the World Press the MENU button on the RSE control
55. avoid burning yourself on hot engine or exhaust parts NOTE It is recommended that the manual transaxle fluid should be checked by an authorized Hyundai dealer CHECKINGTHETRANSAXLE FLUID AUTOMATIC G110A01MC AAT Transaxle fluid in the automatic transaxle should be checked atthose intervals speci fied in the vehicle maintenance schedule in Section 5 NOTE Automatic transaxle fluid is basically a red color As driving distance increases the fluid color turns darkish red gradu ally It is a normal condition and you should not judge the need to replace based upon the changing color You must replace the automatic transaxle fluid in accordance with inter vals specified inthe vehicle maintenance schedule in section 5 CAUTION Use of aftermarket ATF additives may cause damage to the automatic transaxle Only use HYUNDAI GENUINE ATF SP IIl DIAMOND ATF SP Ill SK ATF SP Ill or other brands meeting the SP Ill specifi cation approved by Hyundai Motor Co If you are having your vehicle serviced at a facility other than a Hyundai dealer verify that the correct ATF is used for your vehicle WARNING The transaxle fluid level should be checked when the engine is at normal operating temperature This means that the engine radiator exhaust system etc are very hot Exercise great care not to burn yourself during this proce dure G110D02CM AAT To Check the Transaxle Fluid Level e d a T
56. be turned off The OFF will not illuminate and the front passenger s air bag will be able to inflate if necessary in frontal crashes You will find the passenger air bag off indicator on the center facia panel When this indicator is ON The OFF will illumi nate the front passenger s air bag will not deploy The side air bag will not deploy if the front passenger seat is unoccupied The side air bag may deploy if the front seat is occupied by a small occupant The fol lowing table summarizes the functioning of the system depending on the front pas senger seat occupant 1 FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI Always be sure that you and all vehicle o The OCS may not function properly if Condition and operation in the front pas occupants are seated and restrained prop the passenger takes actions which can senger occupant classification system erly sitting upright with the seat in an defeat the detection system These in _ upright position centered on the seat cush clude Condition passenger ion with the person s legs comfortably 1 Failing to sit in an upright position MET E Front extended feet on the floor and wearing 2 Leaning against the door or center indicator Woe passenger the safety belt properly for the most effec console classification light tive protection by the air bag and the safety 3 Sitting towards the sides or the front aotem belt of the seat 1 Adult 4 Put
57. cuts fraying or other signs of damage and replace them if necessary ANY QUESTIONS CORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARE 4 E040E01A AAT Cleaning the Windows You may use any household window cleaner on the windows However when cleaning the inside of the rear window be careful not to damage the rear window defroster wiring E050A01A AAT If you have any questions about the care of your car consult your Hyundai dealer VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS Maintenance Intervals 5 2 Scheduled Maintenance 5 4 Maintenance under Severe Usage Conditions 5 6 Explanation of Scheduled Maintenance Items 5 7 California Perchlorate Notice 5 10 5 VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS MAINTENANCE INTERVALS F010A01A AAT Service Requirements To ensure that you receive the greatest number of miles of satisfying operation from your Hyundai certain maintenance procedures must be performed Although careful design and engineering have re duced these to a minimum those that are required are of the utmost importance Itis your responsibility to have these main tenance procedures performed to comply with the terms of the warranties covering your new Hyundai The Owners Hand book supplied with your new vehicle pro vides further information about these war ran
58. damage Retighten to the specified torque FO70M01A AAT o Steering Gear Box Linkage amp Boots Lower Arm Ball Joint With the vehicle stopped and engine off check for excessive free play in the steer ing wheel Check the linkage for bends or damage Check the dust boots and ball joints for deterioration cracks or damage Replace any damaged parts 5 VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS FO70N01A AAT o Power Steering Pump Belt and Hoses Check the power steering pump and hoses for leakage and damage Replace any damaged or leaking parts immediately Inspect the power steering belt for evi dence of cuts cracks excessive wear oiliness and proper tension Replace or adjust it if necessary F070P01A AAT o Driveshafts and Boots Check the drive shafts boots and clamps for cracks deterioration or damage place any damaged parts and if neces sary repack the grease F070Q01A AAT o Air Conditioning Refrigerant Check the air conditioning lines and con nections for leakage and damage Check air conditioning performance according to the relevant shop manual if necessary CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE NOTICE F080A01NF AAT Perchlorate Material special handling may apply See www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate Noticeto California Vehicle Dismantlers Perchlorate containing materials such as airbag inflators seatbelt pretensioners and keyless remote en try batteries must be disposed of
59. damage to the seatback 4 To return the seatback to its normal position pull the seatback folding lever and reverse the above procedure When you return the seatback to its upright position always be sure it is locked into position by pulling and pushing on the top of the seatback 3rd Row Seat If Installed 1 Move the 2nd row seatback to the for ward position 2 Lower the headrest to the lowest posi tion 3 To fold down the seatback pull the seatback folding lever and then push down the seatback OCM052037 4 To return the seatback to its normal position reverse the above procedure 23 1 FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI Double foldingthe rear seat 2nd row if installed To fold the rear seat forward to increase the Cargo area CAUTION When return the seatback to upright position you always lift and pull it by folding lever In the case of a lift and a pull by grip the edge of seatback it may cause damage to the seatback board OCM052033 OCM052032 1 Lower the headrest to the lowest posi tion 2 Pull the seatback folding lever then push down the seatback OCM052034 3 Pull the seat cushion release lever and then fold up the seat cushion 3rd row seat If installed 2nd row seat OCM052036L When returning the rear seatbacks to the upright position remember to return the rear shoulder belts to their proper position Routing the saf
60. display will set the new Zone Within about 5 seconds the compass will start displaying a compass heading again There are some conditions that can cause changes to the vehicle magnets ltems such as installing a ski rack or a CB an tenna or even some body repair work on the vehicle can cause changes to the vehicle s magnetic field In these situa tions the compass will need to be re calibrated to quickly correct for these changes To re calibrate the compass FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI 1 1 Press and hold the button for more than 6 seconds When the compass memory is cleared a C will appear in the display 2 To calibrate the compass drive the vehicle in 2 complete circles at less than 5 MPH 8 Km h or until the compass heading appears CAUTION Be sure the area is free of traffic pedes trians and obstructions Integrated HomeLink Wireless Control System The HomeLink Wireless Control System provides a convenient way to replace up to three hand held radio frequency RF transmitters with a single built in device This innovative feature will learn the radio frequency codes of most current transmit ters to operate devices such as gate op erators garage door openers entry door locks security systems even home light ing Both standard and rolling code equipped transmitters can be programmed by following the outlined procedures Additional HomeLink information can be found at www homelin
61. engine or exhaust system and cause fire TO START THE ENGINE C030A02E AAT Combination Ignition Switch O If your Hyundai is equipped with a manual transaxle place the shift lever in neutral and depress the clutch pedal fully If your Hyundai has an automatic transaxle place the shift lever in P park To start the engine insert the ignition key and turn it to the START position Release it as soon as the engine starts Do not hold the key in the START position for more that 15 seconds NOTE The engine will not start if the clutch pedal is not depressed fully Manual Transaxle or the shift lever is not in P or N Position Automatic Transaxle Theignition key cannotbeturned from ACC position to LOCK position unless the shift lever is in the P Park position or the negative bat tery terminal is disconnected from the battery To remove the key al ways confirm that the shift lever is securely positioned in P Park For Automatic Transaxle Foradditional information about start ing see page 2 6 DRIVING YOURHYUNDAI 2 KEY POSITIONS C040A01CM AAT C040A01E 1 o START The engine is started in this position It will crank until you release the key NOTE Do nothold the key inthe START posi tion for more than 15 seconds 2 DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI STARTING C070C01A AAT _ C050A01A AAT To remove the ignition key When the key is in the ON
62. file Press it again to select previous files Press the button re peatedly to continue moving through pre vious files Press the A NEXT button to jump to the beginning of the next file Press the button repeatedly to continue moving through the following files Instead of using the A NEXT V PREV buttons you can also enter the file number using the numbers on the remote control ler While a disc is playing press the num ber button s that correspond to the de sired file and press ENTER The current folder name number and file name number are shown in the Status Display at the top of the LCD display 4 Stop The disc will automatically stop when any other source e g the vehicle radio or an external game is selected When you switch back to the disc it will begin playing at the point where it stopped While a disc is playing you can stop the disc by pressing the ON OFF button on the remote controller orthe POWER VOLUME knob on the RSE control panel When the HSE is turned on again it will automati cally begin playing the disc at the point where it was stopped Turning the vehicle off or selecting a differ ent RSE Source will also stop playing the disc When the vehicle is turned on again orthe disc is again selected as the source the disc will begin playing at the point where it was stopped The player will au tomatically resume play at the point where it was stopped unless the disc is ejected 5 Eject Pre
63. fuel va pors into the atmosphere Canister Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel tank are absorbed and stored in the canister When the engine is running the fuel va pors absorbed in the canister are drawn into the induction system through the purge control solenoid valve Purge Control Solenoid Valve PCSV The purge control solenoid valve is con trolled by the Engine Control Module ECM when the engine coolant tempera ture is low during idling the PCSV closes so that evaporated fuel is nottaken into the engine After the engine warms up during ordinary driving the PCSV opens to intro duce evaporated fuel to the engine H010D01A AAT 3 Exhaust Emission Control Sys tem The Exhaust Emission Control System is a highly effective system which controls ex haust emissions while maintaining good vehicle performace CATALYTIC CONVERTER H020A01CM AAT a F ma 4 p pr FT xm p 1 h 1 D r i oP LX E E TS 9 E 1 5 t E a pem 7 me Eum MERE EN C ppm mr Vatalyluc Zonverter All Hyundai vehicles are equipped with a monolith type three way catalytic converter to reduce the carbon monoxide hydrocar bons and nitrogen oxides contained in the exhaust gas Exhaust gases passing through the catalytic converter cause it to operate at a very high temperature The introduction of large amounts of unburned gas
64. ignition key is turned to the ON position remains illuminated after approximately 6 sec onds when the ignition key is turned to the ON position or if it illuminates while the vehicle is being driven have an authorized Hyundai dealer inspect the occupant classification system and the SRS air bag system as soonas possible 55 56 WARNING o Eventhough your vehicle is equipped with the occupation classification system never install a child restraint system in the front passenger s seat A deploying air bag can forcefully strikea child resulting in serious inju ries or death Any child under 13 years of age should ride in the rear seat Children too large for child re straints should use the available lap shoulder belts No matter what type of crash children of all ages are safer when restrained in the rear seat If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator is illuminated when the front passenger s seat is occupied by an adult and he she sits properly sitting upright with the seatbackin an upright position centered on the seat cush ion with their seat belt on legs com fortably extended and their feet on the floor have that person sit in the rear seat WARNING o If you change the weight on the front passenger seat just after sit in or re start of the engine the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator may be turned on or off for a few seconds disabling or enabling the passenger air bags After the initial s
65. including the current medium DVD or VCD chapter and title information is displayed It will automatically disappear after five seconds 1 FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI NOTE Some DVDs do not permit chapter navi gation Instead of using the V PREV A NEXT buttons you can also enter the chapter number using the numbers on the remote controller While a DVD VCD is playing pressthe number button s that correspond to the desired chapter and press ENTER 4 Stop a Disc The disc will automatically stop when any other source e g the vehicle radio or an external game is selected When you switch backto the DVD it will begin playing at the point where it stopped While the player is running press the RSE control panel POWER VOLUME knob or the ON OFF button on the remote control ler to stop a disc and turn off the RSE system and the DVD player When the HSE is turned on again the disc will begin playing at the point where it stopped 5 Eject a Disc To eject a disc press the button A disc can be ejected even when the unit or the vehicle is turned off NOTE The player has an Auto Reload Disc Protection feature to protect discs from accidental damage If a disc is not re moved within 12 seconds after being ejected it will be pulled back into the player B470E01CM AAT CDPLAYER OPERATION The RSE will play audio CDs in both stan dard 12 cm and mini disc 8 cm format NOTE While the player willaccept
66. is playing press the number button s that correspond to the desired file and press ENTER To select a radio station preset while the desired band AM FM1 or FM2 is se lected press the numbered button that corresponds to the preset on the vehicle radio There is no need to press ENTER 4 Source Press the SOURCE button to select from the various audio and video sources avail able Use the arrow buttons A NEXT V PREV and REW FF to navigate to the desired source then press ENTER to se lect the highlighted source The RSE control panel will display REAR if the current source is the RSE player and will display FRONT if the current source is the vehicle radio 5 DISP Display Button Pressing DISP enables you to adjust the parameters of the LCD display For more information on how to make these adjust ments see the Adjusting the LCD Dis play section of this manual 1 FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI 6 A LANG Alternate e Language Folder Where alternate languages are available ona DVD pressing the A LANG button will allow you to select your preferred lan guage Press the button repeatedly to cycle through the available languages When the desired language is displayed press ENTER Pressing the A LANG or FOLD button during MP3 mode will immediately bring the player to the first file of the previous folder Pressing the A LANG or FOLD button during CD or VCD play will do nothing 7
67. on the head it may cause serious injury Ensure the opening for the Curtain Air Bag System remains unobstructed at all times so that the air bags can inflate properly if needed WARNING The builtin coat hooks should only be used for light weight clothing Ensure that clothing pockets are free of any heavy or sharp objects When using coat hooks do not hang clothes on coat hangers The space between the occupant and the curtain air bag must never be occupied by children passengers or pets Occupants should never lean out or have any parts of their body protruding from the window while the engine is running Do not move the sun visor out to cover the side window if there is an item attached to it such as garage door remote control pens compact disc pocket air fresheners or the like These objects may cause injury if the Curtain Air Bag is deployed Where sun blinds are fitted to the rear doors these must not obstruct or impair the air bag in any way WARNING o Do not install any accessories or children s toys in the Curtain Air Bag deployment zones as this may im pair the operation of the system or throw parts of them into the vehicle cabin causing injury to occupants if the system is deployed To maintain the integrity of the Cur tain Air Bag system any work re moval or installation of the air bag and associated components suchas roof lining and side trims should always be performed by an authorize
68. operate even though the key is not in the ignition To turn the hazard warning lights off push the switch a second time REARWINDOW DEFROSTER SWITCH B380A01CM AAT OCM052080N The rear window defroster and heated outside rear view mirrors are turned on by pushing in the switch when the engine is running Atthe same time the rear window defroster indicator light on the switch is turned on To turn the defroster off push the switch a second time The rear window defroster automatically turns itself off after about 20 minutes To restart the defroster cycle push in on the switch again after it has turned itself off 83 84 Front Windshield Deicer If Installed If your vehicle is installed with the front windshield deicer it will be operating at the same time when you operate the rear window defroster This function helps release stuck wind shield wipers especially in winter time and cold regions Outside Rearview Mirror Heater If Installed If your vehicle is installed with the outside rearview mirror heater it will operate at the same time when you operate the rear window defroster Do not clean the inner side of the rear window glass with an abrasive type of glass cleaner or use a scraper to re move foreign deposits from the inner surface of the glass as this may cause damage to the defroster elements NOTE Usetherear window defroster only when the engine is running DIGITAL CLOCK
69. owned by Johnson Controls Incorporated Milwaukee Wis consin B530A02CM AAT Type A Always engage the parking brake before leaving the car This also turns on the parking brake indicator light when the key is in the ON or START position Before driving away be sure that the park ing brake is fully released and the indicator light is off Type A with manual transaxle o To engage the parking brake pull the lever up as far as possible O To release the parking brake pull up the lever and press the thumb button Then while holding the button in lower the brake lever Type B with automatic transaxle o To engage the parking brake depress the parking brake pedal release the parking brake depress the parking brake pedal a second time NOTE The parking brake pedal should be checked periodically for proper stroke B535A01CM GAT Parking brake warning chime if installed The parking brake warning chime reminds you that the parking brake is applied when you are driving above 6mph 10km h Al ways release the parking brake before you drive WARNING o Whenever leaving vehicle or parking always set the parking brake as far as possible and fully engage the vehicle s transaxle into the park position Ve hicles not fully engaged in park with the parking brake set are at risk for moving inadvertently and injuring yourself or others To prevent unintentional movement when stoppe
70. position the ignition is on and all accessories may be turned on If the engine is not running the key should not be left in the ON position This will discharge the battery and may also damage the ignition system With the key in the ACC position some XUI af START electrical accessories radio etc may be operated C050A01E 1 C070C01 E 1 o LOCK 1 Turn the ignition key to the ACC posi The key can be removed or inserted in this tion position 2 Simultaneously push and turn the igni To protect against theft the steering wheel tion key counterclockwise from the locks by removing the key ACC position to the LOCK position 3 The key can be removed in the LOCK NOTE position If difficulty is experienced turning the ignition switch to the ACC position turn the key while turning the steering wheel right and left to release the tension C050B01A AAT Normal Conditions The Starting Procedure 1 Insert key and fasten the seat belt 2 Depress the clutch pedal fully and place the gearshift lever manual transaxle in neutral or the selector lever auto matic transaxle in P park position 3 Afterturning the ignition key to the ON position make certain all warning lights and gauges are functioning properly before starting the engine WARNING Besurethatthe clutchis fully depressed when starting a manual transaxle ve hicle Your manual transaxle equipped vehicle will
71. randomly selected and played Press the RDM button again to resume normal playback The RDM indicator is cleared Normal playback resumes whenever you want Adding tracks to the playlist marklist 1 Play the track you want 2 Press and hold the MARK button for more than 2 seconds to add the current track to the playlist marklist The LCD screen displays MARK to indicate that To repeat playback of all tracks on the current CD File Directory the track has been added to the playlist For random playback of all tracks on a marklist Press and hold the RPT button for more CD only for and WMA CDs 3 Repeat steps 1 amp 2 to add more tracks than 2 seconds The LCD screen dis plays RPT ALL to indicate that it is in REPEAT ALL mode The tracks of the current audio CD or the tracks in the current MP3 file directory will be re peated Press the RPT button again to resume normal playback The RPT ALL indica tor is cleared Press andhold the RDM button for more than 2 seconds The LCD screen dis plays RDM ALL to indicate that it is in RANDOM ALL mode Tracks from all directories in the MP3 WMA CD will be randomly selected and played Press the RDM button again to resume normal playback The RDM ALL indica tor is cleared to the marklist maximum of 20 book marks FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI 1 Playing tracks on the playlist marklist 1 Press the MARK button once The LCD screen displays MARK to indic
72. seated com pletely overthe nut Do notstand onthe wrench handle or use an extension pipe over the wrench handle Go around the wheel tightening every other nut until they are all tight Then double check each nut for tightness After changing wheels have a techni cian tighten the wheel nuts to their proper torque as soon as possible Wheel nut tightening torque Steel wheel amp aluminium alloy wheel 65 80 Ib ft 900 1 100 kg cm if installed D060J01CM AAT After Changing Wheels If you have a tire gauge remove the valve cap and checkthe air pressure If the pressure is lower than recom mended drive slowly to the nearest service station and inflate to the correct pressure If it is too high adjust it until it is correct Always reinstall the valve cap after checking or adjusting tire pressure Ifthe capis not replaced dirt and moisture could get into the valve core and cause air leakage If you lose a valve cap buy anotherand install itas soon as possible After you have changed wheels al ways secure the flattire in its place and return the jack and tools to their proper storage locations IF YOUR VEHICLE MUST BE TOWED D080A01CM AAT If your vehicle has to be towed it should be done by your Hyundai dealer or a commer cial tow truck service This will help assure that your vehicle is not damaged in towing Also professionals are generally aware of local laws governing towing In any case rath
73. the PLAY PAUSE button after loading a disc to begin playing the disc The player will start playing auto matically While adiscis playing press PLAY PAUSE to pause While paused the elapsed time of the current disc track or file will blink on the LCD display and PAUSE will be displayed on the RSE control panel Press the button again to resume play NOTE The RSE will enter standby mode when the vehicle ignition is turned off When the vehicle is turned back on within 30 seconds the RSE willturn on andthe CD will automatically begin playing again at the point where it paused If the vehicle is turned off for longer than 30 seconds the RSE system will not turn on auto matically when the vehicle is restarted 2 Fast Forward Reverse Press and hold the FF gt or lt REW button and the player will fast forward or reverse at 32 times the normal speed Release the FWD or lt REW button to return to normal speed play 3 Previous Next Chapter While a DVD VCD is playing press the A NEXT button to skip to the next chapter Press the V PREV button to jump to the beginning of the current chapter Press V PREV again to go move through earlier chapters Press the button repeatedly to move quickly through chapters NOTE Some VCDs do not have track informa tion If the VCD has no chapter informa tion pressing either of these buttons will restart the VCD While pressing the A NEXT or V PREV buttons the Status Display
74. the ventilation system be sure the ventilation air intakes located just in front of the windshield are kept clear of snow ice leaves or other obstructions PROPOSITION65WARNING Engine exhaust and a wide variety of automobile components and parts in cluding components found inthe interior furnishings in a vehicle contain or emit chemicals known to the State of Califor nia to cause cancer and birth defects and reproductive harm In addition cer tain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm RISK OF ROLLOVER C015A01CM AAT WARNING o The2WDSantaFeis designed for off road use The AWD Santa Fe is designed primarily for use on paved roads However occasional use in off highway conditions such as es tablished unpaved roads and non challenging off roadtrails is allowed The AWD Santa Fe is not designed for blazing newtrails challenging off road conditions or unpaved hill climbing Exceeding the conditions that were intended for the vehicle s primary design may result in injury or death Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles In a rollover crash an unbelted per son is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt WARNING Sport utility vehicle have higher ground clearance and a narrower tra
75. then go out when the engine is running If the light stays on while the engine is run ning there is a malfunction in the electrical charging system If the light illuminates while you are driving have the system checked by your Hyundai dealer as soon as possible B260G02A AAT Low Oil Pressure Warning Light CAUTION If the low oil pressure warning light stays on while the engine is running serious engine damage may result The oil pres sure warning light comes on whenever there is insufficient oil pressure In nor mal operation it should illuminate when the ignition switch is turned on then go out when the engine is started If the oil pressure warning light stays on while the engine is running there is a serious malfunction If this happens stop the car as soon as itis safe to do so turn off the engine and check the oil level If the oil level is low fill the engine oil to the proper level and start the engine again If the light stays on with the engine running turn the en gine off immediately In any instance where the oil light stays on when the engine is running the engine should be checked by a Hyundai dealer before the car is driven again 1 FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI B260B02JM AAT Ni a SRS Air bag Service Reminder Indicator SRI The SRS service reminder indicator SRI illuminates for about 6 seconds after the ignition key is turned to the ON position or after the engine is started
76. there are no flat tires puddles of oil water or other indications of possible trouble 2 After entering the car check to be sure the parking brake is engaged 3 Check that all windows and lights are clean 4 Check that the interior and exterior mir rors are clean and in position 5 Check your seat seatback and head rest to be sure they are in their proper positions 6 Lock all the doors 7 Fasten your seatbelt and be sure that all other occupants have fastened theirs 8 Turn off all lights and accessories that are not needed 9 When you turn the ignition switch to check that all appropriate warn ing lights are operating and that you have sufficient fuel 10 Check the operation of warning lights and all bulbs when key is in the ON position WARNING o All passengers must be properly belted whenever the vehicle is mov ing Refer to pages 1 27 through 1 33for moreinformation ontheir proper use Always checkthe surrounding areas near your vehicle for people espe cially children before putting a car into drive Always wear appropriate shoes when operating your vehicle Unsuitable shoes high heels ski boots etc may interfere with your ability to use the brake and accelerator pedal and the clutch if installed WARNING When you intend to park or stop the vehicle with the engine on be careful not to depress the accelerator pedal for a long period of time It may overheat the
77. to incre ment to new your zone number 4 Drive the vehicle in 2 complete circles at less than 5mph 8km h or until the compass heading appears Do not install a ski rack antenna etc which are attached to the vehicle by means of a magnet They affect the operation of the compass If the compass deviates from the cor rect indication soon after repeated adjustment have the compass checked at an authorized dealer The compass may not indicate the correct indication in tunnels or while driving up or down a steep hill The compass returns to the correct com pass point when the vehicle moves to an area where the geomagnetism is stabilized When cleaning the mirror use a paper towel or similar material dampened with glass cleaner Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror as that may cause the liquid cleaner to enter the mirror housing 102 HOMELINK MIRROR B520C01CM AAT Automatic Dimming Mirror with Z Nav Electronic Compass Display and HomeLink If Installed Your vehicle comes with a Gentex Auto matic Dimming Mirror with a Z Nav M Elec tronic Compass Display and an Integrated HomeLink Wireless Control System Dur ing nighttime driving this feature will auto matically detect and reduce rearview mir ror glare while the compass indicates the direction the vehicle is pointed The HomeLink Universal Transceiver allows you to activate your garage door s elec tric gate home lighting etc 1
78. traction per formance WARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead brak ing traction tests and does not in clude acceleration cornering hy droplaning or peak traction charac teristics Temperature A B C The tempera ture grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under con trolled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger cartires must meet underthe Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law WARNING The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire thatis properly inflated and not overloaded Exces sive speed underinflation or exces sive loading either separately or in combination can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure Uniform Tire Quality Grading Qual ity grades can be found on the tire sidewall between the tread shoulder and the maximum section width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Tempera ture A CONSUMERINFORMATION REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS amp BINDING ARBITRATION
79. we re very proud Your Owner s Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new Hyundai It is suggested that you read it carefully because the information it contains can contribute greatly to the satisfaction you receive from your new car The manufacturer also recommends that all service and maintenance on your car be performed by an authorized Hyundai dealer Hyundai dealers are prepared to provide high quality service maintenance and any other assistance that may be required A050A04A AAT HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual if you sell this Hyundai please leave the manual in the vehicle for their use Thank you Severe engine and transaxle damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels and lubricants that do not meet Hyundai specifications You must always use high quality fuels and lubricants that meet the specifications listed on Page 9 4 in the Vehicle Specifications section of the Owner s Manual and which also appear in the Service Station Information on the back cover of the Owner s Manual Copyright 2008 Hyundai Motor Company All rights reserved No part of this publication may be reproduced stored in any retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior written permission of Hyundai Motor Company F5 F6 A100A03A AAT Guide to Hyundai Genuine Parts 1 What are Hyundai Genuine Parts Hyu
80. with normal operation of the transmitter When the transmitter does not work correctly open and close the door with the ignition key If you have a problem with the transmitter contact an autho rized Hyundai Dealer NOTE Keepthe transmitter away from water or any liquid If the keyless entry systemis inoperative due to exposure to water or liquids it will not be covered by your manufacturer vehicle warranty THEFT ALARM SYSTEM B070A01A AAT If installed This system is designed to provide protec tion from unauthorized entry into the car This system is operated in three stages the first is the Armed stage the second is the Alarm stage and the third is the Dis armed stage If triggered the system pro vides an audible alarm with blinking of the turn signal lights B075B01CM AAT Armed Stage ZEN Alarm stage Disarmed stage HMR Park the car and stop the engine Arm the system as described below 1 Remove the ignition key from the igni tion switch 2 Make sure that the hood and tail gate are closed and latched 3 Lock the doors using the transmitter of the keyless entry system or key or cen tral door lock switch After completion of the steps above the turn signal lights will blink once and the system will be armed after 30 seconds The system can also be armed by locking the doors with the key however the turn signal lights are not operated 1 FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI
81. with the same or lower amperage rating Never use a piece of wire or a higher rated fusible link This could result in serious damage and create a fire hazard OCM054002 The fuse box for the lights and other elec trical accessories will be found low on the dashboard on the driver s side Inside the box you will find a list showing the circuits protected by each fuse If any of your car s lights or other electrical accessories stop working a blown open fuse could be the reason If the fuse has burned out you will see that the metal strip inside the fuse has melted through If you suspect a blown fuse follow this proce dure DO IT YOURSELF MAINTENANCE 6 A burned out fuse indicates that there is a problem in the electrical circuit If you replace a fuse and it blows as soon as the accessory is turned on the problem is Burned out serious and should be referred to a Hyundaidealerfor diagnosis and repair Never replace a fuse with anything ex cept a fuse with the same or a lower amperage rating A higher capacity fuse could cause damage and create a fire hazard G200B02NF 4 Replace the blown fuse by pressing a new fuse of the same rating into place The fuse should be a snug fit If it is not have the fuse clip repaired or replaced NOTE by a Hyundai dealer If you do not have See page 6 32 for the fuse panel descrip a spare fuse you may be able to borrow tions a fuse of the same or lower rati
82. 02FC GAT Roof Antenna OCM052140A Your car uses a roof antenna to receive both AM and FM broadcast signals This antenna is a removable type To re move the antenna turn the antenna coun terclockwise To install the antenna turn the antenna clockwise FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI 1 o Besuretoremovethe antenna before washing the car in an automatic car wash or it may be damaged Before entering a place with a low height clearance be sure to fold for ward or remove the roof mounted antenna When reinstalling your antenna it is important that it is fully tightened to ensure proper reception 1 FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI STEREO SOUND SYSTEM B750A02A AAT How Car Audio Works FM reception lonosphere B750A01L AM and FM radio signals are broadcast from transmitter towers located around yourcity They are intercepted by the radio antenna on your car This signal is then received by the radio and sent to your car speakers When a strong radio signal has reached your vehicle the precise engi neering of your audio system ensures the best possible quality reproduction How ever in some cases the signal coming to your vehicle may not be strong and clear This can be due to factors such as the distance from the radio station closeness of other strong radio stations or the pres ence of buildings bridges or other large obstructions in the area AM reception lonosphere B750A02L AM broa
83. 27 Shop Manal d CUR mi 8 14 Sound Brake pad warning 1 69 Speedometer 1 71 staing PP FOC COM 2 7 Steering Wheel Tilt Lever nnn nn nenne eeeee 1 118 Stereo Sound System eee 1 144 C 1 95 els en Sees 1 89 clo Uu MNT 1 116 T Jie E m ETT 1 70 1 109 Theft Alarm 1 11 5 OIG 1 118 Tires ui 8 13 ignes E 8 12 M eee 8 10 Changing amp e 3 12 If you have a flat 3 12 fee dene TT TTE 8 3 BTSITIESTIR IG B 8 13 MANN TEE 8 3 la z e T 8 12 8 11 Sidewall Labeling 8 6 ie MU MNT NT TETTE 8 10 cq 3 10 Terminology and Definition
84. AT Checking the Brake Fluid Level G120C02A AAT Recommended Brake Fluid Use only hydraulic brake fluid conforming to DOT 3 or DOT 4 specifications in your braking system Follow the instructions printed on the container G120D01CM AAT To Check the Fluid Level x OCMO055014 It is normal for the brake fluid level to go down slightly as the brake pads wear The fluid level in the brake fluid reservoir should be checked periodically The level should be between the MIN and MAX marks on the side of the reservoir If the level is at or below the MIN mark care fully add fluid to bring it up to MAX AIR CONDITIONING CARE DO IT YOURSELF MAINTENANCE 6 G120E02A AAT Adding Brake Fluid To add brake fluid first wipe away any dirt then unscrewthe fluid reservoir cap Slowly pour the recommended fluid into the res ervoir Do not overfill Carefully replace the cap on the reservoir and tighten G140A01A AAT Keepingthe Condenser Clean The air conditioning condenser and en gine radiator should be checked periodi cally for accumulation of dirt dead insects leaves etc These can interfere with maxi mum cooling efficiency When removing such accumulations brush or hose them away carefully to avoid bending the cool ing fins G140B01A AAT Checking the Air Conditioning Operation 1 Startthe engine andletit run atafastidle for several minutes with the air condi tioning set a
85. B04A AAT Front Seat Adjusting seat forward and rearward HNF2032 To move the seat toward the front or rear pull the lock release lever upward This will release the seat on its track so you can move it forward or rearward to the desired position When you find the position you want release the lever and slide the seat forward or rearward its track until it locks into the desired position and cannot be moved further WARNING After adjusting the seat always check that it is securely locked into place by attempting to move the seat forward or rearward without using the lock release lever Sudden or unexpected move ment of the driver s seat could cause you to lose control of the vehicle result ing in an accident 8 Adjusting Seatback Angle HNF2033 To recline the seatback lean forward to take your weight off it then pull up on the recliner control lever at the outside edge of the seat Now lean back until the desired seatback angle is achieved To lock the seatback into position release the recliner control lever WARNING Riding with a reclined seatback in creases your chance of serious or fatal injuries in the event of a collision or sudden stop The protection of your re straint system seat belts and air bags is greatly reduced by reclining your seat Seat belts must be snug against your hips and chest to work properly The morethe seatbackis reclined the greater the cha
86. CAUTION Never shiftinto R or P position while the vehicle is moving The indicator lights in the instrument clus terindicate the selector lever position when the ignition is switched ON During sports mode operation the gear currently in use displays in the numeral indicator DRIVING YOURHYUNDAI 2 C090B02A AAT The function of each position is as follows o P Park Use to hold the vehicle in place when parked or while starting the engine When ever parking the car apply the parking brake and shift the selector lever to the P Park position CAUTION Never place the selector lever in the P Park position unless the vehicle is fully stopped Failure to observethis caution will cause severe damage to the transaxle C090C01A AAT o R Reverse Use for backing up the vehicle Bring the car to a complete stop before shifting the selector lever to R position C090D02A AAT o N Neutral In the N position the transaxle is in neu tral which means that no gears are en gaged The engine can be started with the shift lever in N position although this is not recommended except if the engine stalls while the car is moving C090E01CM GAT o D Drive Use for normal driving Bring the car to a complete stop before shifting the selector to D position Thetransaxle will automati cally shift through a four five gear se quence CO90F02L GAT Sports Mode OCM053006
87. CHECKING PARKING BRAKE PEDAL G185A02TG GAT If Installed The parking brake pedal should be checked periodically for proper stroke If you feel looseness in the parking brake pedal when the parking brake is engaged have your parking brake adjusted by an authorized Hyundai dealer CAUTION If the parking brake pedal is not adjusted properly the vehicle may roll backwards when parking on a steep hill DO IT YOURSELF MAINTENANCE 6 CHECKING AND REPLACING FUSES G200A03A AAT Replacing a Fusible Link E A fusible link will melt if the electrical cir cuits from the battery are ever overloaded thus preventing damage to the entire wir ing harness This could be caused by a short in the system drawing too much cur rent If this ever happens have a Hyundai dealer determine the cause repair the system and replace the fusible link The fusible links are located in a relay box in the engine compartement for easy inspection Le DO IT YOURSELF MAINTENANCE 1 Turn off the ignition all other Replacing Accessory Fuses switches 2 Open the fuse box and examine each fuse Remove each fuse by pulling it toward you a small fuse puller tool is contained in the relay and fuse box of the engine room to simplify this opera tion 3 Be sure to check all other fuses even if youfind onethatappears to have burned Out CAUTION When replacing afusible link never use anything but a new fusible link
88. CINO P 9 3 Lubrication Chart ccccccccccccceccccccccccacceecavaeeceeacaneas 9 4 VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS J010A01CM AAT J030A01CM AAT DIMENSIONS in mm TIRE Standard 183 1 4650 Option 184 1 4675 744 190 Standard 67 9 1725 with Roof Rack 70 7 1795 Wheel base 106 3 2700 mm eens 63 8 1620 Inflation pressure kPa psi NORMAL MAXIMUM LOAD LOAD 235 70R16 210 30 220 32 235 60R18 T165 90R17 420 60 420 60 Overall length Overall height Wheel tread J050A01CM AAT BRAKE Dual hydraulic with brake booster Front brake type Ventilated disc FUEL SYSTEM Rear brake type Disc type Parking brake Cable operated on rear wheel 2 7L 3 3L 19 8 us gal 16 5 imp gal 75 liter VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS ENGINE J070A03CM AAT GASOLINE ITEMS VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS LUBRICATION CHART JO80A08CM AAT Oil amp Grease Standard Quantity US QTS Imp qts liter Engine Oil API SJ SL or ABOVE Drain and refill With oil filter ILSAC GF 3 or ABOVE Gasoline 2 7L 4 75 3 95 4 5 Recommends Gasoline 3 3L 5 49 4 57 5 2 Transaxle SK ATF SP III or other brands approved by Hyundai Motor Co Gasoline 3 3L 11 51 9 59 10 9 Hypoid gear oil GL 5 SAE 70W 90 SHELL SPIRAX X Equivalent Coolant Power steering gear Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on page 6 5
89. CM AAT Keyless Entry System If installed NOTE This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received in cluding interference that may cause undesired operation CAUTION Changes or modifications notexpressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s au thority to operate the equipment Locking doors 1 Close all doors 2 Push the LOCK 9 button on the transmitter 3 Atthe same time all doors lock the turn signal lights will blink once to indicate that the system is armed Unlocking doors 1 Push the UNLOCK gf button on the transmitter 2 At the same time the driver s door un locks the turn signal lights will blink twice to indicate that the system is dis armed NOTE If you wish to unlockall doors pressthe UNLOCK button on the transmitter again within 4 seconds FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI 1 The transmitter will not work if any of following occur Theignition key is in ignition switch You exceed the operating distance limit 10 m The battery in the transmitter is weak Other vehicles or objects may be blocking the signal The weather is extremely cold The transmitter is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere
90. CONNECTING PART CONNECTOR A CONNECTOR B OCMO057100L Power connector Signal connector Connector Cap Power supply for trailer lamp Ground Signal Signal Signal Signal Right turn signal light Tail light Left turn signal light Stop light oun dm a a 2 DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT The power connector A that is connected with a controller to operate the trailer lamp and the connector B used to judge whether the vehicle lamp operates prop erly is installed in the left bottom back of the vehicle You can use it when needed CAUTION o Whenusing the trailer pack open the cap C and then connectitto the con nector After using the connector dis connect it and always put the cap C back on the corresponding connec tor If the cap is not replaced foreign elements such as dust or liquid may damage the vehicle You must use a separate controller to use the power connector A to oper ate the trailer lamp The connector B is only for the vehicle lamp Therefore do not use the con nector B to operate the trailer lamp It may blow out the fuse and damage the vehicle While the connector is connected to the trailer make sure the connector wire does not go near the muffler The heat from the muffler may damage the wire C190F01CM AAT Tire and Loading Information Label TypeA NOMBRE DE SIEGES TOTAL 5 combined unighit of and carg
91. CRIPTION G200C01CM AAT Engine Compartment 17 ht 2 ECU AN START FUEL 8 E D B f FUSE FUSERATING CIRCUTPROTECTEO _ gm n pm B Gd ud ud Md id nt ur EL it GC x 11 ESC e ES T O a i Gi ca CONNECTOR CONNECTOR DECERRELAY 0 A um W n DEICER DEICER RELAY _ 0 001 D ULL ECU MAIN ENGINE CONTROL RELAY D a CEN 1 IG COIL IGNITION COIL 1 6 GASOLINE CONDENSOR GASOLINE 55 m PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE GASOLINE VARIABLE INTAKE MANIFOLD VALVE GASOLINE PCM GASOLINE OIL CONTROL VALVE GASOLINE RAD FAN RAD FAN RELAY 10K 23 ECU CON FAN s CON FAN 1 RELAY CON FAN 2 RELAY a Se EIDEM M UTER E AIR FLOW SENSOR GASOLINE OXYGEN SENSOR 1 4 GASOLINE ERE a EE UE POMGASCLNE H LP LOLH 15A TTL WIPER 294 38 SPARE 10 10A MODULE INJECTOR t 4 amp 6 GASOLINE PCM GASOLINE A 7 KILP HI IND 10A 18 TCU 5A 29 SPARE 154 SENSOR 1 0 CON RELAY FUEL PUMP i IDA 30 SPARE 20 Ok 20 COOLING SPARE 29A 10 ATN QA 21 B UPLP 104 32 SPARE 304 V Ht 22 H LP 104 J OCMO055023N Note Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle It is accurate at th
92. E o The TPMS malfunction indicator may be illuminated if the vehicle is moving around electric power supply cables or radios transmit ter suchasat police stations gov ernmentand public offices broad casting stations military installa tions airports ortransmitting tow ers etc This can interfere with normal operation of the Tire Pres sure Monitoring System TPMS o The TPMS malfunction indicator may be illuminated if some elec tronic devices such as notebook computer are used in the vehicle This can interfere with normal operation of the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS Changing a tire with TPMS If you have a flat tire the Low Tire Pressure and Position telltales will come on Have the flat tire repaired by an authorized Hyundai dealer as soon as possible or replace the flat tire with the temporary spare tire NEVER use a puncture repairing agentto repair and or inflate a low pressure tire The tire sealant can damage the tire pressure sensor If used you will haveto replace the tire pressure sensor Each wheel is equipped with a tire pressure sensor mounted inside the tire behind the valve stem You must use TPMS specific wheels It is recom mended that you always have yourtires serviced by an authorized Hyundai dealer Even if you replace the low pressure tire with the temporary spare tire the Low Tire Pressure and Position telltales will remain on until the low pressure tire is repaired and plac
93. EN SIZE use the REW or FF buttons to select the preferred size 1 Menu wenu DVDs can be controlled and any special programming or features accessed by using the menu To access the menu while playing a DVD press the MENU button Press the button a second time to exit the menu and return to the DVD program atthe point it was being viewed The menu is not available during disc initialization the be ginning credits or any copyright and FBI warnings While viewing the menu press the A NEXT button to move the cursor up and the V PREV button to move the cursor down the menu Press the gt FWD button to move the cursor to the right and the lt REW button to move the cursor to the left NOTE You must repeatedly push any button to move through several items Pressing and holding a button will not advance the cursor beyond the first item Press ENTER or Play Pause to select the desired menu choice FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI 1 Playing a DVD VCD You can control your DVD or VCD by using the buttons on the RSE control panel or by using the remote controller Instructions for the controls listed below are the same whether using the RSE control panel or the remote controller However there are some additional functions that are only available from the remote controller These buttons and their functions are discussed in the Remote Controller section ofthis manual 1 Play Pause Button EN You do notneedto press
94. ENCY This could result in serious damage to your car Nor should towing be attempted if the wheels drive train axles steering or brakes are damaged Before towing be sure the transaxle is in neutral and the key is in ACC with the engine off or in the ON position with the engine running A driver must be in the towed car to steer it and operate the brakes When using the rear towing hook 1 To open the towing cover push it with your finger 2 To mountthe towing hook rotate it clock wise CAUTION It should be tightened firmly with your fingers until there is no more play in the towing hole Towing hookis located inthe luggage compartment 3 Attach a tow cable chain or strap to the towing hook on the rear bumper NOTE o Toavoidserious damageto your AWD vehicle limitthe towing to 10 mph 15 km h and notfor morethan 1 mile 1 5 km at ANY TIME o Before towing check the level of the automatic transaxle fluid If itis below the 75 range on the dipstick add fluid If you cannot add fluid a towing dolly must be used CAUTION If the Engine is not running the power assist for the brakes and steering will not work so steering and braking will be much harder than usual CAUTION If the car is being towed with all four wheels on the ground it can be towed only from the front Be sure that the transaxle is in neutral If your vehicle is equipped with an automatic transaxle do nottow at spe
95. ERIOR LIGHT FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI 1 480 1 Map Light The light comes on when any door is opened regardless of the ignition switch position If a door is opened with the ignition switch inthe ACC or LOCK position the light stays onfor about 20 minutes However if a door is opened with the ignition switch in the ON position the light stays on continuously When doors are unlocked by the transmit ter the light comes on for approximately 30 seconds as long as any door is not open The light goes out gradually after approxi mately 30 seconds if the door is closed However if the ignition switch is ON or all doors are locked the light will turn off immediately Pushin the map light switch to turn the light on or off This light pro duces a spot beam for convenient use as a map light at night oras a personal light for the driver and the passenger B490A01CM AAT Interior Light The interior courtesy light has two buttons The two buttons are oDOOR The courtesy light turns on when a door is opened or when a door is unlocked by the transmitter if installed The interior light goes out slowly after 30 seconds after the door is closed However if the ignition switch is ON or all vehicle doors are locked when the door is closed interior light will turn off even within 30 seconds 94 o ON In the ON position the light stays on at all times CAUTION Do not leave this bu
96. For example if 89 7 has been stored as preset 1 CH1 then press ing the 1 button on the keypad will tune to that station FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI 1 AM FM1 and FM2 Selection When you press the SOURCE button the Source Selection UI will come out along with the current available mode You can select the Radio mode by the remote con troller After pressing the ENTER button both RSE and front Radio will play your selection station at the same time All of the RSE control panel and remote controller navigation functions can be used to control the front radio when the vehicle front radio is also playing the same radio mode B470101CM AAT VIEWING FRONT CD MP3 The RSE can be used to control discs that are loaded and playing in the vehicle ra dio To control these discs you must first select the vehicle radio as the source Press the SOURCE button on the remote controller or the SRC button on the RSE control panel to display the available sources on the LCD display Use the arrow buttons A NEXT V PREV and REW FF to navigate to the desired source then press ENTER to select the highlighted Source CD CD MP3 Control While the vehicle radio is playing a CD or audio disc all of the RSE control panel and remote controller navigation functions can be used to control the ve hicle radio This includes o Pause Play Fast Forward Reverse o Previous Next Track CD and Previ ous Next File MP3
97. From this time you have to start your engine within 30 seconds If you try to start your engine after 30 seconds your engine will not start NOTE If the engine stalls while driving in the limp home mode you can start your engine within 2 5 seconds without re entering the password If the immobilizer indicator blinks for five seconds you must re enter the password steps 1 4 After performing the limp home activation procedure consult with your authorized Hyundai dealer as soon as possible o Ifthe Besewordie Is s entered incorrectly three consecutive times wait for about one hour to perform the limp home activation procedure again If you cannot start your engine using the limp home activation procedure have your vehicle towed by an autho rized Hyundai dealer FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI 1 DOOR LOCKS B030C01CM AAT B040A01CM AAT B040B01O AAT Illuminated Ignition Switch Locking unlocking front doors If installed with a key LOCK UNLOCK BO30CO1E 1 Whenever either front door is opened the o The door can be locked or unlocked ignition switch will be illuminated for your with a key convenience provided the ignition switch o Lock the door by turning the key toward is not in the ON position the front of the vehicle and unlock it by The light will go off approximately 30 sec turning the key toward the rear onds after closing the door or when the ignition switch is turned on NOTE The driver s do
98. GE FUEL CONSUMPTION 999 9 OUTSIDE TEMPERATURE If installed 1 FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI 2 Distance to Empty 3 Average Fuel Consumption Distance to Empty letter Average fuel consumption Distance to empty 52207 Odometer 052206 o When the estimated distance to empty omegi OCM052208A m is less than 30 miles the distance to o This mode indicates the estimated dis empty digits will blink until more o This mode calculates the average fuel tance to empty from the current fuel fuel is added consumption from the total fuel used level in the fuel tank and the distance since the last average o The trip computer may not register ad NOTE consumption reset ditional fuel if less than 1 36 gallons 6 o Theestimated distance to empty can o Thetotalfuel used is calculated from the liters of fuel are added to the vehicle differ from the actual tripmeter ac fuel consumption input cordingto driving conditions Average fuel consumption is reset to o Theestimated distance to empty can zero if the battery is disconnected vary according to the driving condi O Toreset the average fuel consumption tions driving pattern or vehicle speed to zero press and hold the RESET switch for more than 1 second o When you drive 0 5 mile and less after resetting the average fuel consump tion will be displayed to MULTI FUNCTION LIGHT FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI 1 4 Outside temperature If in
99. Grading UTQG Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall be tweentread shoulder and maximum section width For example TREAD wear 200 TRACTION AA TEMPERATUE A 8 CONSUMERINFORMATION REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS amp BINDING ARBITRATION OF WARRANTY CLAIMS 1030D01JM AAT Tire Terminology And Definitions Air Pressure The amount of airinside thetire pressing outward onthe tire Air pressure is expressed in pounds per square inch psi or kilopascal kPa Accessory Weight This means the combined weight of optional accesso ries Some examples of optional ac cessories are automatic transmission power seats and air conditioning Aspect Ratio The relationship of a tire s height to its width Belt A rubber coated layer of cords that is located between the plies and the tread Cords may be made from steel or other reinforcing materials Bead The tire bead contains steel wires wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire onto the rim Bias Ply Tire Apneumatictire in which the plies are laid at alternate angles less than 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Cold Tire Pressure The amountof air pressure in a tire measured in pounds per square inch psi or kilopascals kPa before atire has builtupheatfrom driving Curb Weight This means the weight of a motor vehicle with standard and op tional equipment including the maxi mum capacity of fuel oil and coolant but without passenge
100. ING ARBITRATION OF WARRANTY CLAIMS VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS INDEX F7 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS B250A01CM AAT 1 2 3 4 5 678910 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 OCMO008001N F8 1 Steering 1 118 13 Hood Release Lever 1 115 2 Horn and Driver s Air bag 1 119 1 44 14 Parking Brake Pedal If installed 1 108 Instrument Cluster 1 62 15 Windshield Wiper Washer Switch 1 78 Mietenbejeme 1 7 16 Heating Air Conditioning Control Panel 1 125 5 Hazard Warning Switch 1 83 17 Cigarette Lighter 1 85 6 Front Window Defroster Switch 1 141 18 Center Console Box 1 96 7 Digital 1 84 19 Shift Lever If installed 2 10 8 Rear Window Defroster Switch If installed 1 83 20 Power Outlet M 1 86 9 Passenger Air bag Off Indicator 1 52 AINE quc 1 85 10 Rear Air Conditioning Switch If installed 1 141 22 GIOVE Eq 1 95
101. Ifthe audio system is in Radio mode you can eject CDs without interrupting the operation of the radio FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI 1 3 Selecting a disc to play Model D445S Only the CD loaded in the player can be played Models D465S and D466S You can select any disc loaded in the CD changer for playback To do so Press the corresponding CD selector button 1 6 The CD changer automatically loads the selected CD and begins playback of the first track The LCD screen displays the selected CD as a flashing number 4 Selecting and playing tracks songs To select tracks you can use one of 3 methods Method 1 Press the Track Up or Track Down button repeatedly until you find the track you want Method 2 Rotate the File Search knob to scroll to the track you want The number counter in the LCD screen shows you the track number Press the File Search knob to ENTER your selection and begin playback Method 3 only for MP3 and WMA CDs Press the DIR Up or Down buttons re peatedly to switch to the directory you want on the CD The LCD screen displays the name of the directory you have switched to Rotate the File Search knob to scroll to the track you want in the selected directory The number counter in the LCD screen shows youthe track number Pressthe File Search knob to ENTER your selection and begin playback NOTE You may notice that the track number counter on the LCD screen matches the tra
102. In this state the system sequentially works according to the order of buttons selected The function of the buttons which are not selected will be controlled automatically Press the AUTO button in order to convert to automatic control of the system B980B01Y AAT Fan Speed Control Switch OCM052097 The fan speed can be set to the desired speed by pressing the appropriate fan speed control button The higher the fan speed is the more air is delivered Press ing the OFF button turns off the fan FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI 1 670 Air Intake Control Switch This is used to select fresh outside air or recirculation inside air To change the air intake control mode Fresh mode Recirculation mode push the control button OCM052110L FRESH MODE The indicator light on the button goes on when the air intake control is fresh mode OCM052109L e RECIRCULATION MODE The indicator light on the button is illuminated when the air intake control is recirculation mode With the Fresh mode selected air enters the vehicle from the outside and is heated or cooled according to the function se lected With the Recirculation mode selected and air from within the passenger com partment will be drawn through the heat ing system and heated or cooled accord ing to the function selected NOTE Itshould be noted that prolonged opera tion of the heating system in recircul
103. LE RADIO Press the SRC button to select from the various audio and video sources avail able All available sources will be dis played on the Mode Selection screen Use the arrow buttons A NEXT V PREV and REW FF to navigate to the desired source and then press ENTER to select the high lighted source To control the vehicle radio from the RSE control panel or remote controller press the SOURCE button on the remote control ler or the SRC button on the RSE control panel then all available sources will be displayed on the Source Selection screen Use the arrow buttons A NEXT V PREV and REW FF to navigate to the desired source and then press ENTER to select the highlighted source The RSELCD display and the RSE control panel will indicate the selected source Tuninga Station Whilethe vehicle radio is the current source press the A NEXT or V PREV button on the RSE control panel or remote controller once to search up or down for the next available station When the tuner finds a station it will stop at the station and start to play Press the A NEXT or V PREV button to seek up or down through all radio stations When the radio finds a station it will stop and play that station Press the FF gt or lt REW button to manually tune up or down one channel Press and hold the FF or REW button to continue tuning up or down Pressing a number on the remote control ler keypad will tune to the corresponding preset station
104. Malfunction Indicator Light MIL 16 Supplemental Restraint Air bag System 3 TPMS Tire Pressure Monitoring System Malfunction Service Reminder Indicator SRI Indicator 17 Tail Gate Open Warning Light 4 Low Tire Pressure Position Telltale 18 Door Ajar Warning Light 5 Low Tire Pressure Telltale 19 Automatic Transaxle Position Indicator Light If installed 6 AWD System Warning Light If installed 20 High Beam Indicator Light 7 AWD Lock Indicator Light If installed 21 Cruise SET Indicator Light 8 Odometer Tripmeter Trip Computer If installed 22 Cruise Indicator Light 9 Fuel Gauge 23 ABS Service Reminder Indicator 10 Low Fuel Warning Light 24 Turn Signal Indicator Light 11 Seat Belt Warning Light Driver s Side 25 Speedometer 12 Parking Brake Low Brake Fluid Level Warning Light 26 Electronic Stability Control ESC Indicator Light 13 Charging System Warning Light 27 lmmobilizer Warning Indicator Light If Installed 14 Coolant Temperature Gauge 28 Tachometer 1 FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS B260S01NF GAT zm Low Windshield Washer Fluid Level Warning Light The low windshield washer fluid warning light comes on when the washer fluid res ervoir is approaching empty When it comes on add washer fluid at your earliest opportunity B260N02A AAT Malfunction Indicator Light CHECK This light illuminates when there is a mal function of an exhaust gas related compo nent and th
105. N Do not operate the wipers on dry glass This canresult in more rapid wear ofthe wiper blades and may scratch the glass Keep the blade rubber out of contact with petroleum products such as en gine oil gasoline etc G080B02CM AAT Replacing the Wiper Blades Front window windshield wiper blades To remove the wiper blade 1LDA5023 1 Raise the wiper arm and turn the wiper blade assembly to expose the plastic locking clip DO IT YOURSELF MAINTENANCE 6 1JBA7037 1JBA7038 2 Compress the clip and slide the blade assembly downward 3 Lift it off the arm 6 DO IT YOURSELF MAINTENANCE To install the wiper blade Install the blade assembly in the reverse order of removal G080B03CM AAT Rear window wiper blade Type with wiper arm stopper if installed To prevent damage to the wiper arms or other components have an authorized Hyundai dealer replace the wiper blade CAUTION o Do not allow the wiper arm to fall against the windshield since it may chip or crack the windshield To remove the rear wiper blade first removes the head cap If you exces sively raise the rear wiper arm with the head cap installed it will damage the head cap Type without wiper arm stopper if installed 2 Install the new blade assembly by in serting the center partinto the wiper arm until it clicks into place 3 Make sure the blade assembly is in stalled firmly 4 Place the wiper arm to the p
106. NCE G270K01CM GAT Front Fog Light If Installed NOTE It is recommended thatthe frontfog light bulb be replaced by an authorized Hyundai dealer OCMO055014L G270A030 12 To replace the front turn signal light bulb orthe front position light bulb take it out from the bulb holder and install the new bulb G270B01CM AAT Rear Combination Light OCM055022 1 Stop Tail light 2 Back up light 3 Turn signal light Side marker 1 Open the tail gate OCM052016 OCM055028 Remove the cover with a flat head screwdriver Remove the mounting screws of the rear combination light as shown in the photo 27 OCM055030 1 Stop Tail light 2 Back up light 3 Turn signal light Side marker 4 To replace the rear combination light take it out from the bulb holder by turning it counterclockwise 5 Install the new bulb 6 DO IT YOURSELF MAINTENANCE G270101CM GAT G270J01CM AAT G270E01CM AAT High Mounted Rear Stop Light License Plate Light Side Repeater Light If installed If Installed F 4 OENO076031 OCM055036 ___ _ _ 1 Remove the mounting screws of the NOTE NOTE license plate light cover with a phillips Ifthe lightbulb is notoperating havethe Itisrecommendedthatthe High Mounted screwdriver vehicle checked by an authorized Rear Stop Lightbe replaced by an autho 2 Disconnect the wire harness by turning HYUNDAI dealer rized Hyundai Dea
107. Repairs would not be covered by your warranty Do not overload your vehicle o Using heavier suspension com ponents to get added durability might not change your weight rat ings Ask your dealer to help you load your vehicle the right way Thelabel will help you decide how much cargo andinstalled equipment your ve hicle can carry If you carry items inside your vehicle like suitcases tools packages or any thing else they move as fast as the vehicle goes If you have to stop orturn quickly or if there is a crash the items will keep going and can cause an injury if they strikes the driver or a passenger WARNING Items you carry inside your vehicle can strike and injure people in a sudden stop or turn or in a crash o Put things in the cargo area of your vehicle Try to spread the weightevenly Never stack items like suitcases inside the vehicle above the tops of the seats Do not leave an unsecured child restraint in your vehicle When you carry something inside the vehicle secure it Do not drive with a seat folded down unless necessary 37 WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY If the Engine will not 3 2 FUNG MET 3 3 If the Engine Overheat 3 4 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS 3 5 TIE 3 10 If You Have a Flat Tire ees
108. SIDE REAR VIEW MIRROR B520A01A AAT Manual Type B520A01CM Your Hyundai is equipped with a day night inside rearview mirror The night position is selected by flipping the tab at the bottom of the mirror toward you In the night position the glare of headlights of cars behind you is reduced FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI 1 B520C01CM AAT Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror with Compass If installed B520C08JM 1 Status Indicator LED 2 Feature Control Button 3 Rear Light Sensor 4 Display Window Automatic dimming rearview mirrors auto matically controls the glare from head lights behind you when the function is turned on by pressing and holding the Feature Control Button for more than 3 but less than 6 seconds This feature can be turned off by pressing and holding the button for the same amount of time once more 1 FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI Tooperate Compass feature Press and release the button then the vehicle s directional heading will be dis played Pressing and releasing the button again will turn off the display Heading display E East W West S South N North ex NE North East Calibration procedure If the compass is not properly calibrated set to the correct variance zone or the vehicle is driven in certain environments tunnel underground or in building park ing garage near transformer substation the following may occur C is displayed The comp
109. See these sections of the Users Manualfor information on using these functions All of the RSE control panel and remote controller navigation functions can be used to control the front radio when the vehicle front radio is also playing the CD or CD mode B470J02CM AAT AUX AUDIO AND VIDEO INPUT CON TROLS External media sources such as VCHs and video games can be connected to the HSE This allows you to display the video output on the RSE LCD display and listen to the audio through the wireless headsets and the vehicle speakers For information and warnings about con necting external sources to the RSE see Connecting Other Devices to the RSE To switch to an external auxiliary device press SOURCE on the remote controller or SRC on the RSE control panel until AUX appears on the LCD display and the RSE control panel display NOTE When using a portable audio device con nected to the power outlet noise may occur during playback If this happens use the power source of the portable audio device 1 FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI B475A02CM AAT USINGTHE REMOTE CONTROLLER 1 2 3 4 5 6 f 8 9 10 11 SPEAKER ED ear Seat Entertainment System RSE CM004A 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 ON OFF Mute Number Buttons Source DISP Display Button A LANG Alternate Language Folder S Title Subtitles Folders Menu litle PBC 10 Return 1 1 Speaker Volume VOL
110. TPMS Tire pressure monitoring system malfunc tion indicator Low tire pressure telltale Low tire pressure position telltale More detailed explanations of these items will be found beginning on page 1 64 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI Fuel Recommendations 1 2 Breaking in Your New 1 3 Mo m 1 3 Boo M 1 7 Power Windows ccccccseccceeeceeeceeeceeeceeeceeeeseesseeseees 1 14 m yeas 1 16 Sed Dells iicet Mum MEUM 1 27 Child Restraint System 1 33 Supplemental Restraint AIR BAG system 1 43 Instrument Cluster and Indicator Lights 1 62 Warning and Indicator Lights 1 64 Multi Function Light Switch eessssssssse 1 75 Windshield Wiper and Washer Switch 1 78 we Me T 1 89 PINION E 1 97 Luggage 1 109 Hood Release T 1 115 Cruise Control eeeeessseessesseeeeennnennnennne 1 120 Heating and Cooling Control 1 125 gt 1 142 Stereo Sound System
111. The seat belt automatically adjusts to the proper length only after the lap belt portion is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly around your hips If you lean forward in a slow easy motion the belt will extend and let you move around If there is a sudden stop or impact how ever the belt will lock into position It will also lock if you try to lean forward too quickly NOTE o If you are not able to pull out the seat belt from the retractor firmly pull the beltoutandreleaseit Then you will be able to pull the belt out smoothly o Ifthedriver s seat beltis notfastened when the ignition key is in the ON position the seat belt warning light will flash and the warning chime will soundforapproximately six seconds See page 1 66 31 32 B190A01CM AAT SEAT BELTS Front Passenger and Rear Seat 3 Point System with Convertible Locking Retractor Convertible retractor type seat belts are installed in the rear seat positions to help accommodate the installation of child re straint systems Although a convertible re tractor is also installed in the front passen ger seat position Hyundai strongly recom mends that children always be seated in the rear seat NEVER place any infant restraint system in the front seat of the vehicle This type of seat belt combines the fea tures of both an emergency locking retrac tor seat belt and an automatic locking retractor seat belt To fasten your seat belt pull it out of the retr
112. URESOF YOURHYUNDAI B470C01CM AAT 1 ON OFF and Speaker Volume Press the POWER VOLUME knob to turn the RSE On or Off Rotate the knob to adjust the speaker volume Note that changing the volume by using the POWER VOLUME knob affects only the vehicle speakers The wireless headset volume is not affected See the Headphones section of this manual for more information 2 RSE Display This RSE control panel display indicates the current selected source mode of op eration in the current disc and other infor mation It will display FRONT to indicate thatthe selected source is the front vehicle radio and REAR to indicate that the RSE player is the current source The display will indicate DISC IN when a disc is in loaded the RSE player 3 MENU Button DVD can be controlled and any special programming or features accessed by using the DVD menu To access the menu while playing a DVD press the MENU button Press the button a second time to exit the menu and return to the DVD pro gram at the point it was being viewed While viewingthe menu pressthe A NEXT button to move the cursor up and the V PREV button to move the cursor down the menu Pressthe FWD button to move the cursorto the right and the REW button to move the cursor to the left For more details see the DVD Menu section of this manual 4 DISP Display Button Pressing DISP enables you to adjust the parameters of the LCD display For more
113. VENT CORROSION CORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARE 4 E020A01A AAT You can help prevent corrosion from get ting started by observing the following E020B01A AAT Keep Your Car Clean The best way to prevent corrosion is to keep your car clean and free of corrosive materials Attention to the underside of the car is particularly important If you live in a high corrosion area where road salts are used near the ocean areas with industrial pollution acid rain etc you should take extra care to prevent corrosion In winter hose off the underside of your car at least once a month and be sure to clean the underside thoroughly when winter is over o Whencleaning underneath the car give particular attention to the components under the fenders and other areas that are hidden from view Do a thorough job just dampening the accumulated mud rather than washing it away will accelerate corrosion rather than pre vent it Water under high pressure and steam are particularly effective in removing accumulated mud and corrosive mate rials o When cleaning lower door panels rocker panels and frame members be sure that drain holes are kept open so that moisture can escape and not be trapped inside to accelerate corrosion E020C02A AAT Keep Your Garage Dry Don t park your car in a damp poorly ventilated garage This creates a favor able environment for corrosion This is particularly true if you wash yo
114. Whether the vehicle is stationary or in motion sports mode is selected by push ing the selector lever from the D position into the manual gate To return to D range operation push the selector lever back into the main gate In sports mode moving the selector lever backwards and forwards can make rapid gearshifts simple In contrast to a manual transaxle the sports mode allows gear shifts with the accelerator pedal depressed UP Push the lever forward once to shift up one gear 2 DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI DOWN Pull the lever backwards once to shift down one gear SKIP By rapidly moving the selector for ward or backward twice it is possible to skip one gear i e 1st to 3rd or 3rd to 1st In sports mode the driver must ex ecute upward shifts in accordance with prevailing road conditions tak ing care to keep the engine speed below the red zone For engine protection upward shifts are made automatically when the engine rpm reaches the red zone By rapidly moving the selector lever backwards twice it is possible to skip one gear i e 3rdto 1st 4th to2nd or 5th to 3rd Since sudden engine braking and or rapid acceleration can cause a loss of traction however downshifts mustbe made carefully in accordance with the vehicle s speed NOTE In sports mode only the four five for ward gears can be selected To re verse or park the vehicle move the selector lever to the R or P posi t
115. a tion mode will giverisetofogging ofthe windshield and side windows and the air within the passenger compartment will become stale In addition prolonged use oftheair conditioning with the Recircu lation mode selected may result in the air within the passenger compartment becoming excessively dry 1 FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI B740A01S AAT Air Conditioning Switch OCM052103 The air conditioning is turned on or off by pushing the A C button on the heating air conditioning control panel B980D01Y AAT Heating and Cooling System Off OCM052099 Press the OFF button to stop the opera tion of the heating and cooling system B985A01CM AAT Dual Temperature Control Selection Switch OCM052148 Adjusting the driver and passenger side temperature individually Press the DUAL button or turn the passen ger side TEMP knob to operate the driver and passenger side temperature individu ally The indicator light on the button is illuminated FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI 1 Adjusting the driver and passenger side temperature equally Press the DUAL button again or turn the driver side TEMP knob to the Lo position or HI position to deactivate DUAL mode The indicator light on the button goes off The passenger side temperature will be settothe same as the driver side tempera ture B980E01CM AAT Air Flow Control OCMO052104 This is used to direct the flow of air Air can be directed to the floor
116. ack a preset channel 1 Selectthe band XM1 XM2 or XM3 you want using the XM button 2 Press the preset button you want The system automatically jumps to the preset channel The channel informa tion and preset number are displayed on the LCD screen 5 SCANbutton Channel scan function Press the SCAN button to scan all the channels in XM The audio system plays the audio of a channel for 10 seconds before scanningforthe next channel When the category search is on the channel scanis blinded within the current category Otherwise it is done across the catego ries If you want to keep listening to a particular channel and want to stop the scanning press the SCAN button again This function is useful for providing you with a good overview of all the radio sta tions within range of your tuner Preset scan function Press and hold the SCAN button for more than 2 seconds Each preset channel will be automatically played for 10 seconds If you want to keep listening to a particular preset channel and want to stop the scan ning press the SCAN button again 6 INFO button INFO button brings out the extra channel info of the current played channel The audio system shows the following extra channel info in sequence when the INFO is pressed several times First it shows the song program title Then it follows by the name of the artist feature The last one is the category name Another press of INFO button brings the d
117. actor and insert the metal tab into the buckle There will be an audible click when the tab locks into the buckle When not securing a child restraint the seat belt operates in the same way as the driver s seat belt Emergency Locking Retractor Type It automatically adjusts to the proper length only after the lap belt portion of the seat belt is adjusted manu ally so that it fits snugly around your hips When the seat belt is fully extended from the retractor to allow the installation of a child restraint system the seat belt opera tion changes to allow the belt to retract but not to extend Automatic Locking Retrac tor Type See page 1 39 NOTE Although the convertible retractor pro vides the same level of protection for seated passengers in either emergency or automatic locking modes it is recom mended that seated passengers use the emergency locking feature for improved convenience The automatic locking function is intended to facilitate child restraint installation To convert from the automatic locking feature to the emergency locking operation mode al low the unbuckled seat belt to fully re tract WARNING For maximum restraint system pro tection the seat belts mustalways be used whenever the car is moving Children age 12 and younger must always be properly restrained in the rear seat Never allow children to ride in the front passenger seat If a child over 13 must be seated in the front seat he she m
118. acturers using government testing procedures The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire Vehicle Capacity Weight The number of designated seating positions multi plied by 150 Ibs 68 kg plus the rated cargo and luggage load Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire Load on an individual tire due to curb and accessory weight plus maximum occupant and cargo weight Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire That load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each axle its share of the curb weight accessory weight and normal occupant weight and driving by 2 Vehicle Placard A label permanently attachedto a vehicle showingthe origi nal equipment tire size and recom mended inflation pressure 8 CONSUMERINFORMATION REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS amp BINDING ARBITRATION OF WARRANTY CLAIMS 1040B01JM AAT All Season Tires Hyundai specifies all season tires on some models to provide good perfor mance for use all year round including snowy and icy road conditions All sea son tires are identified by ALL SEASON and or M S Mud and Snow on the tire sidewall Snow tires have better snow traction than all season tires an may be more appropriate in some areas 1040C01JM AAT Summer Tires Hyundai specifies summertires on some models to provide superior performance ondry roads Summertire performance is substantrally reduced in snow andice Summer tires do not have the tire trac tion rating M S Mud and Snow on
119. after 1996 may be determined by the following o Reference the device owner s manual for verification o The handheld transmitter appears to program the HomeLink Universal Trans ceiver but does not activate the device o Press and hold the trained HomeLink button The device has the rolling code feature if the indicator light flashes rap idly and then turns solid after 2 seconds To train rolling code devices follow these instructions 1 At the garage door opener receiver motor head unit in the garage locate the learn or smart button This can usually be found where the hanging antenna wire is attached to the motor head unit Exact location and color of the button may vary by garage door opener brand If there is difficulty locat ing the training button reference the device owner s manual or please visit our Web site at www homelink com 2 Firmly press and release the learn or smart button which activates the train ing light NOTE There are 30 seconds in which to initiate step3 3 Return to the vehicle and firmly press hold for two seconds and then release the desired HomeLink button Repeat the press hold release sequence a second time to complete the program ming Some devices may require you to repeat this sequence a third time to complete the programming FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI 1 4 Press and hold the just trained HomeLink button and observe the red Status Indicator LED If the i
120. after which it will go out This light also illuminates when the SRS is not working properly If the SRI does not illuminate or continuously remains on af ter illuminating for about 6 seconds when you turned the ignition key to the ON position or started the engine or if illumi nates while driving have the SRS in spected by an authorized Hyundai Dealer B260B01JM AAT Tail Gate Open Warning Light This light remains on unless the tail gate and or tail gate window is completely closed and latched B260LO2HP GAT Door ajar warning light and chime The door ajar warning light warns you that a door is not completely closed and the chime warns you that the key is in the ignition switch NOTE The warning chime only sounds when ever the key is in the ignition switch and the driver s side front door is open simul taneously The chime sounds until the key is removed from the ignition switch or the driver s side front door is closed B260F02A AAT E High Beam Indicator Light The high beam indicator light illuminates whenever the headlights are switched to the high beam or flash position B260Q02E GAT Cruise Indicator Light CRUISE The cruise indicator light in the instrument cluster is illuminated when the cruise con trol main switch on the end of the barrel is pushed When the cruise control main switch is pushed a second time the cruise control system and light will turn off Information on t
121. ags are not designed to deploy in all side impact situations B990B02LZ Side impact sensor OCM052212L Important Safety Notes on the Side Impact Air bag System Following are a number of safety points concerning this system which should al ways be observed to ensure risk of injury is reduced in an accident WARNING o Thesideimpactair bag is supplemen talto the driver s and the passenger s seat belt systems and Is nota substi tute for them Therefore your seat belts must be worn at all times while the vehicle is in motion The air bags deploy only in certain side impact conditions severe enough to cause significant injury to the vehicle occu pants For best protection from the side im pact air bag system and to avoid be ing injured by the deploying side im pact air bag both front seat occu pants should sitin an upright position with the seat belt properly fastened The driver s hands should be placed on the steering wheel at the 9 00 and 3 00 positions The passenger s arms and hands should be placed on their laps Do not use any accessory seat cov ers Use of seat covers could reduce or preventthe effectiveness ofthe airbag system 57 58 WARNING Do not install any accessories on the side or near the side impact air bag Do not place any objects over the air bag or between the air bag and your self Do not place any objects an umbrella bag etc between the front door and the front seat S
122. ailure to heed this warning will cause the SRS SRI to illuminate B990A02CM AAT Main components of occupant classification system A detection device located within the front passenger seat cushion Electronic system to determine whether passenger air bag systems both front and side should be activated or deac tivated A warning light located on the instru ment panel which illuminates the words PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicat ing the front passenger air bag system is deactivated The instrument panel air bag warning light is interconnected with the occu pant classification system Occupant Classification System Your vehicle is equipped with an occupant classification system in the front passenger s seat The Occupant Classifi cation system is designed to detect the presence of a properly seated front pas senger and determine if the passenger s front air bag should be enabled may in flate or not The driver s front air bag is not affected or controlled by the Occupant Classification System L AIR BAG OCM05211 6N FEATURES OF YOURHYUNDAI 4 If the front passenger seat is occupied by a person that the system determines to be of adult size and he she sits properly sit ting upright with the seatback in an upright position centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on legs comfortably ex tended and their feet on the floor the passenger air bag off indicator will
123. and rotate the knob counter clock wise to reduce the volume 2 Loading CDs Model 04455 Only one CD can be loaded at any one time If there is already a disc inserted in the CD player eject the disc before load ing a new CD To load a CD gently insert the CD into the CD slot The CD will be automatically loaded The CD player then starts to play the CD NOTE o Do not force load the CD as it will damage the loading mechanism and cause your disc to jam in the player o If a CD cannot be loaded check if there is already a disc in the player and eject it first Models 04655 and 04665 Press the LOAD button to automatically switch the audio system to the CD player mode Follow the instructions on the LCD screen to load and play your CDs NOTE Toload more than 1 CD maximum of 6 press and hold the load button for more than2 seconds The disc number indica tor will flash to indicate how many CDs you can still load FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI 1 CD EJECT Button Model 04455 Press the button once to eject the CD from the CD player Models 04655 and 04665 Press the button once to eject the last CD played Press and hold button for more than 2 seconds to eject all the CDs in the changer in sequence beginning with the last CD played NOTE You can eject discs even if the audio system is switched off 4 Audio Control knob Use the audio control knob to change how music playback so
124. ansportation The sym bol can be placed above below or to the left or right of the Tire Iden tification Number Indicates tire is in compliance with the U S De partment of Transportation Motor Vehicle Safety Standards o 1sttwo digit code Manufacturer s identification mark o 2nd two digit code Tire size o 3rdthree digit code Tiretype code Optional o 4th four digit code Date of Manu facture o Fournumbers represent the week and year the tire was built For example the numbers 3108 means the 31st week of 2008 Tire ply composition and material The number of layers or plies of rubbercoated fabric in the tire Tire manufacturers also must indicate the materials in the tire which in clude steel nylon polyester and others The letter R means radial ply construction the letter D means diagonal or bias ply construction and the letter B means belted bias ply construction Maximum permissible inflation pressure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire Do not exceed the maximum permissible inflation pressure Refer to the Tire and Loading Information label for recommended inflation pres sure 6 Maximum load rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire When replacing the tires on the vehicle always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory installed tire Uniform Tire Quality
125. ards After washing be sure to rinse thoroughly If soapy water dries on the finish streaking will result When the weather is warm and the humid ity low you may find it necessary to rinse each section immediately after washing to avoid streaking After rinsing dry the car using a damp chamois or soft absorbent cloth The rea son for drying the car is to remove water from the car so it will dry without water spots Don t rub this can damage the fin ish If you find any nicks or scratches in the paint use touch up paint to cover them to prevent corrosion Toprotectthe paintwork of the car against corrosion you must clean your Hyundai atleast once a month Give special attention to the removal of salt mud and other substances on the underside of the splashboards of the car Make sure that the outlets and the under side of the doors are open Paint damage can be caused by small accumulation of tar industrial precipitation tree resin in sects and bird droppings when not re moved immediately If water alone is not strong enough to remove the accumulated dirt use a mild car washing solution Be sure to rinse the surface after washing to remove the solution Never allow the solu tion to dry on the painted surfaces CORROSIONPREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARE 4 CAUTION 0jb037800 o Water washinginthe engine compart ment including high pressure water washing may cause the failure of elec trical circuits lo
126. are potentially very haz ardous practices During deceleration use engine braking to the fullest extent Sudden brake applica tions on snowy or icy roads may cause skids to occur You need to keep sufficient distance between the vehicle in operation in front and your vehicle Also apply the brake gently It should be noted that installing tire chains on the tire will provide a greater driving force but will not prevent side skids NOTE o Tire chains are not legal in all states Check state laws before fitting tire chains o When using tire chains attach them to the drive wheels as follows 2WD Front wheels AWD All four wheels In some unavoidable circumstances install them on only the front wheels not the rear wheels DRIVING YOURHYUNDAI 2 C160C01A AAT Use High Quality Ethylene Glycol Coolant Your Hyundai is delivered with high qual ity ethylene glycol coolant in the cooling system It is the only type of coolant that should be used because it helps prevent corrosion in the cooling system lubricates the water pump and prevents freezing Be sure to replace or replenish your coolant in accordance with the maintenance sched ule in Section 5 Before winter have your coolant tested to assure that its freezing point is sufficient for the temperatures an ticipated during the winter C160D01A AAT Check Battery and Cables Winter puts additional burdens on the battery system Visually inspectthe battery
127. as produced by the battery during the jump start operation is highly explo sive Do not smoke or allow a spark or an open flame in the vicinity The battery being used to provide the jump start must be 12 volt If you cannot determine that it is a 12 volt battery do not attempt to use it for the jump start To jump start a car with a discharged battery follow this procedure exactly If the booster battery is installed in an other vehicle be sure the two vehicles are not touching Turn off all unnecessary lights and ac cessories in both vehicles Attach the clamps of the jumper cable in the exact location shown on the illustra tion First attach one clamp of the jumper cable to the positive post or cable of the discharged battery Then attach the other end of the same cable to the positive post or cable of the booster battery Next using the other cable attach one clamp to the negative post or cable of the booster battery Then attach the other end of that cable to a Solid metal part of the engine of the vehicle with the discharged battery away from the battery Do not connect the cable to any moving part 4 Start the engine in the car with the booster battery and let it run for a few minutes This will help to assure that the booster battery is fully charged During the jumping operation run the engine in this vehicle at about 2 000 rpm 5 Start the engine in the car with the discharged batte
128. ase some of the pressure on the af fected seat belt B180B01JM The seat belt pre tensioner system con sists mainly of the following components Their locations are shown in the illustra tion 1 SRS air bag warning light 2 Retractor pre tensioner assembly 3 SRS control module 42 Both the driver s and front passenger s pre tensioner seat belts will be activated in certain frontal col lisions The pre tensioner seat belts can be activated together with the air bags The pre tensioners will not be acti vated if the seat belts are not being worn at the time of the collision Whenthe pre tensioner seat belts are activated a loud noise may be heard and fine dust which may appear to be smoke may be visible in the passen ger compartment These are normal operating conditions and are not haz ardous Although it is harmless the fine dust may cause skin irritation and should not be breathed for prolonged peri ods Wash all exposed skin areas thoroughly after an accident in which the pre tensioner seat belts were ac tivated CAUTION sensor that activates the SRS air bag is connected with the pre tensioner seat belt The SRS air bag warning light on the instrument panel will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds after the ignition key has been turned tothe ON position and then it should turn off If the pre tensioner seat belt is not working properly this warning ligh
129. ass heading become inaccu rate The compass heading does not changed Some compass headings are not dis played The compass headings are inaccurate in long distance driving If the vehicle s compass headings become inaccurate the compass should be cali brated as follows 1 Ensure the vehicle is not located near large steel structures or under electric power lines 2 Turn on the compass by pressing the button 3 Press and hold the 1 button for more than 6 but less than 9 seconds The current zone number will appear in the display Release then press the but ton until your zone number appears in the display 4 Checkthe mirror angle by pressing and holding the P button for more than 12seconds Release then press the button to L for steering wheel on the Left side of the vehicle if installed 5 Press and hold the button between 9 and 12 seconds Release the 1 button when a C appears in the display 6 Drive the vehicle in 2 complete circles at less than 5mph 8km h or until the compass heading appears CAUTION Be sure the area is free of traffic pedes trians and obstructions FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI 1 Setting the compass zone 1 Determine the Zone Number based on your current location in the Zone Map c 2 Press and hold the button for more than 6 but less than 9 seconds The current zone number will appear in the display 3 Release then press the button
130. at Before driving adjust the seat to the proper position so as to easily control the steering wheel pedals and switches on the instru ment panel CAUTION Do not operate two knobs at the same time WARNING Never adjust a driver s seat while the vehicle is moving Any sudden or unexpected movement of the seat could cause you to lose control of the vehicle resulting in an accident Only adjust the driver s seat when the ve hicle is stationary Do not sit or lean unnecessarily close to the air bag Position the seat so that you can sit as far back as possible from the air bag and still comfortably reach all controls BO90B01CM AAT Adjusting Seat Forward and Rearward md c i 5 Push the control knob forward or back wardto move the seatforward or backward to the desired position Release the con trol knob and the seat will remain at that position OCM052026 B090D01CM AAT Adjusting Seatback Angle Push the upper portion of the control knob forward or backward to recline the seatback to the desired position Release the con trol knob and the seatback will remain in that position WARNING Riding with a reclined seatback in creases your chance of serious or fatal injuries in the event of a collision or sudden stop The protection of your restraint system seat belts and air bags is greatly reduced by reclining your seat Seat belts must be snug against your hips and chest to work proper
131. at any time you smell exhaust fumes inside the vehicle open the windows immediately o Do not inhale exhaust fumes Exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide a colorless odorless gas that can cause unconsciousness and death by asphyxiation o Be sure the exhaust system does not leak The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose If you hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the car have the exhaust system checked as soon as possible by your Hyundai dealer o Do not run the engine in an enclosed area Letting the engine idle in your garage even with the garage door open is a hazardous practice Never run the engine in your garage any longer than it takes to start the engine and back the car out o Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the car If itis necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the car be sure to do so only in an open area with the air intake set at Fresh and fan operating at one of the higher speeds so fresh air is drawn into the interior If you must drive with the tail gate open because you are carrying objects that make this necessary 1 Close all windows 2 Open side vents 3 Set the air intake control at Fresh the air flow control at Floor or Face and the fan at one of the higher speeds To assure proper operation of
132. at position for about 40 seconds This will allow the system to detect the person and to enable the passenger air bag If the passenger air bag off indicator is still on turn the ignition key to LOCK and ask the passenger to sit properly and restart the engine again If the PASSEN GER AIR BAG OFF indicator is still on ask the passenger to move to the rear seat WARNING o Donotdoany ofthe following Placing weight on the front passenger s seat or sitting incorrectly adversely af fects occupant classification system operation B990A080 NEVER puta heavy load in the front passenger seat 53 54 990 NEVERexcessively reclinethe front passenger seatback B990A020 NEVER sit with hips shifted towards the front of the seat lt B990A070 NEVER lean on the center console NEVER lean on the door trim NEVER sit on one side of the front passenger seat B990A050 NEVER placefeetonthe dashboard WARNING o A smaller stature adult who is not seated correctly for example seat excessively reclined leaning on the center console or hips shifted for ward in the seat can cause a condi tion where the advanced frontal air bag system senses less weight than if the occupant were seated properly sitting upright with the seatback inan upright position centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on legs comfortably extended and their feet on the floor This condition can r
133. ate after the 3 second lamp check when you turned the ignition key to the ON position the Tire Pressure Moni toring System is not working properly If this occurs have your vehicle checked by an authorized Hyundai dealer as soon as possible This warning lights will also illuminate if one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated The low tire pressure posi tion telltale light will indicate which tire is significantly under inflated by illuminating the corresponding position light You should stop and check your tires as soon as possible If the warning lights illuminate while driving reduce vehicle speed immediately and stop the vehicle FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI 1 Avoid hard braking and overcorrecting at the steering wheel Inflate the tires to the proper pressure as indicated on the vehicle s tire information placard If you have a flat tire the Low tire Pressure and Position Telltales will illuminate Replace the flat tire with the spare tire see page 3 12 Each wheel is equipped with a tire pres sure sensor mounted inside the tire be hind the valve stems You must use TPMS specific wheels IT is recommended that you always have tires serviced by your Hyundai dealer or qualified technician After you replace the flat tire the Low Tire Pressure and Position Telltales remain illuminated This is normal the system is not monitoring the spare tire pressure Checkthe spare tire pressure to make sure it is cor
134. ate that it is in bookmark mode and automati cally begins playback ofthe tracks saved on the playlist marklist in sequence 2 Press the MARK button again to re sume normal playback The MARK in dicator is cleared Normal playback resumes Deleting tracks from the playlist marklist 1 Press the MARK button once The LCD screen displays MARK to indicate that it is in bookmark mode and automati cally begins playback ofthe tracks saved on the playlist marklist in sequence 2 Select the track you want to remove See Selecting and playing tracks songs 3 Press and hold the MARK button for more than 2 seconds The LCD screen displays TRACK DELETED to confirm that the bookmark has been deleted Deleting all tracks from the playlist marklist 1 Press the MARK button once The LCD screen displays MARK to indicate that it is in bookmark mode and automati cally begins playback ofthe tracks saved on the playlist marklist in sequence 2 Press and hold the MARK button for more than 4 seconds The LCD screen displays MARKLIST EMPTY to confirm that all the bookmarks in the playlist marklist have been deleted 8 Using the file information func tion INFO button This function can only be used with MP3 WMA tracks Press the INFO button repeatedly to dis play information about the track The LCD screen displays the File Name Artiste Name and Song Title in sequence Note Theinformation File Name Artist
135. ate the knob clockwise or counter clock wise to manually advance up or down the frequency range The Tune knob also gives you fine grain control which you can use to manually fine tune your frequency selec tion This is useful if you are searching for a radio signal which is not strong enough for you to use the Automatic Station Selec tion function NOTE The speed at which you advance up or down the frequency range depends on how fast you turn the knob 1 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 4 Station Presetbuttons 1 6 There are 6 Station Preset buttons which you can use to store the frequencies of your 6 favorite radio stations Saving a station as a preset gives you one touch access to the station you want Remember thatthe 6 presets stations you store are for the specific radio band mode you are in That means that you can store up to 6 stations in AM mode 6 in FM1 mode and 6 in FM2 mode This means that you can store upto 18 of yourfavorite stations in the preset memory NOTE o For Model D445S use FM1 and FM2 buttons to switch between FM1 and FM2 modes o For Model D465S use FM button to switch between FM1 and FM2 modes o For Model D466S use AM FM button to switch between AM FM1 and FM2 modes o Remember that if you store a station as preset 1 in FM2 mode you must first select FM2 mode before you can use that preset button o Thisfunctionis noteffective if youare experiencing poor reception in your vicinity
136. atwarmer will not operate if the ambient temperature is warm o Ifthe seat warmer doesn t work when ambient temperature is lower than 70 21 it should be checked at an authorized dealer WARNING Do not turn on the seat warmers if the seat is occupied by someone who can not monitor the temperature and turn off the seat warmer if it becomes too warm The seat warmers should not be turned on when children the elderly ill people and sleeping people occupy the seat B085A01JM GAT Rear Seat Adjusting seatback angle Seatback folding lever OCM052030 To recline the seatback pull the seatback folding lever and release it after the de sired seatback angle is achieved When you recline the seatback to the de sired position always be sure it has locked into position CAUTION When reclining the seatback you should adjust the seatback folding lever while you are standing 85 2 Folding Rear Seatback 2nd row seat For convenience the seatbacks and seat cushions may be folded down and up OCM052032 1 Lower the headrest to the lowest posi tion 2 Pull the seatback folding lever then push down the seatback 3 Be sure it has locked into position by listening for an audible Click NOTE Before folding the seatback place the rear seat belt buckles in the buckle pouch on the seat cushion CAUTION Be careful not to overload seatback Overloading may cause
137. cal action if pollutants are allowed to remain in contact with the surface If you live nearthe ocean or in an area where road salts or dust control chemicals are used you should pay particular attention to the un derside of the car Start by rinsing the car to remove dust and loose dirt In winter or if you have driven through mud or muddy water be sure to thoroughly clean the underside as well Use a hard direct stream of water to remove accumulations of mud or corrosive materials Use a good quality car washing solution and follow the manufacturer s directions on the package Theseare available at your Hyundai dealer orauto parts outlet Don tuse strong house hold detergents gasoline strong solvents or abrasive cleaning powders as these may damage the finish Use a clean sponge or cloth rinse it fre quently and don t damage the finish by rubbing too hard For stubborn spots dampen them frequently and remove them a little at a time Toclean whitewall tires use a stiff brush or soapy steel wool scouring pad Toclean plastic wheel covers use a clean sponge or soft cloth and water To clean cast aluminum alloy wheels use a mild soap or neutral detergent Do not use abrasive cleaners Protect the bare metal surfaces by cleaning polishing and waxing Because aluminum is subject to corrosion be sure to give aluminum alloy wheels special attention in winter If you drive on salted roads clean the wheels thoroughly afterw
138. cated in the engine compartment Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electrical elec tronic components inside the vehicle as this may damage them E030B01A AAT Spot Cleaning Don t use gasoline strong solvents or cor rosive cleaning agents These can dam age the finish of the car To remove road tar use turpentine on a clean soft cloth Be gentle To remove dead insects or tree sap use warm water and mild soap or car washing solution Soak the spot and rub gently If the paint has lost its luster use a commer cial car cleaning polish E030C01A AAT Polishing and Waxing Always wash and dry the car before polish ing or waxing or using a combination cleaner and wax Use a good quality com mercial product and follow the manufacturer s directions on the container Polish and wax the bright trim pieces as well as the paint E030D01A AAT When to Wax Again You should polish and wax the car again when water no longer beads on a clean surface but spreads out over a larger area E030E01A AAT Maintaining Bumpers Special precautions must be observed to preserve the appearance of the bumpers on your Hyundai They are o Becareful not to spill battery electrolyte or hydraulic brake fluid on the bumpers If you do wash it off immediately with clear water o Be gentle when cleaning the bumper surfaces They are made of soft plastic and the surface can be damaged if mistreated Do not us
139. change the number of the odometer The alteration may void your warranty cov erage 71 2 Tripmeter OCM052055 Pushing in the TRIP switch when the igni tion switch is turned ON will display two tripmeters in kilometers or miles 1 FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI TRIP COMPUTER OCM052204R To shift from TRIP A to TRIP B press the TRIP switch TRIP A First distance you have traveled from your origination point to a first destination TRIP Second distance from the first destination to the final destina tion B400B01CM AAT If Installed OCM051018L When the RESET switch is pressed for 1 m second the tripmeter will reset to O Trip computer is a microcomputer controlled driver information system that displays in formation related to driving on the LCD Trip Switch Reset Switch 1 Tripmeter Tripmeter OCM051018L Odometer OCM052055 Pushing in the TRIP switch for when the Push in the RESET switch more than 1 ignition switch is in ON position changes second to initialize the displayed informa the display as follows tion OCM052205R o This mode indicates the total distance travelled since the last tripmeter reset Total distance is also reset to zero if the battery is disconnected o Pressing the RESET switch for more than 1 second when the tripmeter is being displayed clears the tripmeter to DISTANCE TO EMPTY Zero The meters working range is from to AVERA
140. ched metal latch plates or tabs may allow the child to reach the unretracted seat belts which may result in strangula tion and a serious injury or death to the child in the child restraint 37 M Lower Anchor sf Position Indicator OCM052306 Child restraint symbols are located on the left and right rear seat backs to indicate the position of the lower anchors for child restraints DE B230D03CM Follow the child seat manufacturer s in structions to properly install safety seats with LATCH or LATCH compatible attach ments Once you have installed the LATCH child restraint seat assure that the seat is prop erly attached to the lower and tether an chors Also test the safety seat before you place the child in it Tilt the seat from side to side Also try to tug the seat forward Check to see if the anchors hold the seat in place CAUTION Do notallow the rear seat belt webbing to get scratched or pinched by the child seatlatch and LATCH anchor duringthe installation WARNING o A child can be seriously injured or killed inacollision ifthe child restraint is not properly anchored to the car andthechildis not properly restrained in the child restraint Always follow the child seat manufacturer s instruc tions for installation and use Adjust the rear seatback in a semi reclined position fromthe upright po sition before installing the Child Re straint Seat With the seatba
141. ck in the proper reclining angle push and pull the child restraint seat in different directions to be sure it is secure FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI 1 B230F01JM AAT Child Restraint System Installation on Rear Seat Center Position B235G02CM To install a child restraint system in the center rear seat extend the shoulder lap belt entirely from its retractor until a click is felt This will engage the seat belt retrac tor automatic locking feature which allows the seatbeltto retract but not extend Install the child restraint system buckle the seat belt and allow the seat belt to take up any slack Make sure that the lap portion of the belt is tight around the child restraint sys tem and the shoulder portion of the belt is positioned so that it can not interfere with the child s head or neck Also double check to be sure that the retractorhas engagedthe Automatic Lock ing feature by trying to extend webbing out of the retractor If the retractor is in the Automatic Locking mode the belt will be locked B230G01CM AAT Child Restraint System Installation on Outboard Rear Seats To install a child restraint system in the outboard rear seats extend the shoulder lap belt entirely from its retractor until a click is felt This will engage the seat belt retractor automatic locking feature which allows the seat belt to retract but not ex tend Install the child restraint system buckle the seat belt and allow t
142. ck to make them capable of per forming in a wide variety of off road applications Specific design charac teristics give them a higher center of gravitiy than ordinary cars An ad vantage of the higher ground clear ance is a better view of the road allow ing you to anticipate problems They are not designed for cornering at the same speeds as conventional 2 wheel drive vehicles any more than low slung sports cars are designed to perform satisfactorily under off road conditions If at all possible avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers As with other vehicles ofthis type failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control or vehicle rollover In a collision an unbelted person is significantly more likely to be seri ously injured or killed than a person wearing a seatbelt WARNING Your vehicle is equipped with tires de signed to provide for safe ride and han dling capability Do not use a size and type of tire and wheel that is different from the one that is originally installed on your vehicle It can affect the safety and performance of your vehicle which could lead to han dling failure or rollover and serious in jury Whenreplacingthetires be sureto equip allfourtires with thetire and wheel of the same size type tread brand and load carrying capacity BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE C020A01CM AAT Before you start the engine you should always 1 Look around the vehicle to be sure
143. cklist on audio CDs exactly while that may not be the case for MP3 or WMA CDs This is because WMA and CDs typically contain multiple tracks files that are organized on the CD as directo ries The number counter displays the track number of the track being played in relation to the numbering system on the MP3 or WMA CD Depending on the sequence in which the files and directo ries were added to the CD the track number sequence displayed on the screen may not match the playback sequence This is due to the MP3 and WMA encoding process and does not mean that your CD player is defective 1 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 7 Using the Bookmark function MARK button The Bookmark function allows you to se lect and add up to 20 tracks from any CD in the CD changer to a playlist marklist You can then play the tracks on the playlist 5 Using the Repeat function RPT button 6 Usingthe Random playbackfunc tion RDM button For random playback in audio CDs also applies to current MP3 file directory To repeat playback of the current track Press the RPT button once The LCD screen displays RPT to indicate that it is in REPEAT mode Playback of the cur rent track will be repeated Press the RPT button again to resume normal playback The RPT indicator is cleared Press the RDM button once The LCD screen displays RDM to indicate that it is in RANDOM mode Tracks on the current audio CD MP3 directory will be
144. ction above approximately 25 mph 40 km h NOTE Cruise control is not recommended for city driving winding roads slippery roads heavy rain or other bad weather conditions B660BO1NF AAT To Set the Cruise Speed 1 Pushthe cruise control ON OFF switch The CRUISE indicator light in the in strument cluster will illuminate This turns the system on 2 Accelerate to desired cruising speed above 25 mph 40 km h 3 Push the SET COAST switch after you have set the vehicle speed at the desired speed Ifthe SET COAST switch is selected the cruise SET indicator light in the instrument cluster will illuminate 4 Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal and the desired speed will auto matically be maintained 5 Toincrease speed temporarily depress the accelerator pedal enough for the vehicle to exceed the preset speed When you remove your foot from the accelerator pedal the vehicle will re turn to the speed you have set FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI 1 If the vehicle speed decreases more than 9 mph 15 km h belowthe set speed or decreases below 25 mph 40 km h the cruise control system will automati cally cancel the set speed B660C01NF AAT To Cancel the Cruise Speed B660D01NF AAT To Resume the Preset Speed To disengage the cruise control system push the control switch CANCEL Additionally the following actions will dis engage the system o Depress the brake pe
145. d Hyundai dealer B240C01CM AAT SRS Care The SRS is virtually maintenance free and there are no parts you can safely service by yourself Ifthe SRS SRI Service Reminder Indicator does not illuminate or continu ously remains on have your vehicle im mediately inspected by your Hyundai dealer Any work on the SRS system such as removing installing repairing or any work on the steering wheel must be performed by a qualified Hyundai technician Improper handling of the air bag system may result serious personal injury WARNING Never tamper with or disconnect the air bag system sensors amp wiring You could cause the air bag to inflate or the system may fail to operate which may result in fatal personal injury 59 60 1JBH3051L WARNING o Donotinstallachild restraint system inthe front passenger seat position A child restraint system must never be placed in the front seat The infant or child could be severely injured or killed by an air bag deployment in case of an accident Modification to SRS components or wiring including the addition of any kind of badges to the pad covers or modifications to the body structure can adversely affect SRS perfor mance and lead to possible injury WARNING For cleaning the air bag pad covers use only asoft dry cloth or one which has been moistened with plain water Solvents or cleaners could adversely affect the air bag covers and proper de
146. d Protector Rear Door Lock Your Hyundai is equipped with left and right side child protector rear door locks When the lock mechanism is engaged the rear door cannot be opened from the in side Its use is recommended whenever there are small children in the rear seat To engage the child protector feature so that the door cannot be opened from the inside move the child protector lever to the gj position and close the door Move the levertothe position when normal door operation is desired To open the door from the outside pull the outside door handle B040G01CM AAT Central Door Locks I os If installed LOCK i 4 2 OCM052007E The central door locking switch is located on the driver s and front passenger s if installed armrest It is operated by de pressing the door lock switch If any door is open when the switch is depressed to the LOCK position the door will remain locked when closed NOTE o Depressing the front portion of the driver s or front passenger s if in stalled door lock switch will lock all vehicle doors o Depressing the rear portion of these switches will unlock all vehicle doors 1 FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI o The driver s and front passenger s doors can be opened by pulling the inside door handle even if the front portion of the driver s or front passenger s if installed central door locking switch has been depressed to lock the doors B070F01
147. d and leaving the vehicle do not use the gearshift lever in place of the parking brake Set the parking brake AND make sure the gearshift lever is securely positioned in 1st First gear or R Reverse for manual transaxle equipped vehicles and in P Park for automatic transaxle equipped vehicles Never allow a person who is unfamil iar with the vehicle or children to touch the parking brake If the parking brake is released unintentionally serious injury may occur TAIL GATE B540A01CM AAT WARNING The tail gate should always be kept com pletely closed while the vehicle is in motion If itis left open or ajar poisonous exhaust gases may enter the car result ing in serious illness or death to the occupants See additional warnings con cerning exhaust gases on page 2 2 o The tail gate is opened by pulling the outside handle up raising the tail gate manually Toclose lower the tail gate then press down on it until it is closed To be sure the tail gate is fully closed always try to pull it up again without using the outside handle LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT jog B640A01S AAT Cargo Security Screen If installed b 1 OCM052123L To use the security screen pull it out of the retractor and hook it to the anchors as illustrated 110 B650A01S AAT Stowage Precautions 1 Do not place objects on the cargo rity screen Such objects may be thrown about inside the vehicle and possibl
148. d be taken to assure that seat belts and belt hardware are not damaged by seat hinges doors or other abuse WARNING When youreturnthe rear seatbackto its upright position after the rear seatback was folded down be careful not to dam age the seat belt webbing or buckle Be surethatthe webbing or buckle does not get caught or pinched in the rear seat A seat belt with damaged webbing or buckle will not be as strong and could possibly fail during a collision or sudden stop resulting in serious injury 29 1 FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI B160B01A AAT Periodic Inspection It is recommended that all seat belts be inspected periodically for wear or damage of any kind Parts of the system that are damaged should be replaced as soon as possible B160C01A AAT Keep Belts Clean and Dry Seat belts should be kept clean and dry If belts become dirty they can be cleaned by using a mild soap solution and warm wa ter Bleach dye strong detergents or abra sives should not be used because they may damage and weaken the fabric B160D01A AAT When to Replace Seat Belts Entire in use seat belt assembly or assem blies should be replaced if the vehicle has been involved in an accident This should be done even if no damage is visible Additional questions concerning seat belt operation should be directed to your Hyundai Dealer B170A06A AAT Height Adjustable Front Seat Shoulder Belt You can adjust the height of the sh
149. d posi tion the LCD screen displays the No Disc indicator 4 Rewind lt lt and Fast Forward gt gt buttons During CD playback press and hold the or buttons to rewind or fast forward playback of the current track The LCD screen displays the elapsed time of the track you are rewinding or fast forwarding Release the lt lt or gt gt button when you have reached the point you want Play back resumes automatically at the selected point 5 DIR A and V buttons and WMA discs During MP3 WMA CD playback press the DIR A or V buttons to switch to the next or previous directory on the CD The LCD screen displays the name of the directory you have switched to You can press the button several times to search for the direc tory you want The directories are dis played in sequence i e ascending or descending alphabetical order To access the directory displayed press the File Search knob to ENTER your se lection NOTE The Directory UP and DOWN buttons can only be used when youare playinga CD which has organized its tracks in the form of directories Normally only MP3 or WMA CDs will contain a directory tree which you can navigate using these but tons FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI 1 6 File Search Knob Rotate the knob clockwise or counter clock wise to manually advance up or down the track list of the CD currently played This function allows you to quickly scroll to a specific track n
150. dal o Depress the clutch pedal Manual transaxle o Shift the selector lever to N position Automatic transaxle o Decrease the vehicle speed lower than the memory speed by 9 mph 15 km h o Decrease the vehicle speed to less than 25 mph 40 km h o Release the cruise control ON OFF Switch The vehicle will automatically resume the speed set prior to cancellation when you push the control switch RESUME ACCEL and release it to return when travelling above 25 mph If the control switch RESUME ACCEL is selected the cruise SET indicator in the instrument cluster will illuminate 122 B660E01NF GAT To Reset at a Faster Speed B660F02NF GAT To Reset at a Slower Speed 1 Push the control switch RESUME ACCEL and hold it Ifthe control switch RESUME ACCEL is selected the cruise SET indicator in the instrument cluster will illuminate Accelerate to desired speed and re lease the control switch While the con trol switch is held the vehicle will gradu ally gain speed 1 Push the control switch SET COAST and hold it While the control switch is pushed the vehicle speed will gradu ally decrease Ifthe SET COAST switch is selected the cruise SET indicator light in the instrument cluster will illuminate When the desired speed is obtained release the control switch WARNING Keep the cruise control ON OFF switch off when not using the cruise control to avoid
151. dcasts can be received at greater distances than FM broadcasts This is because AM radio waves are transmitted at low frequencies These long low fre quency radio waves can follow the curva ture of the earth rather than travelling straight out into the atmosphere In addi tion they curve around obstructions so that they can provide better signal cover age FM radio station Mountains Unobstructed Obstructed area Jor B750A03L FM broadcasts are transmitted at high fre quencies and do not bend to follow the earth s surface Because of this FM broad casts generally begin to fade at short dis tances from the station Also FM signals are easily affected by buildings moun tains or other obstructions These can result in certain listening conditions which might lead you to believe a problem exists with your radio The following conditions are normal and do not indicate radio trouble FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI 1 B750A04L o Fading As your car moves away from the radio station the signal will weaken and sound will begin to fade When this occurs we suggest that you select an other stronger station Flutter Static Weak FM signals orlarge obstructions between the transmitter and your radio can disturb the signal causing static or fluttering noises to occur Reducing the treble level may lessen this effect until the disturbance clears B750A05L Station Swapping As an FM signal
152. ded in your vehicle The LATCH anchors are lo cated in the left and right outboard 2nd rear seating positions Their locations are shown in the illustra tion There is no lower anchor provided for the center rear seating position WARNING o Achild can be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the child restraint is not properly anchored Always follow the child seat manufacturer s instructions for installation and use o Never install a child restraint using the lower anchors at the center posi tion of the rear seat In a crash the LATCH anchors may break if a car seat is improperly placed in the cen ter position resulting in serious or fatal injuries Only place a LATCH or LATCH compatible child seat in the left or right out board rear seating positions as shown to the appropri ate LATCH anchors provided WARNING o Never mount more than one child re straint to a single tether or to a single lower anchorage point The increased load caused by multiple seats may cause the tethers or anchorage points to break causing serious injury or death When using the vehicle s LATCH system to installa child restraint sys tem in the rear seat all unused ve hicle rear seat belt metal latch plates or tabs must be latched securely in their seat belt buckles and the seat belt webbing must be retracted be hind the child restraint to prevent the child from reaching and taking hold of unretracted seat belts Unlat
153. dicators should illuminate when the ignition key is turned to ON or START but should go out after three seconds If the indicators do not illuminate or the ESC or ESC OFF indicator does not go out after 3 seconds have the vehicle checked by an authorized dealer Should there be any unusual conditions in the device while driving ESC OFF indica tor illuminates as a warning If ESC OFF indicator illuminates pull your car to a safe place and stop the engine Then start the engine again to check if the ESC OFF indicator goes out If the indicator remains lit even after the engine has been started have your car checked by an authorized Hyundai dealer C350A01CM AAT If installed Engine power can be delivered to all wheels Full time AWD All Wheel Drive is useful when good traction is required such as when driving on slippery wet or snow covered roads and when moving out of mud Your vehicle is not designed for chal lenging off road use Full time AWD ve hicles are designed primarily to improve traction and performance on paved roads and highways in wet and or slippery con ditions Occasional off road use such as established unpaved roads and trails is considered normal use It is always impor tant when traveling off highway that the driver carefully reduce their speed to a level that does not exceed the safe oper ating speed for those conditions In gen eral off road conditions provide less trac tion and braking
154. ditives should not be used The cooling system must be maintained with the correct concentration and type of engine coolant to prevent freezing and corrosion Never allow the concentration of antifreeze to exceed the 60 level or go below the 35 level or damage to the cooling system may result DO IT YOURSELF MAINTENANCE 6 For proper concentration when adding or replacing the engine coolant refer to the following table Ambient Engine Coolant concentration temperature Antifreeze Water F solution 25 31 35 49 45 5 15 G050C01TG AAT To Check the Coolant Level F OCM055004L The coolant can be seen on the side ofthe plastic coolant reservoir The level of the coolant should be between the L and F lines on the reservoir when the engine is cool If the level is below the L mark add engine coolant to bring it up between L and F If the level is low inspect for coolant leaks and recheck the fluid level frequently If the level drops again visit your Hyundai dealer for an inspection and diagnosis of the reason CAUTION o Enginecoolantcan damagethe finish of your car If you spill engine coolant onthecar washitoffthoroughly with clean water Theengine in your vehicle has alumi num engine parts and must be pro tected by an ethylene glycol base coolantto prevent corrosion and freez ing Do notusehard water Hard water can cause engine damage from corro sion
155. e vis L OCM055006 The automatic transaxle fluid level should be checked regularly DO T YOURSELF MAINTENANCE 6 Keep the vehicle on level ground with the parking brake applied and check the fluid level according to the following proce dure Fluid level should be within 75 C range 1 Place the shift lever in N neutral posi tion and confirm the engine is running at normal idle speed 2 After the transaxle is warmed up suffi ciently fluid temperature 70 80 C 158 176 F for example by 10 min utes usual driving move the shift lever through all positions then place the shift lever in N neutral or P park position 3 Confirm if the fluid level is in the 75 C range on the level gauge If the fluid level is lower add the specified fluid from the fill hole If the fluid level is higher drain the fluid from the drain hole 4 If the fluid level is checked in cold condition fluid temperature 20 30 68 86 F add the fluid to the 25 C line and then recheck the fluid level according to the above step 2 OCMO055037L 6 DO IT YOURSELF MAINTENANCE CHECKING THE BRAKES G120A01A AAT CAUTION Because brakes are essential to the safe operation of the car itis suggested that they be checked and inspected by your Hyundai dealer The brakes should be checked and inspected for wear at those intervals specified in the vehicle maintenance schedule in Section 5 G120B01A A
156. e 3 12 Changing a Flat Tire 3 12 If Your Car Must be Towed 3 17 Emergency Towing nenne 3 19 If You Lose Your IKOVS 3 21 IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START D010A01A AAT WARNING If the engine will not start do not push or pullthe carto startit This could resultin a collision or cause other damage In addition push or pull starting may cause the catalytic converter to be overloaded and create a fire hazard D010B02A AAT If Engine Doesn t Turn Over or Turns Over Slowly LEE OCM055016 1 If your car has an automatic transaxle be sure the gear selector lever is in N or P and the emergency brake is set 2 Check the battery connections to be sure they are clean and tight 3 Turn on the interior light If the light dims orgoesoutwhen you operate the starter the battery is discharged 4 Check the starter connections to be sure they are securely tightened 5 Do not push or pull the vehicle to start it See instructions for Jump Starting D010CO02Y AAT If Engine Turns Over Normally but Does Not Start 1 Check fuel level 2 Withthe key in the OFF position check all connectors at ignition coil and spark plugs Reconnect any that may be dis connected or loose 3 Check the fuel line in the engine com partment 4 f the engine still does n
157. e Name and Song Title available for display de pends on the information the MP3 WMA file was encoded with If the relevant infor mation was not included when the file was encoded you will not be able to see it 1 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI B466A02CM AAT USING XM CONTROLS The functions of the buttons and controls described below are only applicable when you select the XM mode by pressing the XM selector button CAT A and V for category up down SEEK and V buttons for channel select TUNE knob for manual channel tune Station Preset 1 6 buttons SCAN button with Channel Preset SCAN function INFO button RSE P Il RSE OFF MP3 XN O MARK INFO D466S05CM Model shown is 04665 The buttons on your audio system may differ For details see specific descriptions in the following section FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI 1 1 CAT UP A DOWN V buttons Press CAT UP A DOWN V buttons to go to next previous categories Once reached the desired category press the ENTER knob to select the category The audio system will play the first channel of the new category If there is no ENTER carried out 5 seconds after the last CAT UP A DOWN V button the category up down is canceled and the audio system reverts the display back to current active channel The figure below shows the H U display when the user is doing a category up down When a category is being s
158. e abrasive clean ers Use warm water and mild soap or car washing solution o Donotexposethe bumpers to high tem peratures For example if you have your car repainted do not leave the bumpers on the car if the car is going to be placed in a high temperature paint booth 4 CORROSIONPREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARE CLEANING THE INTERIOR E040A01A AAT Cleaning the upholstery and interior trim Vinyl Remove dust and loose dirt from vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner Clean vinyl surfaces with a vinyl cleaner Fabric Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner Clean with a mild soap solution recom mended for upholstery or carpets Re move fresh spots immediately with a fabric spot cleaner If fresh spots do not receive immediate attention the fabric can be stained and its color can be affected Also its fire resistant properties can be reduced if the material is not properly maintained CAUTION Using anything but recommended clean ers and procedures may affect the fabric s appearance and fire resistant properties E040B01A AAT To Clean the Leather Upholstery If installed In the normal course of use leather uphol stered surfaces will like any material pick up dust and dirt This dust and dirt must be cleaned off or it may work into the surface of the leather causing damage Fine leather needs care and should be cleaned when necessary Washing leather
159. e air intake control is set to the fresh mode auto matically B670E02A AAT Temperature Control Warm OCMO052155A Cool This control is used to adjust the degree of heating or cooling desired B690A01CM AAT OCM052152A For normal heating operation set the air intake control to the fresh air eQ posi tion and the air flow control to the floor Ng position For faster heating the air intake control should be set in the recirculate position If the windows fog up set the air flow control to the defrost Gap position and the air intake control to the fresh air ex position For maximum heat move the temperature control to Warm VENTILATION B710A01A AAT OCMO051040A To operate the ventilation system O O O O Set the air intake control switch to the fresh air C 2 position To direct all intake air to the dashboard vents set the airflow control to the face 77 position Adjust the fan speed control to the de sired speed Set the temperature control between Cool and Warm B730A01CM AAT Operation Tips O To keep dust or unpleasant fumes from entering the car through the ventilation system temporarily set the air intake control to c 3 Be sure to return the control to eS when the irritation has passed to keep fresh air in the vehicle This will help keep the driver alert and comfortable Air for the heating cooling system is drawn i
160. e car If you do spill battery fluid on yourself immediately do the following If battery fluid is on your skin flush the affected areas with water for at least 15 minutes and then seek medical assis tance If battery fluid is in your eyes rinse out your eyes with water and get medical assistance as soon as possible While you are being driven to get medical assistance continue to rinse your eyes by using a sponge or soft cloth satu rated with water o Ifyou swallow battery fluid drink a large quantity of water or milk followed by milk of magnesia eat a raw egg or drink vegetable oil Get medical assistance as soon as possible While batteries are being charged either by a battery charger or by the vehicle s generator they produce explosive gases Always observe these warnings to prevent injuries from occurring o Charge batteries only in a well venti lated area o Do not permit flames sparks or smok ing in the area Keep children away from the area G210B04A AAT Checking the Battery Keep the battery clean Any evidence of corrosion around the battery posts or ter minals should be removed using a solu tion of household baking soda and warm water After the battery terminals are dry cover them with a light coating of grease PROPOSITION 65 WARNING Battery posts terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead com pounds chemicals known to the state of California to cause cancer a
161. e is to prevent the battery from being discharged The system automatically turns off the head lights and parking lights when the driver removes the ignition key and opens the driver side door o With this feature the parklight will be turned off automatically if the driver parks on the side of road at night If necessary to keep the lights on when the ignition key is removed perform the following 1 Open the driver side door 2 Turn the parking lights OFF and ON again using the light switch on the steering column B340D01A AAT High beam Switch y pp Toturn on the headlight high beams push the lever forward away from you The High Beam Indicator Light will come on at the same time For low beams pull the lever back toward you OCM028063 FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI 1 B340E01A AAT B340G01LZ AAT Headlight Flasher Auto Light If Installed OCM052062 p N 27 OCMO029064L o Never place anything over the sensor To flash the headlights pull the switch To operate the automatic light feature turn located on the instrument panel to lever toward you then release it The head the barrel on the end of the multi function ensure better auto light system con lights can be flashed even though the switch If you set the multi function switch trol headlight switch is in the OFF position to AUTO the tail lights and headlights Don t clean the sensor using a win will be turned automatically on
162. e keys which bears the key number should be removed from the key string after you receive your new vehicle In addition key numbers cannot be pro vided by Hyundai for security reasons OMCO025002 1 FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI B880D01CM AAT Limp Home Mode and Related Procedures Immobillizer warning indicator HNF2011 If the immobilizer warning indicator blinks for five seconds when the ignition key is turned to the ON position this indicates the immobilizer system requires service The engine cannot be started without us ing the procedure below The following procedure describes how to start the engine using the limp home func tion 0 1 2 3 as a sample password NOTE You can geta limp home password when the vehicle is first delivered to you If you do not have a password consult your authorized Hyundai dealer 1 To activate the password turn the igni tion key ON and OFF according to the digit numbers The immobilizer indi cator will blink along with the operation of the ignition key For example turn the ignition key once for digit number 1 and twice for 2 and so on For the digit number O you must cycle the ignition key 10 times 2 Wait for 3 10 seconds 3 You may set the remaining number of digits by following steps 1 and 2 4 f all of the four password digits have been successfully entered turn the ig nition key ON and check that the im mobilizer indicator illuminates
163. e system is not functioning properly so that the exhaust gas regulation values are not satisfied This light will also illuminate when the ignition key is turned to the ON position and then it will go out in a few seconds after the engine is started If it illuminates while driving or does not illumi nate when the ignition key is turned to the ON position take your car to your nearest authorized Hyundai dealer and have the system checked B265W01JM AAT TPMS Tire pressure monitoring system malfunction indicator TPMS TPMS malfunction indicator illuminates for 3 seconds after the ignition key is turned to the ON position If the warning light does not illuminates or remains when you turned the ignition key to the ON position the Tire Pressure Monitoring System is not working porperly If this occurs have your vehicle checked by an authorized Hyundai dealer as soon as possible The warning light also comes on and stays on when there is a malfunction with the Tire Pressure Monitor ing System If this happens the system may not monitor the tire pressure Have the sys tem checked by an authorized Hyundai dealer as soon as possible B260W01CM AAT i Lowtire pressure telltale al Low tire pressure B position telltale The low tire pressure and position telltales illuminate for 3 seconds after the ignition key is turned to the ON position If the warning lights do not illuminate or remain illumin
164. e temporary spare tire The Low Tire Pressure and Position telltales will remain on until you have the low pressure tire repaired and re placed on the vehicle NOTE The temporary spare tire is not equipped with a tire pressure sen sor WHAT TODOIN AN EMERGENCY 3 CAUTION In winter or cold weather the lowtire pressuretelltale may be illuminated if the tire pressure was adjusted to the recommendedtire inflation pres sure in warm weather It does not mean your TPMS is malfunctioning becausethe decreased temperature leads to a proportional lowering of tire pressure When you drive your vehicle from a warm area to a cold area or from a cold area to a warm area or the outside temperature significantly increases or decreases you should checkthetire inflation pressure and adjustthetiresto the recommended tire inflation pressure TPMS Tire pressure moni I toring system malfunction The TPMS malfunction indicator comes on and stays on when there is a problem with the Tire Pressure Monitoring Sys tem If the Front Left sensor fails the TPMS malfunction indicator illuminates but ifthe Front Right Rear Left or Rear Right tire is under inflated the low tire pressure and position telltales may illu minate together with the TPMS mal function indicator Have the system checked by an autho rized Hyundai dealer as soon as pos sible to determine the cause of the problem 3 WHAT TODOIN AN EMERGENCY NOT
165. e the possibility of losing control slow down whenever there is rain snow or ice on the road 1090A01CM AAT When to Replace Tires 3 B el r d a apa indicator OMC055017 The originaltires on your car have tread wear indicators The location of tread wear indicators is shown by the TWI or N marks etc The tread wear indicators appear when the tread depth is 0 06 in 1 6 mm The tire should be replaced when these appear as a solid bar across two or more grooves of the tread Always replace your tires with those of the recommended size If you change wheels the new wheel s rim width and offset must meet Hyundai specification WARNING To reduce the chance of serious or fatal injuries from an accident caused by tire failure or loss of vehicle con trol o Replace tires that are worn show uneven wear or are damaged Worntires can cause loss of brak ing effectiveness steering con trol and traction o Do not drive your vehicle with too littleortoo much pressure in your tires This can lead to uneven wear and tire failure o When replacing tires never mix radial and bias ply tires on the same car You must replace all tires including the spare if mov ing from radial to bias ply tires WARNING o Using tires and wheels other than the recommended sizes could cause unusual handling charac teristics and poor vehicle control resulting in a serious accident Wheels that do not m
166. e time of printing When you inspect the fuse box on your vehicle refer to the fuse box label DO IT YOURSELF MAINTENANCE 6 FUSE j FUSERATNG CRCUTPROTECTED o Z S O FUEL PUMP RELAY H LP LO LH RELAY H LP LO RH RELAY FR FOG RELAY VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR PCM GASOLINE SEMI ACTIVE CONTROL MODULE GASOLINE B UP UP INPUT SPEED SENSOR OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR TRANSAXLE RANGE SWITCH BACK UP LAMP SWITCH Eso ABS CONTROL MODULE ESC CONTROL MODULE YAW RATE SENSOR AWD ECM STOP LAMP SWITCH GASOLINE MULTIPURPOSE CHECK CONNECTOR 10A TAIL LH REAR COMBINATION LAMP LH POSITION LAMP LH LEE m REAR COMBINATION LAMP RH POSITION LAMP RH GLOVE BOX LAMP ICM RELAY BOX SmmE SPRE dA Oo a OOO SPARE 5 SPARE 30A 6 DO IT YOURSELF MAINTENANCE nner Panel FUSE RATING CIRCUIT PROTECTED C LIGHTER CIGARETTE LIGHTER P OUTLET FRONT POWER OUTLET REAR POWER OUTLET iin AUDIO 42 POWER OUTSIDE MIRROR SWITCH AUDIO ATM KEY LOCK CONTROL MODULE DIGITAL CLOCK RR WIPER NH MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH REAR WIPER CONTROL MODULE REAR WIPER MOTOR MS 10A RAINSENSOR e 42 10 RHEOSTAT BCM INSTRUMENT CLUSTER A C CONTROL MODULE INCAR amp HUMIDITY SENSOR HIGH BLOWER RELAY A CON 2 REAR A CON SWITCH ICM RELAY BOX AQS SENSOR SUNROOF MOTOR BLOWER BELAY ELECTRO CHROMIC MIRROR BLOWER 30M BLOWERRELAY BLOWERMOTOR A C CONTROL MODULE LOCK CONTROL MODULE SEAT WARMER MODULE BCM 1
167. e to same wiping intervals Use this melt the snow or ice before using the mode in a light rain or mist To vary wiper or activate the windshield wiper the speed setting turn the speed blade deicer if installed control knob 1 If installed LO Normal wiper speed HI Fast wiper speed OCMO0280906 MIST U OFF Vom Lae Vn OCM028067 Operates as follows when the ignition switch is turned ON 80 B350B02CM AAT Auto Wiper Operation If Installed Type A OCMO027071A Type B OCMO028071 Whenthe windshield wiper switch is placed in the AUTO position the rain sensor located on the upper end of windshield glass senses the amount of rainfall and controls for the appropriate length of the intervals between wipes appropriately If the ignition switch is turned ON when the wiper switch is set in AUTO mode or the wiper switch is set in AUTO mode when the ignition switch is ON or the speed control knob is turned upward when the wiper switch is in AUTO mode the wiper will operate once to perform a self check of the system Set the wiper to the OFF position when the wiper is notin use NOTE If there is heavy accumulation of snow or ice on the windshield glass there will be a 10 minute waiting period prior to the operation of the automatic windshield wipers system Rain Sensor OCM052300 WARNING When the ignition switch is on and the windshield wiper switch i
168. e type chains Use wire chains less than 15mmto prevent damage to the chain s connection If you hear noise caused by chains contactingthe body retighten the chains to avoid contact with the vehicle body Toprevent body damage retighten the chains after driving 0 3 0 6 miles 060 02 Tire Rotation 060 02 Tires should be rotated every 7 500 miles 12 000 km If you notice that tires are wearing unevenly between ro tations have the car checked by a Hyundai dealer so the cause may be corrected After rotating adjust the tire pressures and be sure to check the wheel nut torque WARNING o Do not use the temporary spare tire for tire rotation o Donot mix bias ply and radial ply tires under any circumstances This may cause unusual handling characteristics that could resultin death serious injury or property damage 11 12 1070A01A AAT Tire Balancing A tire that is out of balance may affect handling and tire wear The tires on your Hyundai were balanced before the car was delivered but may need balancing again during the years you own the car Whenever a tire is dismounted for re pair it should be rebalanced before being reinstalled on the car 080 Tire Traction Tire traction can be reduced if you drive on worn tires tires that are improperly inflated or on slippery road surfaces Tires should be replaced when tread wear indicators appear To reduc
169. e vehicle B230B01E AAT Using a Child Restraint System For small children and babies the use of a child seat or infant seat is required This child seat or infant seat should be of appro priate size for the child and should be installed in accordance with the manufacturers instructions It is further required that the seat be placed in the vehicle s rear seat since this can make an important contribution to safety Your ve hicle is provided with three child restraint hook holders for installing the child seat or infant seat B230C01CM AAT Installing a Child Restraint Seat with the Tether Anchorage System Three child restraint hook holders are lo cated on the seatback behind the rear seat OCM051005L This symbol indicates the location of each user ready tether anchorage 35 36 To install the child restraint seat tether Child Restraint Hook Holder e ame r ik 1 m ZW i Tether anchor cover OCM051006L 1 Open the tether anchor cover Seaback behind the rear seat Child Tether strap hook mm Front of Vehicle 2 Routethechild restraint seattether strap over the seatback For vehicles with adjustable headrests route the tether strap under the head rest and between the headrest posts otherwise route the tether strap over the top of the seatback Connect the tether strap hook to the child restraint hook holder and tight
170. e vehicle The Electronic Stability Control ESC sys tem is an electronic system designed to help the driver maintain vehicle control under adverse conditions It is not a substi tute for safe driving practices Factors including speed road conditions and driver steering input can all affect whether ESC will be effective in prevent ing a loss of control It is still your respon sibility to drive and corner at reasonable speeds and to leave a sufficient margin of safety CAUTION Driving with varying tire or wheel size may cause the ESC system to malfunc tion When replacing tires make sure they are the same size as your original tires WARNING Electronic stability control is only driv ing aid all normal precautions for driv ing in inclement weather and on slippery road surfaces should be observed C310B01JM AAT ESC ON OFF Mode When the ESC is operating the ESC indi cator in the instrument cluster will blink If you turn the system off by pressing the ESC switch the ESC OFF indicator will come on and stay on In the ESC OFF mode the stability control will be deacti vated Adjust your driving accordingly To turn the system back on press the switch again The ESC OFF indicator should go off NOTE The ESC mode will automatically be turned ON after the engine is turned off and restarted FULL TIMEAWD OPERATION DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI 2 C310D01JM AAT Indicators and Warning The in
171. eat belt occupants could be shifted too close to a deploying air bag strikethe interior structure or bethrown from the vehicle Properly worn seat belts greatly reducethese hazards Even with advanced air bags unbelted occu pants can be severely injured by a de ploying air bag Always follow the pre cautions about seat belts air bags and occupant safety contained in this manual B150B04Y AAT Infant or Small Child All 50 states have child restraint laws You should be aware of the specific require ments in your state Child and or infant safety seats must be properly placed and installed in the rear seat Information about the use of these restraints begins on page 1 33 WARNING Every person in your vehicle needs to be properly restrained at all times includ ing infants and children Never hold a childin your arms or lap when riding ina vehicle The violent forces created dur ing a crash will tear the child from your arms and throw the child against the interior Always use a child restraint appropriate for your child s height and weight 27 1 FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI NOTE Small children are best protected from injury in an accident when properly re strained in the rear seat by a child re straint system that meets the require ments of the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards Before buying any child restraint system make sure that it has a label certifying that it meets Fed eral Motor Vehicle
172. ed occu pant Avoid high speeds when cornering or turning Do not make quick steering wheel movements such as sharp lane changes or fast sharp turns The risk of rollover is greatly in creased if you lose control of your vehicle at highway speeds Loss of control often occurs if two or more wheels drop off the roadway and the driver oversteers to reenter the roadway In the event your vehicle leaves the roadway do not steer sharply In stead slow down before pulling back into the travel lanes Never exceed posted speed limits 2 DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 4 SPEED A T 5 SPEED A T C090A01NF GAT If Installed OCM053004 The highly efficient Hyundai automatic transaxle has four five forward speeds and one reverse speed The individual speeds are selected automatically depending on the position of the speed selector lever The selector lever has 2 gates the main gate and the manual gate NOTE For information on manual gate opera tion refer to Sports Mode In the main gate the selector lever has 4 positions OCM051042L NOTE E Depress the brake pedal when shift ing The selector lever can be shifted freely The first few shifts on a new vehicle or if the battery has been disconnected may be somewhat abrupt This is a nor mal condition andthe shifting sequence will adjust after shifts are cycled a few times by the T C M Transmission Con trol Module
173. ed on the vehicle After you replace the low pressure tire with the temporary spare tire the TPMS malfunction indicator may be illumi nated after afew minutes because the temporary spare tire does not have a sensor Once the low pressure tire is re inflated to the recommended pressure and in stalled on the vehicle the TPMS mal function indicator and the low tire pres sure and position telltales will extin guish within a few minutes If the indicators are not extinguished after a few minutes please visit an authorized Hyundai dealer You may not be able identify a low tire by simply looking at it Always use a good quality tire pressure gauge to measure the tire s inflation pressure Please note that a tire that is hot from being driven will have a higher pres sure measurement than a tire that is cold from sitting stationary for at least 3 hours and driven less than 1 mile 1 6km during that 3 hour period Allow the tire to cool before measuring the inflation pressure Always be sure the tire is cold before inflating to the recommended pressure A cold tire means the vehicle has been sitting for 3 hours and driven for less than 1 mile 1 6km in that 3 hour period NOTE Do not use any tire sealant if your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pres sure Monitoring System The liquid sealant can damagethetire pressure sensors WARNING o The TPMS cannot alert you to se vere and sudden tire damage caused by externa
174. ed to the ON position if it remains illuminated after coming on for approximately 6 sec onds orif it illuminates while the vehicle Is being driven have an authorized Hyundai dealer inspectthe seat position sensor and the advanced SRS air bag system as soon as possible WARNING o Modificationtothe seat structure can adversely affect the seat position sensor and cause the air bag to de ploy atadifferentlevel than should be provided Do not place any objects underneath the front seats which could damage the seat position sensor or interfere with the occupant classification sys tem Do not place any objects that may cause magnetic fields near the front seats These may cause a malfunc tion of the seat position sensor NOTE sureto read information aboutthe SRSonthelabels provided onthe sun visor Advancedair bags are combined with pre tensioner seat belts to help pro vide enhanced occupant protection in frontal crashes Front air bags are not intended to deploy in light colli sions in which protection can be pro vided by the pre tensioner seat belt If youare considering modification of your vehicle dueto a disability please contact the Hyundai Customer As sistance Center at 1 800 633 5151 45 46 WARNING Always use seat belts and child restraints every trip every time everyone Air bags inflate with considerable force and in the blink of an eye Seat belts help keep occupants in prop
175. eds greater than 30 mph 50 km h and for more than 15 miles 25 km Be sure the steering is unlocked by plac ing the key in the ACC position A driver must be in the towed vehicle to operate the steering and brakes IF YOU LOSE YOUR KEYS WHAT TODOIN AN EMERGENCY 3 D120A01CM AAT If you lose your keys many Hyundai deal ers can make you a new key if you have your key number If you lockthe keys inside your car and you cannot obtain a new key many Hyundai dealers can use special tools to open the door for you Information about immobilizer keys if in stalled will be found on page 1 4 CORROSION PREVENTION amp APPEARANCE CARE COITOSIOT PIOUPOHOD canities due 4 2 To Help Prevent Corrosion 4 3 Washing and Waxing cccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeneeesseeeseeens 4 4 Cleaning the Interior 4 6 4 CORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARE CORROSION PROTECTION E010A01A AAT Protecting Your Hyundai from Cor rosion By using the most advanced design and construction practices to combat corro sion Hyundai produces cars of the highest quality However this is only part of the job To achieve the long term corrosion resis tance your Hyundai can deliver the owner s cooperation and assistance is also re quired E010B01A AAT Common Causes of Corrosion The most common causes of corrosion on your Car are R
176. een pre pared in accordance with regulations is sued bythe National Highway Traffic Safety Administration of the U S Department of Transportation It provides the purchasers and or prospective purchasers of Hyundai automobiles with information on uniform tire quality grading Your Hyundai dealer will help answer any questions you may have as you read this information 1130B04A AAT Tire Quality Grading Department of Transportation quality grades All passenger vehicle tires must conform to Federal Safety Stan dards in addition to these grades These quality grades are molded on the sidewall Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under con trolled conditions on a specified gov ernment test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half 1 1 2 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to varia tions in driving habits service prac tices and differences in road character istics and climate 16 Traction AA A B C The traction grades from highestto lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pave ment as measured under controlled conditions on specified governmenttest surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor
177. eet Hyundai s specifications may fit poorly and result in damage to the vehicle or unusual handling and poor ve hicle control The ABS works by comparing the speed of the wheels Tire size can affect wheel speed When replac ing tires all 4 tires must use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle Using tires of a differ ent size can cause the ABS Anti lock Brake System and ESC Elec tronic Stability Control if in stalled to work irregularly 1090C01CM AAT Tire Aging WARNING Tires degrade over time even when they are not being used Regardless of the remaining tread it is recom mended thattires tread It is recom mended that tires generally be re placed after six 6 years of normal service Heat caused by not climates or frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the aging process Failure to follow this Warning can result in sudden tire failure which could lead to a loss of control andan accident involving serious injury or death 1090B01CM AAT Tire Maintenance In addition to proper inflation correct wheel alignment helps to decrease tire wear If you finda tire is worn unevenly have your dealer checkthe wheel align ment When you have new tires installed make sure they are balanced This will increase vehicle ride comfort and tire life Additionally a tire should always be rebalanced if it is removed from the wheel 13 14 WARNING o Underinflated or overinfla
178. effectiveness than on road conditions These factors must be carefully considered when driving off road Keeping the vehicle in contact with the driving surface and under control in these conditions is always the driver s responsi bility for the safety of him herself and his or her passengers 2 DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI Driving AWD Safely 1 As always be sure to wear the seat belt 2 Do not drive in challenging off road conditions or areas that exceed the vehicle s basic design intent or the driver s experience level 3 Drive at lower speeds in strong cross winds Because of your vehicle s higher center of gravity its stability will be affected in crosswinds Slower speeds ensure better vehicle control 4 Check the brake condition after driving in wet or muddy conditions Press the brake several times as you move slowly until you feel normal braking forces return 5 Do not drive the vehicle through water i e streams rivers lakes etc 6 When driving on a snow covered road oraslippery muddy surface make sure that you keep a sufficient distance be tween your vehicle and the one ahead of you 7 Since the driving torque is always ap plied to all 4 wheels the performance of the full time AWD vehicle is affected by the condition of the tires Be sure to equip your vehicle with four tires of the same size and type When replacement of any of the tires or wheels is necessary replace all of them with tire
179. eing pressed 5 seconds after stopped turning the TUNE knob the manual tune will be canceled The audio system then reverts the display back to its current channel When the category search is on the manual tuning is blinded within the current cat egory Otherwise it is done across the categories 4 Channel Preset buttons 1 6 There are 6 Preset buttons in each XM band you can use to store your favorite XM channels Saving a channel as a preset gives you one touch access to the channel you want Remember that the 6 presets channels you stored are forthe specific XM band mode you are in There are a total of 3 XM bands That means you can store up to 18 of your favorite channels in the preset memory NOTE Remember that if you store a channel as preset 3 in XM2 mode you must first select XM2 mode before you can use that preset button Using Presets To save a XM channel as a preset 1 Take note of the band selection dis played on the LCD screen XM1 XM2 or XM3 2 Select a XM channel you want using either the SEEK A and V buttons or the TUNE Knob 3 Choose the preset button 1 6 you want to store that channel 4 Press and hold the Preset button for more than 2 seconds The system beeps to indicate that it has saved the new channel and displays the preset number on the LCD screen NOTE Saving a new channel erases the previ ous setting saved in that preset FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI 1 To call b
180. elect the track you want 1 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 4 Dir A and V buttons If the RSE system is playing an disc and the audio system is in RSE mode press the DIR A or V buttons to switch to the next or previous directory on the CD The LCD screen displays the name of the directory you have switched to and auto matically begins playback of the first track in the directory NOTE The DIR A V buttons can only be used when you are playing a CD which has organized its tracks in the form of directories Normally only MP3 CDs will contain a directory tree which you can navigate using these buttons 5 and buttons Rewind and FastForward If the RSE system is playing a disc and the audio system is in RSE mode press and hold the or button to rewind or fast forward playback of the current track The LCD screen displays the elapsed time of the track you are rewinding or fast for warding Release the lt lt or gt gt button when you have reached the point you want Playback resumes automatically at the selected point 6 Operation buttons 1 2 If a disc is loaded in the RSE system and the audio system is in RSE mode Press button 1 to play pause the play back of the disc loaded in the RSE system DVD player Press button 2 to power off the RSE system but continues to play the disc in the DVD player 7 INFObutton If the RSE system is playing a disc and the aud
181. elected the audio system sets a category search flag This flag will stay on for 5 seconds if there is no other button press During this ON period the subsequent SEEK SCAN and TUNE operations will be enclosed within the category Otherwise the above opera tion will be done across all categories The figure below shows the audio system dis play when the category search flag is on 2 SEEK A and V buttons Press SEEK A and V to access next previous channels No ENTER is required There are two types of seek operations One is the single seek and the other is the continuous seek Single seek is invoked by press amp release the SEEK A and V button Each single seek goes to next previous XM channel with new channel audio Continuous seek is invoked by press amp hold the SEEK A and V button until the desired XM channel is reached During the continuous seek the audio system plays the current channel audio until the SEEK button is released When the category search is on the seek ing is blinded within the current category Otherwise it is done across the catego ries 1 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 3 TUNEKnob Turn the TUNE knob to scroll through the XM channels This is called manual tun ing Upon reaching the desired channel press the knob ENTER to make a selec tion During manual tuning the audio sys tem plays the current channel audio until a selection is made If there is no ENTER b
182. emission control and performance Keep receipts for all vehicle emission services to protect your warranty Where both mileage and time are shown the frequency of service is determined by whichever occurs first F030B01CM AAT H Replace Inspect and after Inspection clean adjust repair or replace if necessary OIL DIDI LL DESCRIPTION KkowETERSX100 12 28 60 72 6 voe 12 vae vea 156 192 204 z16 228 220 ICI EMISSION CONTROL ITEMS ENGINE OIL AND FILTER TSISISTSTSISTSTSISTSISISISISTSTSTSTSTR FUEL FLTER Oe a e uer unes PPP PP PP fe 4 vaouumnoses o 8 orankcasevenmiariontose s weonmoseavDruEruERCOe ee ee E eee es pit i tee ttt tet VALVE CLEARANCE See Note 2 INSPECT AND ADJUST EVERY 60 000 MILES 96 000 KM OR 48 MONTHS Note 1 Spark plugs should be long reach type when replaced 2 7 only 2 Inspect for excessive tappet noise and or engine vibration and adjust if necessary VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS 5 F030C01CM AAT R Replace Inspect and after inspection clean adjust repair or replace if necessary 7s ss zs ws 25 ss 7s Jes o 97s vs nes rs ves v DESCRIPTION wa sm e se vo vo ves vo zo zo MONTHS
183. en to secure the seat WARNING Adjust the rear seatback in a semi reclined position fromthe upright po sition before installing the Child Re straint Seat With the seatback in the proper reclining angle push and pull the child restraint seat in different directions to be sure it is secure A child can be seriously injured or killed inacollision ifthe child restraint is not properly anchored Always follow the child seat manufacturer s instructions for installation and use Never mount more than one child re straintto a single tether or to a single lower anchorage point The increased load caused by multiple seats may causethetethers or anchorage points to break causing serious injury or death B230D04CM AAT Securing the Child Restraint Seat with the Child Seat Lower Anchor system OCMO051007L Some child seat manufacturers make safety seats that are labeled as LATCH or LATCH compatible child seats LATCH stands for Lower anchors and Tethers for Children These seats include two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that connect to two lower anchors at specific seating positions in your vehicle This type of child seat eliminates the need to use seat belts to attach the child seat the tether strap must also be attached to the proper tether an chor point For information on using tether straps refer to Installing a Child Restraint Seat with the Tether Anchorage system LATCH anchors have been provi
184. en a crash occurs that results in the deployment of the air bags or seat belt pre tensioners This type of data storage is done by devices called event data recorders EDR After a crash event the air bag and seat belt pre tensioner computer system known as the Supplemental Restraint System Control Module SRSCM or Air bag Control Unit ACU may record some information about the condition ofthe vehicle and how it was being operated This information consists of data related to seat belt usage and if there was diagnostic information in the air bag or seat belt systems at the time that a crash occurred and if the ACU sensed that acrash of sufficient severity occurred to require seat belt pre tensioner or air bag deployment Toretrieve this information special equipmentis needed and access to the vehicle or the device that stores the data is required Hyundai will not access information about a crash event or share it with others except inresponse to an official request of police or similar government office or o withthe consent ofthe vehicle owner or if the vehicle is leased with the consent ofthe lessee or as part of Hyundai s defense of litigation or as required by law A040A01A AAT FOREWORD Thank you for choosing Hyundai We are pleased to welcome you to the growing number of discriminating people who drive Hyundais The advanced engineering and high quality construction of each Hyundai we build is something of which
185. en riding in the car should sit in the rear seat and must always be properly restrained to minimize the risk of injury in an accident sudden stop or sudden ma neuver According to accident statistics provided by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seats than in the front seat Larger children not in a child restraint should use one of the seat belts provided All 50 states have child restraint laws You should be aware of the specific require ments in your state Child and or infant safety seats must be properly placed and installed in the rear seat You must use a commercially available child restraint sys tem that meets the requirements of the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards FMVSS Child restraint systems are de signed to be secured in vehicle seats by lap belts or the lap belt portion of a lap shoulder belt or by a LATCH system if installed Children could be injured or killed in a crash if their restraints are not properly secured For small children and babies a child seat or infant seat must be used Before buying a particular child restraint system make sure it fits your car seat and seat belts and fits your child Follow all the instructions provided by the manufacturer when installing the child restraint system 33 WARNING Never hold a child in your arms or lap when riding in a vehicle The violent forces created duringa cra
186. ences Take care of your tires Keep them in flated to the recommended pressure Incorrect inflation either too much or too little results in unnecessary tire wear Check the tire pressures at least once a month Be sure that the wheels are aligned correctly Improper alignment can re sult from hitting curbs or driving too fast over irregular surfaces Poor alignment causes faster tire wear and may also result in other problems as well as greater fuel consumption Keep your car in good condition For better fuel economy and reduced main tenance costs maintain your car in ac cordance with the maintenance sched ule in Section 5 If you drive your car in severe conditions more frequent main tenance is required see Section 5 for details Keep your car clean For maximum service your Hyundai should be kept clean and free of corrosive materials It is especially important that mud dirt ice etc not be allowed to accumulate on the underside of the car This extra weight can result in increased fuel con sumption and also contribute to corro sion Travel lightly Don t carry unnecessary weight in your car Weight reduces fuel economy Dont let the engine idle longer than necessary If you are waiting and not in traffic turn off your engine and restart only when you re ready to go Remember your Hyundai does not re quire extended warm up After the en gine has started allow the engine to run for 10 to 20 seconds
187. equently needs refilling have it checked by your Hyundai Dealer Overinflation produces a harsh ride excessive wear atthe center of the tire tread and a greater possibility of damage from road hazards WARNING o Inspect your tires frequently for proper inflation as well as wear and damage Always use a tire pressure gauge Tires with too much or too little pressure wear unevenly causing poor handling loss of vehicle control and sudden tire failure leadingto accidents injuries and even death The recommended coldtire pressure for your vehicle can be found in this manual and on the tire label located on the driver s side of the center pillar Worn tires can cause accidents Replace tires that are worn show uneven wear or are damaged See page 8 11 Remember to checkthe pressure of your sparetire Hyundai recom mends that you check the spare everytime you checkthe pressure of the other tires on your vehicle CAUTION Always observe the following Check pressures when the tires are cold After the vehicle has been parked for atleastthree hours or hasn t been driven more than one mile 1 6 km since starting up Check the pressure of your spare tire each time you check the pres sure of other tires Never overload your vehicle Be especially careful about overload ing if you equip your vehicle with a luggage rack Worn old tires can cause acci dents If your tread is badly worn or if
188. er position to obtain maximum benefit from the air bag Even with advanced air bags im properly and unbelted occupants can be severely injured when the air bag in flates Always follow the precautions about seat belts air bags and occupant safety contained in this manual To reduce the chance of serious or fatal injuries and receive the maximum safety benefit from your restraint system o Never place a child in any child or booster seat in the front seat see child restraints 1 33 ABC Always Buckle Children in the back seat It is the safest place for children of any age to ride Front and side impact air bags can injure occupants improperly posi tioned in the front seats WARNING Move your seat as far back as pos siblefromthe front airbags while still maintaining control of the vehicle Never sit or lean unnecessarily close to the front or side air bags Never lean against the door or center console always sit in an upright position Do notallow a passengerto ride in the front seat when the Passenger Air bag OFF indicator is illuminated be causethe air bag will not deploy inthe event of a moderate or severe frontal crash Never place objects over or near any air bag module front or side impact air bags because these objects can injure passengers in a crash Never place covers blankets or after market seat warmers on the passen ger seat as these may interfere with the occupant classification system Do nottam
189. er than risk damage to your car it is suggested that you show this information to the tow truck operator Be sure that a safety chain system is used and that all local laws are observed It is recommended that your vehicle be towed with a wheel lift and dollies or flatbed equipment with all the wheels off the ground CAUTION Your vehicle can be damaged if towed incorrectly Be sure the transaxle is in neutral Whenthe engine will not start be sure the steering is unlocked by placing the key in the ACC position WHAT TODOIN AN EMERGENCY 3 D080B02O GAT Towing a 2 Wheel Drive Vehicle 1 OCM054030 Your vehicle can be towed by a wheel lift type truck 1 2 or flatoed equipment 3 3 WHAT TODOIN AN EMERGENCY CAUTION o When towing the vehicle take care notto cause damageto the bumper or underbody of the vehicle OCMO054031 o Do nottow with a sling type truck as this may cause damage to the bumper or underbody of the vehicle 1 Ifthe vehicle is being towed with the rear wheels on the ground be sure the park ing brake is released NOTE Before towing check the level of the automatic transaxle fluid If it is below the 75 C range on the dipstick add fluid If you cannot add fluid a towing dolly must be used 2 If any of the loaded wheels or suspen sion components are damaged or the vehicle is being towed with the front wheels on the ground use a towing dolly und
190. er the front wheels o Manual Transaxle If you do not use a towing dolly place the ignition key in the ACC position and put the transaxle in N Neutral CAUTION Do nottow with the key removed or inthe LOCK position when towing from the rear without a towing dolly o Automatic Transaxle Be sure to use a towing dolly under the front wheels CAUTION OCM054032 A vehicle with an automatic transaxle should never be towed from the rear with the front wheels on the ground This can cause serious damage to the transaxle 3 It is recommended that your vehicle be towed with all the wheels off the ground 19 D080D01CM AAT Emergency Towing CAUTION lt Fron gt i ii OA D080B01CM AAT Towing a 4 Wheel Drive Vehicle o The AWD vehicle should never be towed with the wheels onthe ground This can cause serious damage to the transaxle or the AWD system o When towing the vehicle take care notto cause damage to the bumper or underbody of the vehicle Towing Hooks OCMO054016 OCM054033 When towing a AWD vehicle it must be OCM054034 towed by lifting all 4 wheels or using the Do not tow with a sling type truck as RA this may cause damageto the bumper or underbody of the vehicle gt OCM054017 For emergency towing when no commer cial tow vehicle is available Do not attempt to tow your vehicle in this manner on any unpaved surface 3 WHAT TODOIN AN EMERG
191. ering fluid char acteristic in extremely cold condi tions o Donotstartthe engine when the power steering oil reservoir is empty G240A01A AAT Power Steering Hoses It is suggested that you check the power steering hose connections for fluid leak age at those intervals specified in the ve hicle maintenance schedule in Section 5 The power steering hoses should be re placed if there is severe surface cracking pulling scuffing or worn spots Deteriora tion of the hose could cause premature failure DO IT YOURSELF MAINTENANCE 6 FOR MORE INFORMATION ABOUT YOUR HYUNDAI G250A01A AAT If you desire additional information about maintaining and servicing your Hyundai you may purchase a factory Shop Manual at your Hyundai dealer s parts department This is the same manual used by dealer ship technicians and while it is highly tech nical it can be useful in obtaining a better understanding of your car and how it works 24 REPLACEMENT OF LIGHT BULBS G260A01CM AAT Before attempting to replace a light bulb be sure the switch is turned to the OFF position The next paragraph shows how to reach the light bulbs so they may be changed Be sure to replace the burned out bulb with one of the same number and wattage rating o Keep the lamps out of contact with petroleum products such as oil gaso line etc o After heavy driving rain or washing headlight and taillight lenses could appear frosty This condit
192. ers to reenter the roadway In the event your vehicle leaves the roadway do notsteer sharply Instead slow down before pulling back into the travel lanes AWD LOCK SYSTEM C360A01CM AAT With Electronic Control AWD If installed This AWD system is designed fo ng the power ratio automatically in normal driving conditions During off road or low friction driving con ditions press the AWD lock button to drive in full time AWD dividing the power ratio to 50 50 in the front and rear wheels The AWD lock indicator light in the instrument cluster is illuminated This setup begins to get cancelled when the vehicle speed exceeds 19 mph and the function is completely released at a speed of 25 mph or higher Conversely the function is rerun when the speed again drops to 25 mph or lower and is fully established at speeds below 19 mph To release the AWD lock function press the AWD lock button again The AWD lock indicator light in the instru ment cluster should go off 1 Pressing the AWD lock button on the B cvm OCMO051047L i NUS tough terrain the driving power is equally distributed to the front and rear AWD lock keeps activating when not exceeding 25 mph Release the AWD lock button on the normal driving conditions GOOD BRAKING PRACTICES C130A02A AAT WARNING Whenever leaving vehicle or parking always set the parking brake as far as possible and fully engage the ve
193. es supplied on yournew Hyundai are chosen to provide the best perfor mance for normal driving If you ever have questions about your tire warranty and where to obtain ser vice seethetire manufacture s booklet included with your vehicle s Owner s Manual Literature Kit I1030A04JM AAT Recommended Cold Tire Inflation Pressures Tire label located on the driver s side of the center pillar outer panel gives the cold tire pressures recommended for your vehicle with the original tire size the number of people thatcan be in your vehicle and vehicle capacity weight TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION PN EUS L CHARGE In IFC RA NATION The combined weight of occupants GE should never exceed 4 20kg or 9 30lbs Le poids combine des occupants ef du chargement ne doit jamais exceder 420kg cu aaolb SIZE COLD TIRE PRESSURE DIMENSION PRESSIONAFROD pee d P235 70R16 210kPa 30psi 210kPa 30psi T165 90R17 420kPa 60psi 1030A01CM TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION PNEUS ET CHARGE INFORMATION The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed 420kg or 930lbs Le poids combin des occupants et du chargement ne doll jamais exceder 420kg cu a3olb SIZE COLD TIRE PRESSURE DIMENSION PRESSION FROID 1030A02CM TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION PNEUS ET CHARGE INFORMATION SEATING CAPACITY TOTAL 7 FRONT 2 REAR 5 NOMBREDESEGES 7 AVANT ARGES The combi
194. ese controls to operate navigate the menu options and change settings when you are using the AM FM digital tuner The figure below is an example of the LCD screen display in tuner mode FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI 1 3 CD controls Use these controls to operate the CD player changer navigate the discs menu options and change playback settings when you are using the CD player The figure below is an example of the LCD screen display in CD mode 4 XM controls Use these controls to operate navigate the menu options and change settings when you are using the SDAR The figure below is an example of the LCD screen display in XM mode 5 Rear Seat Entertainment RSE con trols for 04655 and 04665 only To switch between CD and RSE modes press the CD RSE button until you see the corresponding screen displays If afactory installed RSE system optional is connected to your audio system use the HSE controls located at the rear of the center console remote control and 04655 or D466S front panel audio controls in combination to operate the video player navigate disc menu options and change playback settings The figure below is an example of the LCD screen display in RSE mode 1 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI NOTE A button or control may have different functions depending on whether you are usingthe Radio CD player or RSE mode For example the RPT Repeat button can only be used in the CD mode
195. esh mode will be activated The Fresh mode will be activated Turn the air conditioning switch o Turn on the air conditioning switch Setthe temperature control to the desired position o Set the temperature control to the warm o Setthe fan speed control to the desired position o Set the fan speed control to the high or maximum position Activate windshield wiper blade de icer If installed NOTE When the is operated continuously on the floor defrost level 39 or defrost level 4 7 it may cause fog to form onthe exterior windshield because of the temperature difference At this time set the air flow control to the face level position 9 and fan speed control to the low position 1 FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI AUTOMATIC HEATING AND COOLING CONTROL SYSTEM B970A01Y AAT B970B02CM GAT If installed Heating and Cooling Controls Your Hyundai is equipped with an auto matic heating and cooling control system controlled by simply setting the desired temperature OCMO028096L 1 AUTO Automatic Control Switch 9 Temperature Control Switch 2 OFF Switch Front passenger s side 3 Air Conditioning Switch 10 Dual Temperature Control Selection 4 Display Window Driver s side Switch 5 Temperature Control Switch 11 Air Flow Control Switch Driver s side 12 Front Window Defroster Switch 6 Blower Fan Control Switch 13 Rear Window Defroster Switch 7 Air Intake Control Switch 14 Rear Air Conditioning Swi
196. essure for those tires As an added safety feature your ve hicle has been equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure tell tale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the lowtire pressure telltale illumi nates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operat ing properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is provided by a separate tell tale which displays the symbol TPMS when illuminated When the malfunc tion indicatoris illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS mal functions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacementor alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS fromfunctioni
197. estraint sys tem in the front passenger seat Should an accident occur and cause the passenger side air bag to deploy itcould severely injure or kill an infant or child seated in an infant or child seat Therefore only use a child re straint system in the rear seat of your vehicle Before installing Child Restraint Sys tems refer to safety notices for Cur tain Air Bag systems beginning on page 1 58 this manual Whenever in stalling child restraints use only ap proved devices and referto the Child Restraint System section to ensure correctinstallation and occupant pro tection is maximized B180B01CM AAT Pre tensioner Seat Belt OMG035300 Your Hyundai vehicle is equipped with driver s and front passenger s pre tensioner seat belts The purpose of the pre tensioner is to make sure that the seat belts fit tightly against the occupant s body in certain fron tal collisions The pre tensioner seat belts can be activated together with the air bags FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI 1 When the vehicle stops suddenly or if the occupant tries to lean forward too quickly the seat belt retractor will lock into position In certain frontal collisions the pre tensioner will activate and pull the seat belt into tighter contact against the occupant s body If the system senses excessive seat belt tension on the driver or passenger s seat belt when the pre tensioner activates the load limiter inside the pre tensioner will rele
198. esult in an adult potentially being misclassified and illumination of the passenger air bag off indicator WARNING Do not allow an adult passenger to ride in the front seat when the passenger air bag off indicator is illuminated because the air bag will not deploy in the event of a crash If the passenger air bag off indicator remains illuminated after the passenger repositions themselves prop erly and the car is restarted Hyundai recommends that passenger move to the rear seat because the passenger s front air bag will not deploy NOTE The passenger air bag off indicator illu minates for about 4 seconds after the ignition key is turned to the ON posi tion or after the engine is started If the front passenger seat is occupied the occupant classification sensor will then classify the front passenger within ap proximately 10 seconds after the igni tion is turned on CAUTION If the occupant classification system is not working properly the SRS air bag warninglight Eg onthe instrument panel will illuminate because the passenger s front air bags are connected with the occupant classification system If there is a malfunction of the occupant classi fication system the passenger air bag off indicator will illuminate and the passenger s frontair bags will notinflate in frontal impact crashes even if there is adult occupant in the front passenger s seat Ifthe SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate when the
199. ety belt webbing through the rear safety belt guides will help keep the belts from being trapped behind or under the seats WARNING Never allow passengers to sit on the 3rd row seat when the 2nd row seatis double folded This could result in se rious injury or death in case of an accident or a sudden stop Do not allow passengers to fold up and down the seatback and seat cush ion while the car is moving WARNING When you return the rear seatback to its upright position after being folded down be careful not to damage the seatbelt webbing or buckle Do not allow the seatbelt webbing or buckle to get caught or pinched in the rear seat When you return the rear seatback to its upright position be sure itis locked into position by attempting to move it Never attempt to fold or return the seat to an upright position while the vehicle is moving WARNING o The purpose of the fold down rear seat back is to allow you to carry more cargo objects than could otherwise be accommodated Never allow pas sengers to sit on the cargo area while the car is moving This is nota proper seating position and no seat belts are available for use when the seat back is folded down This could result in serious injury or death in case of an accident or a sudden stop Objects should not extend higher than the top of the front seatbacks This could allow cargo to slide for ward and cause injury or damage during sudden stops 26 611
200. f the accelerator pedal andletthe car slow down while driving straight ahead Do not apply the brakes immediately or attemptto pull off the road as this may cause a loss of control When the vehicle has slowed to such a speed that itis safe to do so brake carefully and pull off the road Drive off the road as far as possible and park on firm level ground If you are on a divided high way do not park in the median area between the two traffic lanes 2 Whenthecaris stopped turn on your emergency hazard flashers set the parking brake and put the transaxle in P automatic orreverse manual transaxle 3 Have all passengers get out of the vehicle Be sure they all get out on the side of the vehicle that is away from traffic 4 Change the tire following the instruc tions provided on the following pages CHANGING A FLAT TIRE DO60A020 AAT The procedure described on the o follow ing pages be used rotate tires as well as to change a flat tire When preparing to change aflat tire check to be sure the gear selector lever is in P automatic transaxle or reverse gear manual transaxle and that the parking brake is set then WARNING Your vehicle is equipped with tires designed to provide for safe ride and handling capability Do notuseasizeandtype oftire and wheel that is different from the one that is originally installed on your vehicle It can affect the safety and performance of your vehicle
201. gher when items are loaded onto the roof rack Avoid sudden starts brak ing sharp turns abrupt maneuvers or high speeds that may resultin loss of vehicle control or rollover causing an accident 220 Ibs 100 kg EVENLY DISTRIBUTED WARNING o Alwaysdriveslowly andturn corners carefully when carrying items on the roof rack Severe wind updrafts caused by passing vehicles or natu ral causes Can cause sudden up ward pressure on items loaded on the roof rack This is especially true when carrying large flat items To prevent damage or loss of cargo while driving check frequently to make sure the items on the roof rack are securely fastened HIGH MOUNTED REAR STOP LIGHT B550A01A AAT ar oe T P E OCM055027 In addition to the lower mounted rear stop lights on either side of the car the high mounted rear stoplight in the center of the rear window also lights when the brakes are applied REMOTE FUEL FILLER LID RELEASE B560A01CM AAT mee OCMO52014 The fuel filler lid may be opened from inside the vehicle by pulling up on the fuel filler lid opener located on the drivers door NOTE If the fuel filler lid will not open because ice has formed around it tap lightly or push on the lid to break the ice and release the lid Do not pry on the lid If necessary spray around the lid with an approved de icer fluid do notuse radia tor anti freeze or move the vehicle
202. gital tuner radio and a CD player single disc or 6 disc changer Use the CD player to play discs encoded in the CD Audio MP3 and WMA formats This audio system also comes with an external Satellite Digital Audio Receiver SDAR in providing the XM service If your audio system is the D465S or D466S model and it is connected to a factory installed Rear Seat Entertainment RSE system you can control some playback functions of the RSE system using the audio system s front panel controls for example CD player controls Your audio system has 5 different types of controls These controls are used either independently or in combination with your audio system s radio CD player SDAR or optional RSE system NOTE Your audio system s factory installed amplifier is pre configured for optimum performance You will not be able to make any adjustments If there is a prob lem with the audio system s amplifier please consult a professional audio en gineer or the dealer where you purchased your vehicle 1 General Controls These controls are used to operate the entire audio system e g Power ON OFF control knob Use these controls independently or in combination to control how the audio sys tem sounds e g Volume control Bass and Treble controls The sound settings you make are appli cable to all audio reproduction sources radio CD SDAR or auxiliary RSE de vices 2 AM FM tuner controls Use th
203. he car and remain with it when it is sold for the use of the next owner ORIGINAL OWNER ADDRESS CITY DELIVERY DATE DEALER NAME ADDRESS CITY OWNER S INFORMATION ZIP CODE Date Sold to Original Retail Purchaser DEALER NO ZIP CODE A2BO EU86A 01 u SERVICE STATION INFORMATION FUEL UNLEADED gasoline only Pump Octane Rating of 87 Research Octane Number 91 or higher FUEL TANK CAPACITY Original US gal Imp gal liter 19 8 16 5 75 TIRE PRESSURE See the label on the driver s side of the center pillar outer panel OTHER TIRE INFORMATION See page 8 3 HOOD RELEASE Pull handle under left side of dash QUICK INDEX o Car will not start o Flat tire o Warning light chime comes on o Engine overheats o Towing of your vehicle ENGINE OIL API grade SJ SL or ABOVE ILSAC grade GF 3 or ABOVE and fuel efficient oil Use SAE 5W 20 5W 30 or 10W 30 if normal temperatures are above 0 F 18 C For other viscosity recommendations see page 6 5 or 9 4 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE Apply the parking brake with the engine running shift the selector lever through all ranges and return to N Neutral position Then check the level of fluid on the dipstick Use only HYUNDAI GENUINE ATF SP Ill DIAMOND ATF SP Ill SK ATF SP Ill or other brands meeting the SP Ill specification approved by Hyundai Motor Co o Starting the engine o Driving tips for first 1 200 miles 2 000 k
204. he seat belt to take up any slack Make sure that the lap portion of the belt is tight around the child restraint system and the shoulder portion of the belt is positioned so that it can not interfere with the child s head or neck 40 Also double check to be sure that the retractor has engaged the Automatic Lock ing feature by trying to extend webbing out of the retractor If the retractor is in the Automatic Locking mode the belt will be locked After installation of the child re straint system try to move it in all directions to be sure the child restraint system is se curely installed If you need to tighten the belt pull more webbing toward the retrac tor When you unbuckle the seat belt and allow itto retract the retractor will automati cally revert back to its normal seated pas senger Emergency Locking usage condi tion NOTE o Before installing the child restraint system in any seating position read the instructions supplied by the child restraint system manufacturer o If the seat belt does not operate as described have the system checked immediately by your authorized Hyundai dealer WARNING o Iftheretractoris notin the Automatic Locking mode the child restraint can move when your vehicleturns or stops suddenly A child can be seriously injured or killedifthe child restraintis not properly anchored to the car in cluding setting the retractor to the Automatic Locking mode Do not install any child r
205. he spare tire should only be used temporarily and should be returned to the spare tire carrier as soon as the original tire can be repaired or replaced Continuous use at speeds of over 50 mph 80 km h is not recommended As the temporary spare tire is spe cifically designed for your vehicle it should not be used on any other vehicle he temporary spare tire should not be used on any other wheels nor should standard tires snow tires wheel covers or trim rings be used with the temporary spare wheel If such use is attempted damage to these items or other car components may occur he temporary spare tire pressure should be checked once a month while the tire is stored CAUTION o Donotusesnow chains with your temporary sparetire o Donotuse morethan one tempo rary spare tire at a time o Donottowatrailer while the tem porary spare tire is installed WHAT TODOIN AN EMERGENCY 3 D040B01CM AAT Handling the Spare Tire a EIU FE OCMO054009 To remove the spare tire 1 Open the tail gate 2 Removethe mounting bolt cover with a screwdriver or coin OCMOS401 0 3 Turn the wheel nut wrench counter clockwise until the sparetire reaches the ground Pulloutthe spare tire and remove the retainerfrom the center of spare tire 12 IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE D050A02A AAT If a tire goes flat while you are driving 1 Take your foot of
206. he use of cruise control may be found on page 1 120 B260R01E GAT SET Indicator Light SET The SET indicator light in the instrument cluster is illuminated when the cruise con trol switch is pushed downward to SET COAST The SET indicator light does not illuminate when the control switch is in the CANCEL position FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI 1 B260P03Y GAT ABS Service Reminder Indicator When the key is turned to the ON position the Anti Lock Brake System indicator will illuminate and then go off in a few seconds If the ABS SHI remains on illuminates while driving or does not illuminate when the key is turned to the ON position this indicates that there may be a malfunction with the ABS If this occurs have your vehicle checked by your Hyundai dealer as soon as pos sible The normal braking system will still be operational but without the assistance of the anti lock brake system B260D02A AAT Turn Signal Indicator Lights The blinking green arrows on the instru ment panel show the direction indicated by the turn signals If the arrow comes on but does not blink blinks more rapidly than normal or does not illuminate at all a malfunction in the turn signal system is indicated Your Hyundai dealer should be consulted for repairs B265C03LZ AAT BA 5 Electronic Stability Control Indicator Lights The electronic stability control indicators change operation according to the
207. help you maintain a safe speed Don t ride the brake pedal Resting your foot on the brake pedal while driv ing can be dangerous because it can result in the brakes overheating and losing their effectiveness It also in creases the wear of the brake compo nents o If a tire goes flat while you are driving apply the brakes gently and keep the car pointed straight ahead while you slow down When you are moving slowly enough for it to be safe to do so pull off the road and stop in a safe place If yourcaris equipped with an automatic transaxle don t let your car creep for ward To avoid creeping forward keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when the car is stopped Use caution when parking on a hill Firmly engage the parking brake and place the gear selector lever in P au tomatic transaxle or in first or reverse gear manual transaxle If your car is facing downhill turn the front wheels into the curb to help keep the car from rolling If your car is facing uphill turn the front wheels away from the curb to help keep the car from rolling If there is no curb or if it is required by other conditions to keep the car from rolling block the wheels o Under some conditions your parking brake can freeze in the engaged posi tion This is most likely to happen when there is an accumulation of snow or ice around or near the rear brakes or if the brakes are wet If there is a risk that the parking brake may freeze a
208. hicle s transaxle into the park position Ve hicles not fully engaged in park with the parking brake set are at risk for moving inadvertently and injuring yourself or others All vehicles should always have the parking brake fully engaged when parking to avoid inadvertent move ment of the car which can injure occu pants or pedestrians Nothing should be carried on top of the shelf panel behind the rear seat If there were an accident or a sudden stop such objects could move for ward and cause damage to the ve hicle or injure the occupants 21 2 DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI o After being parked check to be sure the parking brake is not engaged and that the parking brake indicator light is out before driving away Driving through water may get the brakes wet They can also get wet when the car is washed Wet brakes can be dangerous Your car will not stop as quickly if the brakes are wet Wet brakes may cause the car to pull to one side dry the brakes apply the brakes lightly while driving slowly until the braking action returns to normal taking care to keep the car under control at all times If the braking action does not return to normal stop as soon as it is safe to do so and call your Hyundai dealer for assistance Don t coast down hills with the car out of gear Thisis extremely hazardous Keep the car in gear at all times use the brakes to slow down then shift to a lower gear so that engine braking will
209. i dealer To move the crossbars pull the lock re lease lever and release it after the desired position is achieved B635A01CM GAT To move the front crossbar If Installed OCM052135L D You can reposition the front crossbar more to the frontside of the vehicle to transport ski equipment or other goods After remov ing the bumper molding and mounting bolt move the crossbar frontside of the vehicle and fix it up with a bolt into the hole And then reinstall the bumper molding NOTE When do not use the roof rack to prevent severe noise of the wind while you driv ing place the front crossbar at the ex treme rearward CAUTION Thecrossbars should be placedin the proper load carrying positions prior to placing items onto the roof rack If the vehicle is equipped with a sunroof be sure notto position cargo onto the roof rack in such a way that it could interfere with sunroof opera tion Whencarrying cargo onthe roof rack take the necessary precautions to make sure the cargo does not dam age the roof of the vehicle When carrying large objects on the roof rack make sure they do not ex ceed the overall roof length or width 112 ROOF RACK WARNING o The following specification is the maximum weight that can be loaded ontothe roof rack Distribute the load as evenly as possible across the crossbars and roof rack and secure the load firmly The vehicle is center of gravity will be hi
210. ignition switch position and whether the system is in operation or not They will illuminate when the ignition key isturnedtothe ON position but should go out after approximately three seconds If the ESC or ESC OFF indicator stays on take your car to your authorized Hyundai dealer and have the system checked See section 2 for more information about the ESC B260U02CM AAT Immobilizer Warning Light If Installed This indicator light illuminates after the ignition key is turned to the ON position The light goes out after the engine is run ning or after 30 seconds If this light blinks for five seconds when the ignition key is turned to ON position this indicates that the immobilizer system is not functioning correctly Atthis time consult your Hyundai dealer B270A010 AAT Brake Pad Wear Warning Sound The front and rear disc brake pads have wear indicators that should make a high pitched squealing or scraping noise when new pads are needed The sound may come and go or be heard all the time when the vehicle is moving It may also be heard when the brake pedal is pushed down firmly Excessive rotor damage will result ifthe worn pads are not replaced See your Hyundai dealer immediately 70 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER B280A01A AAT Fuel Gauge OCMO051011L The needle on the gauge indicates the approximate fuel level in the fuel tank The fuel capacity is given in Section 9 B290A02A AAT Engine C
211. ilarly the seat belt usage sensors determine if the driver and front passenger s seatbelts are fastened These sensors provide the ability to control the SRS deployment based on how close the driver s seat is to the steering wheel whether or not the seat belts are fastened and how severe the impact is The advanced SRS offers the ability to control the air bag inflation with two levels A first stage level is provided for moderate severity impacts A second stage level is provided for more severe impacts According to the impact severity driver s seating position the SRSCM SRS Con trol Module controls the air bag inflation Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident Additionally your Hyundai is equipped with an occupant classification system in the front passenger s seat The occupant classification system detects the presence of a passenger in the front passenger s seat and will turn off the front passenger s air bag under certain conditions For more detail see Occupant Classification Sys tem later in this section CAUTION Ifthe seat position sensoris not working properly the SRS air bag warning light on the instrument panel will illumi nate even if there is no malfunction of the SRS air bag system because the SRS air bag warning light is connected with the seat position sensor If the SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate when the ignition key is turn
212. in the center of the vent up and down and side to side The vents are closed when the vent knob is moved to lt j position The vents are opened when the vent knob is moved to Keep these vents clear of any obstructions 1 Side Defroster Nozzle 2 Side Ventilators 3 Windshield Defroster Nozzles 4 Center Ventilators 1 FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI HEATING AND VENTILATION B670A01CM AAT 45 6 th OCM051048A Fan speed control Air flow control Temperature control Air conditioning switch OFF switch Air intake control switch MAX A C switch WD B670B01CM GAT Fan Speed Control Blower Control OCMO052153A The ignition switch must be in the ON position for fan operation The fan speed control knob allows you to control the fan speed of the airflowing from the ventilation system To change the fan speed turn the knob to the right for higher speed or left for lower speed To turn off the fan turn the knob to the off 0 position B670COS3E AAT Air Intake Control OCM052154 This is used to select fresh outside air or recirculating inside air To change the air intake control mode Fresh mode Recirculation mode push the control button FRESH MODE cS The indicator light on the button goes on when the air intake control is fresh mode RECIRCULATION MODE The indicator light on the button is illuminated when the air intake contr
213. inadvertently setting a speed Use the cruise control system only when traveling on open highways in good weather Do not use the cruise control when it may not be safe to keep the car at a constant speed for instance driving in heavy or varying traffic or on slip pery rainy icy or snow covered or winding roads or over 6 up hill or down hill roads Pay particular attention to the driving conditions whenever using the cruise control system During cruise speed driving of a manual transaxle vehicle do not shift into neutral without depressing the clutch pedal since the engine will be overrevved If this happens depress the clutch pedal or release the cruise control ON OFF switch AUDIO REMOTE CONTROL SWITCH B610A01CM AAT If Installed OCM052141 The steering wheel audio remote control switch is installed to promote safe driving NOTE Do not operate audio remote control switches simultaneously FEATURES OF YOURHYUNDAI 1 1 MODE Switch Press the MODE switch to select Radio CD Compact Disc and CDC Compact Disc Changer Each press of the switch changes the dis play as follows RADIO FM1 FM2 gt AM gt CD gt CDC Po If installed 2 MUTE Switch o Pressthe MUTE switch to disappear the sound o Press the MUTE switch again to repro duce the sound 3 VOL Switch Press the VOL switch to increase or de crease volume 1 FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI 4 V SEEK
214. ing it to a complete stop in a safe location off the roadway FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI 1 The brake fluid level warning light indi cates that the brake fluid level in the brake master cylinder is low and hydraulic brake fluid conforming to DOT 3 or DOT 4 speci fications should be added After adding fluid if no other trouble is found the car should be immediately and carefully driven to a Hyundai dealer for inspection If further trouble is experienced the vehicle should not be driven at all but taken to a dealer by a professional towing service Your Hyundai is equipped with dual di agonal braking systems This means you still have braking on two wheels even if one of the dual systems should malfunc tion With only one of the dual systems working more than normal pedal travel and greater pedal pressure are required to stop the car Also the car will not stop in as short a distance with only half of the brake system working If the brakes malfunction while you are driving shift to a lower gear for additional engine braking and stop the car as soon as it is safe to do so Parking brake warning chime if installed The parking brake warning chime sounds to remind you that the parking brake is applied when your are driving above 6mph 10km h Always release the park ing brake before you drive Ci S harging System Warning Light The charging system warning light should illuminate when the ignition is turned on
215. ing system Elec tronic Stability Control System may be longer than for those without it in the following road conditions During these conditions the vehicle should be driven at reduced speeds o Rough gravel or snow covered roads o With tire chains installed o On roads where the road surface is pitted or has different surface height The safety features of an ABS ESC equipped vehicle should not be tested by high speed driving or cornering This could endanger the safety of yourself or others ELECTRONIC STABILITY CONTROL ESC SYSTEM C310A04JM AAT If installed WARNING Never drive too fast for the road condi tions or too quickly when cornering Elec tronic stability control ESC will not pre vent accidents Excessive speed in turns abrupt maneuvers and hydroplan ing on wet surfaces can still result in serious accidents Only a safe and at tentive driver can prevent accidents by avoiding maneuvers that cause the ve hicle to lose traction Even with ESC installed always follow all the normal precautions for driving including driv ing at safe speeds for the conditions 15 16 OCM053009A The Electronic Stability Control ESC sys tem is designed to stabilize the vehicle during cornering manuevers ESC checks where you are steering and where the vehicle is actually going ESC applies the brakes at individual wheels and intervenes in the engine management system to sta bilize th
216. io system is in RSE mode press INFO for detailed information on the assignment of operational playback controls to the buttons on the audio system s front panel Buttons not in use in RSE mode The following buttons and functions are not used in RSE mode RPT button RDM button MARK button SCAN button Number buttons 3 4 5 6 USING EXTERNAL CONTROLS The Dimmer control The Dimmer control setting determines the brightness of the entire vehicle s dis plays Turn the scroll wheel up or down to in crease or decrease the brightness of the vehicle s instrument panels backlit dis plays and the audio system s LCD screen and backlit controls Steering wheel audio controls Steering wheel mounted audio controls allow you to make adjustments to the most frequently used audio controls without tak ing your eyes off the road FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI 1 MODE button VOL rocker switch SEEK rocker switch Press this button to switch between the FM1 FM2 AM XM1 XM2 XM3 CD RSE modes Check the LCD screen display to confirm if you have selected the mode you want NOTE The modes available depend on the model of your audio system and also on whether any auxiliary RSE device is connected to your audio system Press and hold to decrease or increase the volume In Tuner mode Press and release and to switch to the next or previous preset station For example to switch from preset statio
217. ion G020B01A AAT Vehicle Exterior The following should be checked monthly Overall appearance and condition Wheel condition and wheel nut torque Exhaust system condition Light condition and operation Windshield glass condition Wiper blade condition Paint condition and body corrosion Fluid leaks Door and hood lock condition Tire pressure and condition including spare tire G020C01A AAT Vehicle Interior The following should be checked each time when the vehicle is driven O O O Lights operation Windshield wiper operation Horn operation Defroster heating system operation and air conditioning if installed Steering operation and condition Mirror condition and operation Turn signal operation Accelerator pedal operation Brake operation including parking brake Manual transaxle operation including clutch operation Automatic transaxle operation includ ing Park mechanism operation Seat control condition and operation Seat belt condition and operation Sunvisor operation Ifyou notice anything that does not operate correctly or appears to be functioning cor rectly inspect it carefully and seek assis tance from your Hyundai dealer if service is needed CHECKING THE ENGINE OIL G030A01A AAT Engine oil is essential to the performance and service of the engine It is suggested that you check the oil level at least once a week in normal
218. ion as required In sports mode downward shifts are made automatically whenthe vehicle slows down When the vehicle stops 1st gear is automatically selected To maintain the required levels of vehicle performance and safety the system may notexecute certain gear shifts whenthe selector lever is oper ated Before driving away from a stop on a slippery road pushthe selector lever forward into the UP position This causes the transaxle to shift into 2nd gear which is better for smooth driv ing away on a slippery road Push the selector lever to the DOWN side to shift back to 1st gear C090H01L GAT NOTE For smooth and safe operation de press the brake pedal when shifting from Neutral position or Park position to a forward or reverse gear The ignition key must be in the ON position and the brake pedal fully de pressed in order to move the shift lever from the P Park position to any of the other positions Itis always possibleto shiftfrom R N or D position to P position The vehicle must be fully stopped to avoid transaxle damage DRIVING YOURHYUNDAI 2 C090101CM GAT CAUTION Shift into R D and P position only whenthe vehicle has completely stopped Do not accelerate the engine in re verse or any of the forward positions with the brakes applied Always apply the footbrake when shifting from P or N to R or D position Do not use the P Park position in place
219. ion is caused by the temperature difference between the lamp inside and outside This is similar to the condensation on your windows inside your vehicle during the rain and doesn tindicate a problem with your vehicle Ifthe water leaks intothe lamp bulb circuitry have the vehicle checked by an Authorized Hyundai Dealer G270A01CM GAT Headlight Front Turn Signal Light and Front Position Light Turn signal light Side marker Front position light Headlight Low Beam Headlight High Beam Front fog light Allow the bulb to cool Wear eye pro tection Open the engine hood Always grasp the bulb by its plastic base avoid touching the glass 4 Using a wrench remove the headlight assembly mounting bolts and nut OCM055009L 5 Disconnect the wire harness from the bulb base in the back of the headlight OCMO055010L 6 Turn the plastic cover counterclock wise and remove it OCMO055011L 7 Disconnectthe connector from the bulb base in the back of the headlight Ozi 3 OCM055012L 8 Push the bulb spring to remove the headlight bulb 9 Remove the protective cap from the replacement bulb and install the new bulb by matching the plastic base with the headlight hole Reattach the bulb spring and reconnect the connector 10 Use the protective cap and carton to promptly dispose of the old bulb 11 Check for proper headlight aim 25 Le DO IT YOURSELF MAINTENA
220. isplay back to the status of the current played channel Checking RADIO ID Every SDAR box comes with one unique RADIO ID You need ID to make subscrip tion with XM service provider Do single seek to channel 0 using SEEK A and V buttons The audio system will then dis play the RADIO ID of the SDAR box Buttons not in use in tuner mode The following buttons and functions are not used in XM mode button button RPT button RDM button MARK button 1 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI B466A02CM AAT USING REAR SEAT ENTERTAINMENT RSE SYSTEM CONTROLS ONLY FOR MODELS D465S AND D466S The functions of the buttons and controls described below are only applicable when a Rear Seat Entertainment RSE system is connected to your model D465S or D466S audio system You can still control the RSE system using the rear controls even when the front audio system is in a power off state RSE mode selector button RSE Lock button TRACK and V buttons DIR and V buttons Rewind and Fast Forward but tons Operation buttons 1 amp 2 RSE controls INFO button OPUN NO You select the RSE mode by pressing the CD RSE selector button until you see RSE mode displayed on the LCD screen D466S06CM Model shown is 04665 The buttons on your audio system may differ For details see specific descriptions in the following section FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI 1 B466B02CM AAT 1 CD RSE butt
221. istered by and through the National Arbitration Forum the American Arbitration Association AAA under the Code of Procedure of the entity you select You will not be responsible for paying filing and hearing fees above 275 00 All other arbitration costs shall be borne by Hyundai Motor America You are not responsible to pay any of the costs Hyundai incurs 8 CONSUMERINFORMATION REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS amp BINDING ARBITRATION OF WARRANTY CLAIMS This Binding Arbitration Agreement shall not deprive you of any remedies avail able to you under applicable law The parties are waiving their right to seek remedies in court including the right to a jury trial This Binding Arbitration Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted under the Federal Arbitration Act 9 U S C sections 1 16 Judgmentupon any award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction You may revoke this Arbitration Agree ment by 1 written notice or 2 elec tronic notice Written notice must be delivered via certified mail to Hyundai Motor America Attn Consumer Af fairs 10550 Talbert Avenue P O Box 20849 Fountain Valley CA 92728 0849 Electronic notice must be submitted at the following website address http warranty arbitration hyundaiUSA com Notice mustbe received within 90 days after you purchase your vehicle VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS Dimensions cccccececcececcccccccccceceaceceneusentacsueaeenentanentaees 9 2 EN
222. k com or by calling 1 800 355 3515 Before programming HomeLink to a garage door opener or gate operator make sure that people and objects are out of the way of the device to prevent potential harm or damage Do not use HomeLink with any garage door opener that lacks the safety stop and reverse features as required by U S federal safety standards this includes any ga rage door opener model manufactured before April 1 1982 A garage door that cannot detect an object signaling the doorto stop and reverse does not meet current U S federal safety standards Using a garage door opener without these features increases the risk of serious injury or death Retain the original transmitter of the RF device you are programming for use in other vehicles as well as for future HomeLink programming It is also sug gested that upon the sale of the vehicle the programmed HomeLink buttons be erased for security purposes Programming HomeLink NOTE When programming garage door opener it is advised to park the ve hicle outside of the garage Itis recommended that a new battery be placed in the hand held transmit ter of the device being programmed to HomeLink for quicker training and accurate transmission of the radio frequency signal Some vehicles may require the igni tion switch to be turned to the second or accessories position for pro gramming and or operation of HomeLink In the event that there a
223. l and not harmful to the transaxle If you vecometoacomplete stop and it s hardtoshiftinto 1stor R Reverse put the shift lever in N Neutral posi tion and release the clutch Press the clutch pedal back down and then shift into 1st or R Reverse gear position Do notusethe shift lever as ahandrest during driving as this can result in premature wear of the transaxle shift forks CAUTION Do not downshift more than 2 gears or downshift the gear when the engine is running at high speed 5 000 RPM or higher Such downshifting may damage the engine CAUTION When downshifting from fifth gear to fourth gear caution should betaken not to inadvertently press the gear shift le ver sideways in such a manner that second gear is engaged Such a drastic downshift may cause the engine speed to increase the point that the tachom eter will enter the red zone Such over revving of the engine may possibly cause engine damage C070B02A AAT Usingthe Clutch The clutch should be pressed all the way to the floor before shifting then released slowly The clutch pedal should always be fully returned to the original position Do not rest your foot on the clutch pedal while driving This can cause unnecessary wear Do not partially engage the clutch to hold the car on an incline This causes unnec essary wear Use the foot brake or parking brake to hold the car on an incline Do not operate the clutch pedal rapidly
224. l factors o If you feel any vehicle instability immediately take your foot off the accelerator and slowly move toa safe position off the road WARNING Tampering with modifying or dis abling the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS components may interfere with the system s ability to warn the driver of low tire pressure conditions and or TPMS malfunc tions Tampering with modifying or disabling the Tire Pressure Moni toring System TPMS components may void the warranty for that por tion of the vehicle This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation WARNING Changes or modifications not ex pressly approved by the party re sponsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment 3 WHAT TODOIN AN EMERGENCY SPARE TIRE D040A01CM AAT Temporary Spare Tire The following instructions for the tem porary spare tire should be observed 1 Check inflation pressure as soon as practical after installing the spare tire and adjusttothe specified pres sure The tire pressure should be periodically checked and maintained atthe specified pressure while the tire is stored Spare Tire Pressure Inflation Pressure 60 psi 420 kPa 2 T
225. laying a video signal press DISP and then press the A NEXT or V PREV buttons to cycle through other LCD display adjustments including SCREEN SIZE CONTRAST CHROMA and HUE With any of these settings dis played press the REW or FF gt buttons to adjust the settings To close the LCD display pull the bottom edge towards you and push it up until it clicks and locks into the stow away posi tion Cleaning the LCD Display If the LCD display becomes dusty or dirty clean it by wiping gently with a soft dry clean cloth Do not use chemical cleanser to clean the screen Loading a Disc To load a disc in the player insert it part way into the loading slot The player will automatically grip the disc and pull it the rest of the way in Disc Protection The player has an Auto Reload Disc Pro tection feature to protect discs from acci dental damage If a disc is not removed within 12 seconds after being ejected it will be pulled back into the player The disc will not begin playing Audio via Vehicle Speakers To hear the audio from the RSE through the vehicle s speakers the RSE must be selected by the radio CD AUX button in the front of the vehicle Regardless of whether RSE audio is selected for the vehicle speakers or not when the RSE audio is playing it can be heard in the headphones 1 FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI Volume Control You can adjust the volume of the audio heard in the vehicle speakers from the RSE contr
226. ld defroster nozzle side defroster nozzle and side ventilator If the Floor mode is selected Fresh mode will be activated OCMO052108 Floor Defrost Level Air is discharged through the windshield defroster nozzle the floor vents side de froster nozzle and side ventilator If the Floor Defrost mode is selected Fresh mode will be activated OCM052111 Defrost Level Air is discharged through the windshield defroster nozzle side defroster nozzle and side ventilator If the Defrost mode is selected Fresh mode will be activated to improve wind shield defrosting 2nd row seat ventilator MAX A C Level Air is discharged through the face level vents If the MAX A C mode is selected the FACE mode and Recirculation mode will be activated NOTE o The air intake control switch will change to lt mode when the ignition switch is turned ON with the MAX A C mode selected o When you change to another mode from MAX A C the A C and the air intake control switch are set to the following chart FEATURES OF YOURHYUNDAI 1 Air Intake Control Switch The or the air intake control switch returns to its former setting 1 FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI HEATING CONTROLS OCM052107A Off Level Air is discharged through the windshield defroster nozzle side defroster nozzle and side ventilator NOTE If the air flow control is off th
227. le chapter track on the disc depends on the contents encoded on your disc FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI 1 Press to mute all sound from your audio system Press again to unmute the sound MUTE button NOTE Playback progress is not affected when you mute the sound 1 FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI REAR SEAT ENTERTAINMENT RSE SYSTEM IF INSTALLED B470A03CM AAT IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION It is always important to operate your ve hicle in a safe manner and to avoid distrac tion while driving This manual provides information that will help you safely oper ate your Rear Seat Entertainment System RSE Please read it completely before using the system This device complies with part 15 of the FCC rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation WELCOME The Rear Seat Entertainment System is a compact built in easy to use entertain ment system designed to provide family fun while you are on the road Enjoy great quality sound from the vehicle speakers or private quiet listening with the wireless headphones The overhead LCD display unit is mounted to the ceiling in the rear passenger area of the vehicle allowing rear seat passen gers to play DVD movies video CDs or music CDs Users may also plug a game platform or VHS player into a
228. length of time Scraping ice from the mirror face could cause permanent damage To remove any ice use a sponge soft cloth or approved de icer WARNING Be careful when judging the size or dis tance of any object seen in the passen ger side rearview mirror It is a convex mirror with a curved surface and any objects seen in this mirror are closer than they appear B510D01CM AAT Outside Rearview Mirror Heater If Installed ar Lr s Pi iF L h A OCMO52030F The outside rearview mirror heater is actu ated in connection with the rear window defroster To heat the outside rearview mirror glass push in the switch for the front rear window defroster The rearview mir ror glass will be heated for defrosting or defogging and will give you improved rear vision in inclement weather conditions Push the switch again to turn the heater off The outside rearview mirror heater auto matically turns itself off after 20 minutes B510C01TG AAT Folding The Outside Rearview Mirrors Manual Type To fold the outside rearview mirrors push them towards the rear The outside rearview mirrors can be folded rearward for parking in narrow areas CAUTION If the mirror is jammed with ice do not adjust the mirror by force Use an ap proved spray de icer not radiator anti freeze to release the frozen mecha nism or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt DAY NIGHT IN
229. ler the bulb cover counterclockwise and take the bulb out from the bulb cover by turning it clockwise 3 Replace with a new bulb G270G010 GAT Interior Light If installed 1 Remove the cover with a flat head screwdriver 2 Replace with a new bulb 29 30 270 2 Luggage Compartment Light If Installed 1 Remove the cover with a flat blade screw driver 2 Disconnect the wire harness 3 Replace with a new bulb 1 Open the tail gate 2 Remove the cover with a flat head G270C02JM AAT Cargo Light screwdriver 3 Replace with a new bulb G270H01CM AAT Glove Box Light 1 Open the glove box 2 Remove the cover with a flat head screwdriver 3 Disconnect the connector 4 Replace with a new bulb DO IT YOURSELF MAINTENANCE 6 BULB WATTAGE 280 02 n quae d UR reos c NAI ES OCM058025M No _PanName Watage Socket Type Wattage Socket Glove Box Light ef S8 5 8 5 E Front Door Edge Warning Light If installed 5 w21 x 4 6D Headlight Low High PX26D Luggage Compartment Light If installed 58 5 8 5 Turn Signal Light Side Marker BAY15D High Mounted Rear Stop Light If installed 16 W2 1 x 9 5D Map Light W2 1x9 5D 12 Rear Combination Light e Front Fog tomarse zr Pers From Poston 5 wenos Se peck leg reae 6 DO IT YOURSELF MAINTENANCE FUSE PANEL DES
230. lled OCM052112N You may select the rear air conditioning ON OFF button in the front seat When pushing the button and turning on the rear blower fan switch on the rear ventilator the indicator light will come on and the rear air conditioning will operate NOTE The rear air conditioning system can only be used when the rear air condition ing ON OFF button Rear A C is pressed B770B01CM GAT Rear Ventilator If Installed The rear ventilators are located in quarter trim To change the direction of the air flow move the knob inthe center of the vent side to side The blower fan speed may be controlled by setting the control lever to the desired position 141 1 FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FIL TER IN FRONT OF EVAPO RATOR UNIT B760A01CM AAT If installed Inside air Outside air Evaporator core Heater core m The climate control air filter is located in front of the evaporator unit behind the glove box It operates to decrease the amount of pol lutants entering the car To replace the climate control air filter refer to page 6 16 o Replace the filter every 10 000 miles 15 000 km or once a year If the car is being driven in severe conditions such as dusty rough roads more frequent climate control air filter in spections and changes are required When the air flow rate is decreased the system should be checked at an authorized dealer ANTENNA B870D
231. lly switches to CD player mode NOTE The LCD screen displays Changer Full to indicate thatthe CD changer is full Do not try to load any other disc 1 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 2 Ejecting CDs Model D445S Press the CD EJECT 4 button to eject the CD in the CD player Models D465S and D466S Press the button once to eject the last CD played Press and hold A button for more than 2 seconds to eject all the CDs in the changer in sequence beginning with the last CD played NOTE You caneject discs without switching on the audio system using the Power ON OFF knob To eject 1 CD Press the EJECT button once If you are playing a CD playback will automatically switch to the next available CD The LCD screen displays the number of the CD ejected as a flashing number If there are no other disc left in the CD changer the audio system automatically switches to Radio mode and resumes with the last channel or frequency selected OR If the audio system is in Radio mode the last CD played will be ejected The LCD screen displays the number of the CD ejected as a flashing number To eject all CDs Press and hold the EJECT button for more than 2 seconds to eject all the CDs in the CD changer The LCD screen displays the CDs being ejected in the CD changer as flashing numbers The CDs are ejected in se quence Follow the instructions displayed on the LCD screen to remove all CDs from the changer NOTE
232. ly The more the seatback is re clined the greater the chance that an occupant s hips will slide under the lap beltorthe occupant s neck will strike the shoulder belt Drivers and passengers shouldalways sit well back in their seats properly belted and with the seatbacks upright BO90C01Y AAT Seat Cushion Height Adjustment Driver s seat only HNF2038 Move the front portion of the control knob up or down to raise or lower the front part of the seat cushion Move the rear portion of the control knob up or down to raise or lower the rear part of the seat cushion BO90E01TG AAT Lumbar Support Control Driver s seat only If Installed To adjust the lumbar support press the control switch on the outboard side of the seat cushion To increase the amount of lumbar support press the front portion of the switch To decrease lumbar support press the rear portion of the switch 21 22 B100A01CM AAT Seat Warmer If installed The seat warmer is provided to warm the front seats during cold weather With the ignition key in the ON position push either of the switches to warm the driver s seat or the passengers seat During mild weather or under conditions where the operation of the seat warmer is not needed keep the switches in the OFF position Each time you push the button the tem perature setting of the seat is changed as follows OCM052145 1 OFF HIGH LOW o NOTE o These
233. m o Scheduled maintenance o Reporting safety defects
234. m level ground The jack should be positioned as shown in the drawing DOGOFOSE AAT 5 Raising the vehicle Wrench bar Wheel nut wrench OCM054012 After inserting the wrench bar into the wheel nut wrench install the wrench bar into the jack as shown in the drawing raise the vehicle turn the wheel nut wrench clockwise As the jack begins to raise the vehicle double check that itis properly positioned and will not slip If the jack is on soft ground or sand place a board brick flat stone or other object under the base of the jack to keep it from sinking Raise the car high enough so that the fully inflated spare tire can be installed To do this you will need more ground clearance than is required to remove the flat tire WARNING Do not getunderthe vehicle when it is supported by the jack Thisis very dangerous as the vehicle could fall and cause serious injury or death No one should stay in the vehicle while the jack is being used DO60G01JM AAT 6 Changing Wheels Loosen the wheel nuts and remove them Slide the wheel off the studs and lay it flat so it cannot roll away To put the wheel on the hub pick up the spare tire line up the holes with the studs and slide the wheel onto them If this is difficult tip the wheel slightly and get the top hole in the wheel lined up with the top stud Then jiggle the wheel back and forth until the wheel can be slid over the other s
235. marks is equal to about 1 quart of oil CAUTION Slowly pour the recommended oil by using afunnel Do not overfill so as notto damage engine WARNING Be very careful not to touch the radiator hose when adding the engine oil as it may be hot enough to burn you NOTE o Itisrecommended that the engine oil and filter should be changed by an authorized Hyundai dealer o Always dispose of used engine oil in an environmentally acceptable man ner Itis suggested that it be placed in a sealed container and taken to a service station for reclaimation Do not pour the oil onthe ground or putit into the household trash PROPOSITION 65 WARNING This product contains a chemical known to the State of California to cause can cer Used engine oil may cause irritation or cancer of the skin left in contact with the skin for prolonged periods of time Used engine oil contains chemicals that have caused cancer in laboratory ani mals Always protect your skin by wash ing your hands thoroughly with soap and warm water as soon as possible after handling used oil CHECKING THE ENGINE COOLANT G050A01TG AAT NOTE It is recommended that the engine cool ant should be changed by an authorized Hyundai dealer G050B01A AAT Recommended Engine Coolant Use a high quality ethylene glycol coolant in a 50 50 mix with water The engine coolant should be compatible with alumi num engine parts Additional corrosion inhibitors or ad
236. me NOTE When pushing the AC inverter switch the switch indicator illumination is de layed momentarily while the system conducts a self check CAUTION o Whennotusingthe AC Inverter make sure that the switch is turned off and is closed the AC Inverter cover Only use when the engine is running and remove the plug from the AC Inverter after using the accessory Using when the engine is not running or leaving the accessory plugged in for long time may cause the battery to discharge Do not use the electric accessories or equipment with maximum electric power consumption greater than 150W 115VAC Some electronic devices can cause electronic interference when plugged into the AC Inverter These devices may cause excessive audio noise and malfunctions in other electronic systems or devices used in your ve hicle Do not use broken electric accesso ries or equipment as they may dam age the AC Inverter and vehicle s elec trical system Do not use two or more electric ac cessories or equipment at the same time When input voltage is under 11V the outlet LED and indicator will blink and will automatically turn off 87 88 WARNING The AC Inverter can be dangerous When using the AC Inverter carefully observe the following precautions to avoid seri ous injuries Do not use heated electric products coffeepot toaster heater iron etc Do not insert a foreign objects into or touch the AC Inverter
237. mperature B Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances C Driving on rough dusty muddy un paved graveled or salt spread roads D Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather E Driving in sandy areas F More than 50 driving in heavy city traffic during hot weather above 32 90 F G Driving in mountainous areas H Towing a Trailer or using a camper or roof rack Driving as a patrol car taxi other com mercial use or vehicle towing J Driving over 100 MPH 170 Km h K Frequently driving in stop and go con ditions EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS FO60M01A AAT Engine Oil and Filter The engine oil and filter should be changed at the intervals specified in the mainte nance schedule If the car is being driven in severe conditions more frequent oil and filter changes are required F060C01A AAT o FuelFilter A clogged filter can limitthe speed at which the vehicle may be driven damage the emission system and cause hard starting If an excessive amount of foreign matter accumulates in the fuel tank the filter may require replacement more frequently After installing a new filter run the engine for several minutes and check for leaks at the connections Fuel filters should be installed by trained technicians VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS 5 FO60B01A AAT o Drive Belts Inspect all drive belts for evidence of cuts
238. n Cleaning the interior Cent eR pee ETE RE SU ute duo epu US 4 6 Protecting your Hyundai from corrosion 4 2 Washing and waxing seeeeseeeeeeeeneeeennnmeenn 4 4 NS COTTON Pe S 1 120 D Defrostinig Deftoggllig essin neiaa 1 133 Door Central COOK e cTc 1 9 Misc m 1 7 Front door edge warning light sseeeeseeeeeessss 1 119 10106 1 88 Driving Driving for economy NE E Too 2 23 SMOG COMME MING RETE E Do oo S 2 24 M 2 24 E Emission Control System 7 2 Engine Before starting the engine 2 4 COPS Dit ome nd 6 2 62r TT 6 7 Coolant temperature gauge 1 70 If the engine overheats eese 3 4 e 8 2 c 6 5 2 6 Engine Exhaust Can Be Dangerous 2 2 F Speed Control taie DUE da 1 126 Floor MONROE TTE 1 116 Fog Light aca me E E
239. n 1 to preset station 3 press twice Press and hold about 1 second and to scan up and down the frequency range for the next available radio station and automatically lock on to that frequency In CD mode During CD playback press and release to select and play the previous or next track on the disc The LCD screen displays the track number as you press the buttons You can press the button several times to select the track you want 1 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI SEEK rocker switch Press and hold about 1 second and to o Fast Forward or Rewind the current track Model D445S o Select and play the next or previous disc in the CD changer Models D465S and 4665 In XM mode Press and release and to switch to the next or previous preset channel For example to switch from preset 1 to preset 3 press twice Press and hold about 1 second and to search previous or next XM channel to play The channel is selected upon the release of button In RSE mode only for models 04655 and 04665 During DVD VCD playback press and release and to select and play the previous or nexttitle chapter track on the disc see note below Press and hold about 1 second and to Fast Forward or Rewind the current title chapter track being played back in the RSE system DVD player see note below NOTE Whether you are able to select play fast forward or rewind the previous or next tit
240. n auxiliary input to show the programs through the HSE LCD display The RSE can also ac cess the vehicle s front radio programs SYSTEM OVERVIEW Connections Setup Your Rear Seat Entertainment system will play DVD movies video CDs music CDs or music MP3 discs and is designed to make your time on the road more enjoy able Please follow these instructions care fully to get the most out of your RSE FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI 1 CAUTION Avoid having food or drinks near in or onthe RSE the wireless headphones or the remote controller Direct sunlight may interfere with the headphone s RSE LCD display s op eration performance Normal RSE operation cannot be guar anteed with unofficially duplicated discs Use of the rear seat entertainment system without the engine running will rapidly reduce vehicle battery power The RSE system is programmed to the assigned DVD format for US re gion 1 Please note that your RSE will not read or play DVDs from a different region Note The RSE requires a few seconds of set warm up time after the ignition switch is turned ON or to Accessory mode Your RSE system is already set up and ready for use and can be turned on by pushing the POWER VOLUME knob on the RSE control panel or the ON OFF but ton on the remote controller The vehicle s ignition must be turned ON or in Accessory power mode The RSE system can also be turned OFF by the Audio Unit RSE CMO003 C
241. n through the grilles just ahead ofthe windshield Care should be taken that these are not blocked by leaves Snow ice or other obstructions To prevent interior fog on the wind shield set the air intake control to the fresh air CQ position fan speed to the desired position turn on the air condi tioning system and adjust temperature control to desired temperature FEATURES OF YOURHYUNDAI 4 If the interior of the car is hot when you first get in open the windows for a few minutes to expel the hot air When you are using the air conditioning system keep all windows closed to keep hot air out When moving slowly as in heavy traffic shift to a lower gear This increases engine speed which in turn increases the speed of the air conditioning com pressor On steep grades turn the air condition ing off to avoid the possibility of the engine over heating During winter months or in periods when the air conditioning is not used regu larly run the air conditioning once ev ery month for a few minutes This will help circulate the lubricants and keep your system in peak operating condi tion 1 FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM B740A01A AAT Air Conditioning Switch If installed OCM052157A The air conditioning is turned on by push ing the A C button on the heating air con ditioning control panel B740B02A AAT Air Conditioning Operation Cooling CM051039A To use the air condi
242. nce that an occupant s hips will slide underthe lap belt orthe occupant s neck will strike the shoulder belt Driv ers and passengers should always sit well back in their seats properly belted and with the seatbacks upright B080D01CM AAT Adjustable Headrests D IN Headrests are designed to help reduce the risk of neck injuries To raise the head rest pull it up To lower the headrest push it down while pressing the lock knob To remove the headrest raise itas far as itcan go then press the release button while pulling upward This should only be done when the seat is not occupied To reinstall the headrest put the headrest poles 1 into the holes while pressing the release button 2 Then adjust it to the appropriate height WARNING Make sure the headrest locks in position after adjusting it to properly protects the occupants 17 B081D01CM AAT Adjusting Headrest Forward and WARNING WARNING Rearward o Donotoperate vehicle with the head rests removed as injury to the occu pants may occur in the event of an accident Headrests may provide pro tection against neck injuries when properly adjusted Do notadjustthe headrest position of the driver s seat while the vehicle is in motion o For maximum effectiveness in case The headrest may be adjusted forward to ofanaccident the headrest should be three different positions by pulling the head adjusted so the middle of the head res
243. nd other heavy objects care fully so that the plastic cover of the engine is not damaged OCM055100L 1 Coolant reservoir cap 5 Air cleaner 9 Engine oil level dipstick 2 Power steering fluid reservoir 6 Fuse and relay box 10 Automatic transaxle fluid level dipstick 3 Engine oil filler cap 7 Windshield washer fluid reservoir if installed 4 Brake fluid reservoir 8 Radiator cap 11 Battery DO IT YOURSELF MAINTENANCE 6 G010C01CM AAT Gasoline Engine 3 3 V6 CAUTION When inspecting or servicing the engine you should handle tools and other heavy objects care fully so that the plastic cover of the engine is not damaged OCM055102A 1 Coolant reservoir cap 5 Air cleaner 9 Engine oil level dipstick 2 Power steering fluid reservoir 6 Fuse and relay box 10 Automatic transaxle fluid level dipstick 3 Engine oil filler cap 7 Windshield washer fluid reservoir if installed 4 Brake fluid reservoir 8 Radiator cap 11 Battery 6 DO IT YOURSELF MAINTENANCE GENERAL CHECKS G020A01A AAT Engine Compartment The following should be checked regu larly Engine oil level and condition Transaxle fluid level and condition Brake fluid level Clutch fluid level Engine coolant level Windshield washer fluid level Accessory drive belt condition Engine coolant hose condition Fluid leaks on or below components Power steering fluid level Battery condition Air filter condit
244. nd repro ductive harm Batteries also contain other chemicals known to the state of Californiato cause cancer Wash hands after handling WARNING Always read the following in structions carefully when han dling a battery Keep lighted cigarettes and all other flames or sparks away from the battery Hydrogen which is a highly combustible gas is always present in battery cells and may explode if ignited Keep batteries out of the reach of children because batteries contain highly corrosive SUL FURIC ACID Do not allow bat tery acid to contact your skin eyes clothing or paint finish If any electrolyte gets into your eyes flush your eyes with clean water for at least 15 min utes and get immediate medi cal attention If possible con tinue to apply water with a sponge or cloth until medical attention is received 21 22 WARNING If electrolyte gets on your skin thoroughly washthe contacted area If you feel a pain or a burning sensation get medical atten tion immediately Wear eye protection when charging or working near a bat tery Always provide ventilation when working in an enclosed space When lifting a plastic cased battery excessive pressure on the case may cause battery acidto leak resulting in personal injury Lift with a battery carrier or with your hands on opposite corners Never attempt to charge the battery when the battery cables are con nected The electrical ignition sys
245. ndai Genuine Parts are the same parts used by Hyundai Motor Company to manufacture vehicles They are de signed and tested for the optimum safety performance and reliability to our cus tomers Why should you use genuine parts Hyundai Genuine Parts are engineered and built to meet rigid manufacturing requirements Using imitation counter feit or used salvage parts is not covered under the Hyundai New Vehicle Lim ited Warranty or any other Hyundai Genuine Hvunpm Parts A100A01L warranty In addition any damage to or failure of Genuine Hyundai Parts caused by the installation or failure of an imita tion counterfeit or used salvage part is not covered by any Hyundai Warranty Howcan youtellif you purchasing Hyundai Genuine Parts Look for the Hyundai Genuine Parts Logo on the package see below Hyundai Genuine Parts exported to the United States are packaged with labels written only in English Genuine Parts 28511 33361 EXHAUST LK MADE IN KOREA TIERE UE ERE E A100A02L Hyundai Genuine Parts are only sold through Dealerships authorized Hyundai A100A03L A100A04L TABLE OF CONTENTS FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY CORROSION PREVENTION amp APPEARANCE CARE VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS DO IT YOURSELF MAINTENANCE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMS CONSUMER INFORMATION REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS amp BIND
246. ndicator light stays on constantly programming is complete and your device should activate 5 To program the remaining two HomeLink buttons follow either steps 1 through 4 above for other Rolling Code devices or steps 2 through 5 in Standard Programming for standard devices Gate Operator amp Canadian Programming During programming your handheld trans mitter may automatically stop transmitting Continue to press the Integrated HomeLink Wireless Control System but ton note steps 2 through 4 in the Standard Programming portion of this document while you press and re press cycle your handheld transmitter every two seconds until the frequency signal has been learned The indicator light will flash slowly and then rapidly after several seconds upon successful training Operating HomeLink To operate simply press and release the programmed HomeLink button Activa tion will now occur for the trained device i e garage door opener gate operator security system entry door lock home office lighting etc For convenience the hand held transmitter of the device may also be used at any time Reprogramming a Single HomeLink Button To program a new device to a previously trained HomeLink button follow these steps 1 Press and hold the desired HomeLink button Do NOT release until step 4 has been completed 2 When the indicator light begins to flash slowly after 20 seconds position the handheld tran
247. ned weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed 5o6kg or 1120068 Le poids combine des occupants ef du chargement ne doll jamais exceder ou 11296 COLD TIRE PRESSUREJ PRESSICN FROID 235 70R16 210kPa 30psi P235 70R16 210kPa 30psi T165 90R17 420kPa 60psi TIRE SIZE PHEU DIMENSION SEE OWNERS MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL NFORMATION 1030A03CM TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION PNEUS ET CHARGE INFORMATION SEATING CAPACITY TOTAL 7 FRONT 2 REAR 5 NOMBREDESEGES 7 AVANT AREE 5 The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed 5o6kg or 1120068 Le poids combin des occupants et du chargement ne doit jamais exceder cu 1120 SIZE COLD TIRE PRESSURE DIMENSION PRESSION FROID vant P235 60R18 210kPa 30psi mine P235 60R18 210kPa 30psi 7165 90R17 420kPa 60psi SEE OWNER S MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL NFORMATION 1030A04CM These pressures were chosen to pro vide the most satisfactory combination of ride comfort tire wear and stability under normal conditions Tire pressures should be checked at least monthly Proper tire inflation pressures should be maintained for these reasons WARNING o Underinflation also results in ex cessive wear poor handling and reduced fuel economy Wheel de formation also is possible Keep your tire pressures at the proper levels If a tire fr
248. ng from an accessory you can temporarily get along without the radio or cigarette lighter for example Always remember to replace the borrowed fuse 1VQA4037 20 200 1 Power connector 1 LE OCMO055026L Your vehicle is equipped with a power connector to prevent battery discharge if your vehicle is parked without being oper ated for prolonged periods Use the follow ing procedures before parking the vehicle for prolonged periods 1 Turn off the engine 2 Turn off the headlights and tail lights 3 Open the driver s side panel cover and pull out the power connector 4 Insert the power connector in the oppo site direction NOTE o Ifthepowerconnectoris pulled out of the fuse panel the warning chime audio clock and interior lamps etc will not operate The following items must be reset after replacement Digital Clock Trip computer Automatic heating and cooling con trol system Audio o Eventhough the power connector is pulled out the battery can still be discharged by operation of the head lights or other electrical devices CHECKING THE BATTERY G210A01A AAT WARNING Batteries can be dangerous When work ing with batteries carefully observethe following precautions to avoid serious injuries The fluid in the battery contains a strong solution of sulfuric acid which is poison ous and highly corrosive Be careful not to spill it on yourself or th
249. ng properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after re placing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replace mentoralternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function prop erly 3 WHAT TODOIN AN EMERGENCY NOTE If the TPMS Low Tire Pressure and Position indicators does not illumi nate for 3 seconds when the ignition key is turned to the ON position or engine is running if it remains illu minated after coming on for approxi mately 3 seconds take your car to your nearest authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked 5 Low tire pressure telltale al Low tire pressure position M telltale When the tire pressure monitoring sys tem warning indicators are illuminated one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated The low tire pressure position telltale light will indicate which tire is significantly under inflated by illuminating the corresponding position light If either telltale illuminates immedi ately reduce your speed avoid hard cornering and anticipate increased stop ping distances You should stop and check your tires as soon as possible Inflate the tires to the proper pressure as indicated on the vehicle s placard or tire inflation pressure label located on the driver s side center pillar outer panel If you cannot reach a service station or if the tire cannot hold the newly added air replace the low pressure tire with th
250. nnel Preset 1 6 with a specific equal izer setting that setting is automatically used when you select that preset again EQ is not available for Model D466S NOTE To return all audio control settings ex cept for EQ to the default centered positions press and hold the audio con trol knob for more than 2 seconds An audible beep indicates that all audio con trols have been returned to the default setting 5 AM FM FM1 FM2 XM CD CD RSE selector buttons Model 4455 AM FM1 FM2 XM CD Model 4655 AM FM XM CD RSE Model 4665 AM FM XM CD RSE Use the input source selector buttons to select the desired operation mode be tween the AM mode the FM mode the XM mode the CD mode and the RSE mode Pressing any of these buttons when the audio system is at off state automatically switches the audio system on and goes into the selected operation mode The LCD screen displays the operation mode you currently selected NOTE Remember that station Presets 1 6 stored in FM1 mode can only be ac cessed in FM1 mode Similarly FM2 presets can only be accessed in FM2 mode That also applies to the pre sets 1 6 for XM1 XM2 and XM3 modes For Model D465S Press the FM band selector button repeatedly to switch between the FM1 and FM2 modes For Model D466S Press the AM FM band selector but ton repeatedly to switch between the AM FM1 and FM2 modes For all models Press the XM button re
251. nor on the instrument panel surface If there is any leakage fromtheairfreshener ontothese areas instrument cluster instrument panel or air ventilator it may damage these parts If the liquid from the air freshener does leak onto these areas wash them with water immediately Passengers Air bag _ B240B05L WARNING If an air bag deploys there may be a loud noise followed by a fine dust released inthe vehicle These condi tions are normal and are not hazard ous the air bags are packed in this fine powder The dust generated dur ing air bag deployment may cause skin or eye irritation as well as aggra vate asthma for some persons Al ways wash all exposed skin areas thoroughly with lukewarm water and amild soap after an accidentin which the air bags were deployed WARNING o The SRS can function only when the ignition key is in the ON position If the SRS SRI does not illuminate or continuously remains on after illumi nating for about 6 seconds when the ignition key is turned to the ON po sition or after the engine is started illuminates while driving the SRS is not working properly If this occurs have your vehicle immediately in spected by your Hyundai dealer Before you replace a fuse or discon nect a battery terminal turn the igni tion key to the LOCK position or remove the ignition key Never re move or replace the air bag related fuse s when the ignition key is in the ON position F
252. not start unless the clutch pedal is fully depressed On a manual transaxle equipped vehicle that can be started without depressing the clutch there is the potential to cause damage to the vehicle or injury to someone inside or outside the vehicle as a result of the forward or backward movement of the vehicle that will occur if the clutch is not depressed when the vehicle is started 4 Turn the ignition key to the START position and release it when the engine starts After the engine has started allow the engine to run for 10 to 20 seconds prior to placing the vehicle in gear The starter should not be operated for more than 15 seconds at a time Wait 15 30 seconds between starting at tempts to protect the starter from over heating OPERATING THE MANUAL TRANSAXLE C070A01CM AAT If installed Mis shift prevention tap This shift pattern is imprinted on the shift knob The transaxle is fully synchronized in all forward gears so shifting to either a higher or a lower gear is easily accom plished When shifting into reverse gear pull the mis shift prevention tab and shift into re verse gear position 7 2 DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI NOTE To shift into reverse rest the lever in neutral for at least 3 seconds after your car is completely stopped Then move the lever into the reverse posi tion During cold weather shifting may be difficult until the transaxle lubricant has warmed up This is norma
253. nt 2 7 weight BO10E01A AAT Gasolines for Cleaner Air To help contribute to cleaner air Hyundai recommends that you use gasolines treated with detergent additives which help prevent deposit formation in the en gine These gasolines will help the engine run cleaner and enhance performance of the Emission Control System BO10F01A AAT Operation in Foreign Countries If you are going to drive your Hyundai in another country be sure to O Observe all regulations regarding reg istration and insurance o Determine that acceptable fuel is avail able BREAKING IN YOUR NEW HYUNDAI B020A01S AAT During the First 1 200 Miles 2 000 Km No formal break in procedure is required with your new Hyundai However you can contribute to the economical operation and durability of your Hyundai by observ ing the following recommendations dur ing the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km o Don t drive faster than 55 MPH 88 km h o While driving keep your engine speed rpm or revolutions per minute be tween 2 000 rpm and 4 000 rpm o Use moderate acceleration Don t start quickly or depress the accelerator pedal fully For the first 200 miles 300 km try to avoid hard stops o Dont lug the engine in other words don t drive so slowly in too high a gear that the engine bucks shift to a lower gear o Whether going fast or slow vary your speed from time to time o Don t let the engine idle longer than 3 min
254. o bui Geor mod 420kg or Scie Le pois combine des er diu char emen ne ioi pros exceder 41200 LI PEL IDIMENSSON PRESSION FROID FRONT p235 70R16 210kPa 30psi P235 70R16 210kPa 30psi 1030A01CM TIRE AND LOADING ORMATION Pt ELIS CHART GE Oe AAT Wl SEATING CAPACITY TOTAL S FRONT 2 REAR 3 nk MUERE EE SEGES TOTAL 5 Tha un compart cao rever Le ports come des aparis et du chargement dot armos exoesder 420 ou acil COLD TIRE PRESSURE PRESSION A FROID ne P235 60R18 210kPa 30psi A P235 60R18 210kPa 30psi SPARE 1465 90R17 1030A02CM TIRE PED LOADING HARG SEATING CAPACITY TOTAL 7 T FRONT EB NOMEFE DE SIEGES Tora 7 BMBHT 2 The coribineci weight of occupant and cargo should never exceed 505kg or 112 Le comer des occupants et du changement ne dal jamas exceder 506g Hai COLD TIRE PRESSURE PRESSION FROID aL P235 70R16 210kPa 30psi P235 0 16 210kPa 30psi T165 90R17 420 60psi 1030A03CM Mes PED LOADING SUS ET CHARGE SEATING CAPACITY TOTAL 7 FRONT 2 MOBE SEGES 7 EMAHT 2 ead cce rutilo Animes aa ae Le pmi ombre des occupants et diu changement ne dot jamas exceder 5S06kgog fia COLD TIRE PRE SES EX PNEU DIMENSION PRESSIONA FROD
255. o select this external source 1 FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI RSE Lock Function Front seat passengers can use the RSE Lock function to prevent rear seat passen gers from operating the RSE To lock the HSE press and hold the CD AUX button on the vehicle radio for more than 2 sec onds Lock will appear on the RSE LCD dis play as well as on the RSE control panel None of the RSE control panel or remote controller buttons will function while the HSE is locked Rear seat passengers will still be able to eject or insert a disc in the player as well as power on off the system Press and hold the CD AUX button again to turn off the RSE lock Battery Discharge Warning Plaase use Rear Seat Entertainment with igion On to awad battery discharge RSE CM05A Battery Discharge Warning To prevent inadvertent vehicle battery dis charge when the ignition switch is turned to the ignition ON or ACC Accessory position a battery drain warning message will flash on the RSE LCD display FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI 1 470 01 RSE CONTROL PANEL OPERATION 1 2 TW i FN P RSE CM001A Most RSE functions are available through the RSE control panel ON OFF and Speaker Volume RSE Display MENU Button PLE 4 DISP Display Button SRC Source Button Play Pause Button AANEXT V PREV Next Previous and REW FF Rewind Fast Forward and ENTER Buttons 1 FEAT
256. oad salt dirt and moisture that is al lowed to accumulate underneath the Car o Removal of paint or protective coatings by stones gravel abrasion or minor scrapes and dents which leave unpro tected metal exposed to corrosion E010C01A AAT High Corrosion Areas If you live in an area where your car is regularly exposed to corrosive materials corrosion protection is particularly impor tant Some ofthe common causes of accel erated corrosion are road salts dust con trol chemicals ocean air and industrial pollution E010D01A AAT Moisture Breeds Corrosion Moisture creates the conditions in which corrosion is most likely to occur For ex ample corrosion is accelerated by high humidity particularly when temperatures are just above freezing In such conditions the corrosive material is kept in contact with the car surfaces by moisture that is slow to evaporate Mud is particularly corrosive because it is slow to dry and holds moisture in contact with the vehicle Although the mud ap pears to be dry it can still retain the mois ture and promote corrosion High temperatures can also accelerate corrosion of parts that are not properly ventilated so the moisture can be dis persed For all these reasons it is particu larly important to keep your car clean and free of mud or accumulations of other materials This applies not only to the vis ible surfaces but particularly to the under side of the car TO HELP PRE
257. oading a disc to begin playing the disc The player will start playing auto matically While a disc is playing press to pause While paused the elapsed time of the current disc track or file will blink on the LCD display and PAUSE will be dis played onthe RSE control panel Press the button again to resume play NOTE The RSE will enter standby mode when the vehicle ignition is turned off When the vehicle is turned back on within 30 seconds the RSE will turn on and the DVD VCD will automatically begin play ing again at the point where it paused If the vehicle is turned off for longer than 30 seconds the RSE system will notturn on automatically when the vehicle is restarted 7 NNEXT V PREV Next Previous and REW FF Rewind Fast Forward and ENTER Buttons The A NEXT or V PREV and REW FF buttons provide a variety of functions de pending on the media currently being played in the RSE or the source selected For some of the functions you will use these buttons to navigate to the desired location or option then press the ENTER button in the center to confirm your selec tion For specific information about using these buttons see the appropriate section for the various media types in this manual 1 FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI B470D01CM AAT DVD VCD PLAYER OPERATION Disc Format Compatibility Your RSE player accepts and plays all DVDs in 4 3 normal and 16 9 widescreen video formats With DVDs tha
258. of the parking brake Always set the parking brake shift the transaxle into P Park position and turn offthe ignition when you leavethe vehicle even momentarily Never leave the vehicle unattended while the engine is running Check the automatic transaxle fluid level regularly and add fluid as nec essary See the maintenance schedule for the proper fluid recommendation C090J01NF GAT Shift Lock Release OCM053005 If you cannot move the shift lever from the P Park position to any other position with the brake pedal fully depressed and the ignition key in the ON position re move the cap on the console and with a thin object such as aflat head screwdriver push the shift lock release button down Then with the brake pedal depressed move the shift lever to the desired position and then the shift lock release button will automatically return to its original position after shifting from the P Park position Then reinstall the cap If you need to use the shift lock release it could mean your car is developing a prob lem Have the car checked by your Hyundai dealer 14 CO90N01CM AAT Good Driving Practices Never move the gear selector lever from P N to any other position with the accelerator pedal depressed Never move the gear selector lever into P when the vehicle is in motion Be sure the car is completely stopped before you attemptto shift into R or D Never take the ca
259. ol is recirculation mode FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI 1 With the Fresh mode selected air enters the vehicle from the outside and is heated or cooled according to the function se lected With the Recirculation mode selected air from within the passenger compart ment will be drawn through the heating system and heated or cooled according to the function selected NOTE It should be noted that prolonged opera tion of the heating in Recirculation mode c may result in fogging of the windshield and side windows and the air within the passenger compartment will become stale In addition prolonged use oftheair conditioning with the Recircu lation mode selected may result in the air within the passenger compart ment becoming excessively dry B670D01CM AAT Air Flow Control OCMO052156A This is used to turn the blower fan on off and to direct the flow of air Air can be directed to the floor dashboard outlets or windshield Five symbols are used to rep resent Face Bi Level Floor Floor Defrost and Defrost air position 2nd row seat ventilator Face Level Selecting the Face mode will cause air to be discharged through the side and center ventilators and 2nd row seat ventilator 1 FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI 2nd row seat ventilator Bi Level Air is discharged through the face vents and the floor vents OCMO052107 Floor Level Air is discharged through the floor vents windshie
260. ol panel or the remote controller From the RSE control panel rotate the POWER VOLUME knob From the remote controller press VOL to increase the volume and VOL to decrease the vol ume Adjusting the volume in this way will not affect the wireless headphone volume To adjust the headphones turn the VOL con trol wheel on the headphones Headphones Your RSE comes with two 2 sets of wire less headphones and four 4 AAA 1 5V batteries To install the batteries press the button below the battery compartment on the right side of each set of headphones and insert each of the batteries observing the correct polarity as shown in the head phone battery compartment Each set of headphones requires two batteries HEADPHONEO1A To turn the headphones on push the POWER button on the left side of the head phones Push the button again to turn the headphones off Adjustthe volume by turn ing the Volume control wheel The head phones can be adjusted for size and can be stored more compactly by folding them Conserve the energy of your batter ies by turning the headphones off when they are not in use Headphone batteries will typically work for 48 hours depending on the volume set ting The headphone has an automatic shutoff feature to extend battery life The headphones will automatically turn off after 20 seconds if they don t detect a signal from the RSE In case of poor headphone reception
261. oline into the exhaust may cause the catalytic converter to overheat and create a fire hazard This risk may be reduced by observing the following WARNING Use unleaded fuel only Maintainthe engine in good operating condition Extremely high catalytic converter temperatures can result from improper operation of the elec trical ignition or multiport electronic fuelinjection If yourengine stalls pings knocks or is hard to start have your Hyundai dealer inspect and repair the problem as soon as possible Avoiddriving with a very low fuel level Running out of gasoline may cause the engine to misfire and result in damage to the catalytic converter Avoid idling the engine for periods longer than 10 minutes The vehicle should not be pushed or pulled to get started This may cause the catalytic converter to overheat and create a fire hazard 7 EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMS CONSUMER INFORMATION REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS amp BINDING ARBITRATION OF WARRANTY CLAIMS Vehicle Identification Number VIN 8 2 Engine NUMDET 8 2 Tire Information eeeseeeeeeeeneeennene nnn 8 3 Recommended Inflation Pressures 8 3 Tire Sidewall Labeling 8 6 Tire Terminology and Definitions 8 8 8 10 Tire Chains 8 10
262. omponents Your RSE consists of several components The LCD display where video is viewed is attached to the ceiling in the rear of the vehicle 1 FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI RSE CM02A The RSE Control Panel which includes a digital display and the RSE control but tons is located in the armrest console between the front seats The DVD Player where a CD DVD or other disc is inserted is located below the RSE control panel in the first row seat armrest console HEADPHONEO02A The Wireless headphones allow you to hear the audio from the RSE without dis turbing other passengers Two sets with batteries are provided RSE CM002A The Remote controller allows you to control RSE functions Batteries are in cluded FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI 1 RSE CM04 Opening and Closing the LCD Display To view the LCD display locate the latch on the bottom center of the ceiling mounted unit and pull it forward This will release the LCD display from its locked stow away position Adjusting the LCD Display Press the DISP button on the RSE control panel to adjust the LCD display To adjust the brightness select Brightness then press the lt REW dimmer or FWD gt brighter buttons The next time the RSE is turned on the LCD display will return to the brightness level it was adjusted to when last used Brightness can be ad justed regardless of whether the RSE is playing an audio or video source While the RSE is p
263. on Switching to RSE mode Switch between RSE mode and CD mode by pressing the CD RSE selector button until you see RSE mode displayed in the LCD screen In RSE mode you can control the RSE system from the controls on the front panel of the audio system NOTE o If you are in Radio mode press the CD RSE selector button onceto switch to CD mode and then press the CD RSE selector button again to switch to RSE mode o If the CD changer does not contain any CDs you must press the CD RSE selector button a second time within 5 seconds ofthe first Otherwise the audio system will automatically switch back to radio mode 2 RSELock button In any mode press and hold the CD RSE selector button for more than 2 seconds to lock or release the RSE from the LOCK mode The LCD screen displays LOCK to indicate that the system is in LOCK mode When the LOCK mode is engaged only the POWER ON OFF button andthe EJECT button on the RSE system will be func tional This function is useful if you do not want rear seat passengers e g children to play with the controls or otherwise interrupt disc playback 3 Track A and V buttons If the RSE system is playing a disc and the audio system is in RSE mode press the TRACK A and V buttons to select and play the next or previous track on the disc being played in the RSE The LCD screen displays the track status as you press the buttons You can press the button several times to s
264. oolant Temperature Gauge OCM051012L WARNING Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot The engine coolant is un der pressure and could erupt and cause severe burns Wait until the engine is cool before adding coolant to the reser voir The needle on the engine coolant tempera ture gauge should stay in the normal range If it moves across the dial to H HOT pull over and stop as soon as possible and turn offthe engine Then open the hood and after the engine has cooled check the coolant level and the water pump drive belt If you suspect cooling system trouble have your cooling system checked by a Hyundai dealer as soon as possible B330AO03A AAT Tachometer OCM015014L The tachometer registers the speed of your engine in revolutions per minute rpm CAUTION The engine should not be raced to such a speed that the needle enters the red zone on the tachometer face This can cause severe engine damage and may void your warranty 1 Speedometer OCM051016L Your Hyundai s speedometer is calibrated in miles per hour on the outer scale and kilometers per hour on the inner scale B310B01CM AAT Odometer Tripmeter OCM052203R 1 Odometer The odometer records the total driving distance in miles and is useful for keeping a record for maintenance intervals NOTE Federal lawforbids alteration of the odom eter of any vehicle with the intent to
265. or can be unlocked by turning the key once toward the rear If you wish to unlockall doors turn the key again toward the rear within 4 seconds 1 FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI BO40CO2Y AAT Locking from the Outside NOTE o When locking the door this way be careful not to lock the door with the key left in the vehicle o To discourage theft always remove the ignition key close all windows and lock all doors when leaving your ve hicle unattended T T S OCM051002L The doors can be locked without a key To lock the doors from the outside first push the inside lock switch to the LOCK posi tion so thatthe red mark onthe switchis not visible then close the door The door will not lock if the key is left in the ignition switch when the front doors are closed This is normal operation B040D01NF AAT Locking from the Inside OCM052006 To lock the doors from the inside simply close the door and push the lock switch to the LOCK position NOTE o Whenthedoor is locked the red mark on the switch is not visible o The driver s and front passenger s doors can be opened by pulling the inside door handle even if the inside lock switch is pushed to the LOCK position WARNING Be careful not to pull the inside door handle while driving If you pull the inside door handle the door can be opened and you may beejected from the vehicle and can be injured or killed BO40E04A AAT Chil
266. or off ac dow cleaner cording to external illumination conditions o Ifyourvehicle has windowtintor other types of coating onthe windshield the NOTE AUTO light system may not work prop Turn the lights manually in foggy cloudy erly and rainy conditions 1 FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH Windshield wiper washer Rear window wiper washer if installed Type A Type B OCM0280907 0CM0280902 0CM0280908 0CM02809038 Wiper speed control MIST Single wipe OFF Off INT AUTO Intermittent wipe or Auto control wipe If installed LO Low wiper speed HI High wiper speed Intermittent or Auto control wipe time adjustment Wash with brief wipes Rear wiper washer control 6 amp 3 Spraying washer fluid ON Continuous wipe OFF Off AD Wash with brief wipes FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI 1 B350A01CM AAT MIST For a single wiping cycle push the NOTE Windshield wiper lever upward and release it with To prevent damage to the wiper system Type A the lever in the OFF position The do notattemptto wipe away heavy accu wipers will operate continuously if mulations of snow or ice with the the lever is pushed upward and windsheild wipers Accumulated snow held and ice should be removed manually If OFF Wiper is not in operation there is only a light layer of snow or ice INT Wiperoperates intermittently at the operatethe heater inthe defrost mod
267. ors all ele ments while the ignition is ON to deter mine if a frontal or near frontal impact is severe enough to require air bag deploy ment or pre tensioner seat belt deploy ment The SRS service reminder indicator SRI on the instrument panel will illuminate for about 6 seconds after the ignition key is turned to the ON position or after the engine is started after which the SRI should go out B240B01L The air bag modules are located both in the center of the steering wheel and in the front passenger s panel above the glove box When the SRSCM detects a suffi ciently severe impact to the front of the vehicle it will automatically deploy the front air bags B240B02L Upon deployment tear seams molded directly into the pad covers will separate under pressure from the expansion of the air bags Further opening of the covers then allows full inflation of the air bags FEATURES OF YOURHYUNDAI 1 B240B03L A fully inflated air bag in combination with a properly worn seat belt slows the driver s or the passenger s forward motion reduc ing the risk of head and chest injury After complete inflation the air bag imme diately starts deflating enabling the driver to maintain forward visibility and the abil ity to steer or operate other controls 50 Passenger s Air bag CAUTION When installing a container of liquid air freshener insidethe vehicle do not place it near the instrument cluster
268. ot move the vehicle with the hood in the raised position as vision is obstructed and the hood could fall or be damaged 115 1 FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI FLOOR MAT ANCHOR B571A03Y AAT B570A01JM A When using a floor mat on the front floor carpet make sure it attaches to the floor mat anchor in your vehicle This keeps the floor mat from sliding forward SUN VISOR B580A01CM AAT OCMO052124 Your Hyundai is equipped with sun visors to give the driver and front passenger either frontal or sideward shade To re duce glare or to shut out direct rays of the sun turn the sun visor down A vanity mirror is provided on the back of the sun visor for the driver and front pas senger NOTE The Supplemental Restraint System SRS label containing useful informa tion can be found on the of sun visor WARNING o Do not place the sun visor in such a manner that it obscures visibility of the roadway traffic or other objects Do not move the sun visor outto cover the side window if there is an item attended to it such as a garage door remote control pens air fresheners orthe like These objects could cause injury ifthe curtainair bagis deployed B580B01B GAT Illuminated Vanity Mirror If installed OCMO052126 Opening the lid of the vanity mirror will automatically turn on the mirror light B585BA01JM AAT Sun Visor Extender If Installed _ B580C010 Your vehicle is equipped with sun
269. ot start call a Hyundai dealer or seek other qualified assistance D010D01CM AAT If Engine Stalls While Driving 1 Reduce your speed gradually keeping a straight line Move cautiously off the road to a safe place 2 Turn on your emergency flashers 3 Try to start the engine again If your vehicle will not start contact a Hyundai dealer or seek other qualified assis tance If the Engine Stalls at a Crossroad and Crossing If the engine stalls at a crossroad or cross ing set the shift lever in the N Neutral position and then push the vehicle to a safe place JUMP STARTING D020A03A AAT WARNING The gas produced by the battery during the jump start operation is highly explo sive If these instructions are not fol lowed exactly serious personal injury and damage to the vehicle may occur If you are not sure how to follow this proce dure seek qualified assistance Auto mobile batteries contain sulfuric acid This is poisonous and highly corrosive When jump starting wear protective glasses and be careful notto getacid on yourself your clothing or on the car If you should accidentally get acid on your skin or in your eyes immediately remove any contaminated clothing and flush the area with clear water for at least 15 minutes Then promptly obtain medical attention If you must be trans ported to an emergency facility con tinue to apply waterto the affected area with a sponge or cloth The g
270. oulder belt anchor to one of the 4 positions for maximum comfort and safety If the height of the adjusting seat belt is too near your neck you will not be getting the most effective protection The shoulder portion should be adjusted so that it lies across your chest and midway over your shoulder nearest the door and not your neck OCM052307 To adjust the height of the seat belt anchor lower or raise the height adjuster into an appropriate position To raise the height adjuster pull it up To lower it push it down while pressing the height adjuster button Release the button to lock the anchor into position Try sliding the height adjuster to make sure that it has locked into the posi tion WARNING o Verify the shoulder belt anchor is locked into position atthe appropriate height Never position the shoulder belt across your neck or face Im properly positioned seat belts can cause serious injuries in an accident Failure to replace seat belts after an accident could leave you with dam aged seat belts that will not provide protection in the event of another collision leadingto personal injury or death Replace your seat belts after being in an accident as soon as pos sible B180A01CM AAT SEAT BELT Driver s 3 Point System with Emergency Locking Retractor To fasten your belt UR retractor and insert the metal tab into the buckle There will be an audible click when the tab locks into the buckle
271. our arms and throw the child against the car s interior Never put a seat belt over yourself and a child During a crash the belt could press deep into the child caus ing serious internal injuries Never leave children unattended in a vehicle not even for a short time The car can heat up very quickly resulting in serious injuries to chil dren inside Even very young chil dren may inadvertently cause the vehicle to move entangle themselves inthe windows or lockthemselves or others inside the vehicle Never allow two children or any two persons to use the same seat belt Children often squirm and reposition themselves improperly Never let a child ride with the shoulder belt under their arm or behind their back Al ways properly position and secure children in rear seat WARNING Never allow a child to stand up or kneel on the seat or floorboard of a moving vehicle Duringa collision or sudden stop the child can be violently thrown against the vehicles interior resulting in serious injury Never use an infant carrier or a child safety seat that hooks over a seatback it may not provide adequate security in an accident Seat belts can become very hot es pecially when the car is parked in direct sunlight Always check seat belt buckles before fastening them over a child Always store or secure a child seat even when it is not in use During a collision or sudden stop the child seat could be thrown inside th
272. ow E can cause the engine to misfire and damage the catalytic converter B265E02MC AAT Seat Belt Warning Light E and Chime The driver s seat belt warning light and chime will activate to the following table when the ignition switch is in ON position Above 6mph 10 km h 6seconds 1 Unbuckled 4 Below 3mph 5 km h Stop 2 1 Warning pattern repeats 11 times with 24 second If the drivers seat belt is buckled the light will stop within 6 seconds and chime will stop immedi ately 2 The light will stop within 6 seconds and chime will stop immediately B260H03A AAT Parking Brake Low Brake ENS Fluid Level Warning Light WARNING If you suspect brake trouble have your brakes checked by a Hyundai dealer as soon as possible Driving your car with a problem in either the brake electrical system or brake hydraulic system is dangerous and could resultin a serious injury or death Warning Light Operation The parking brake brake fluid level warn ing light should illuminate when the park ing brake is applied and the ignition switch is turned to ON or START After the engine is started the light should go out when the parking brake is released If the parking brake is not applied the warning light should illuminate when the ignition switch is turned to ON or START then go out when the engine starts If the light illuminate at any other time you should slow the vehicle and br
273. peatedly to switch between the XM1 XM2 and XM3 For Models D465S and D466S If a Rear Seat Entertainment RSE system is connected to your audio system press the CD RSE player se lector button repeatedly to switch be tween CD and RSE modes FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI 1 6 Surround Sound select Model D466S LOGIC7 button LOGIC7 button The LOGIC7 button controls the Surround Sound effects of audio reproduction Gen erally switching on the LOGIC7 function will give music playback a fuller more 3 dimensional feel Press the LOGIC7 button to switch the LOGIC7 effect on off The LCD screen dis plays the ON OFF status 1 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI B445D02CM AAT USING AM FM TUNER CONTROLS The functions of the buttons and controls described below are only applicable when you select the Tuner mode by pressing the AM FM selector button model D466S or the AM or FM selector buttons models D465S or AM FM1 or FM2 selector buttons model D445S 2 1 VW US WI RIEN XM ERSE tosier 1 SCAN button with STATION PRESET SCAN function 2 SEEK and V buttons with Auto matic Station Selection function 3 TUNE Knob for Manual Station selec tion 4 Station Preset 1 6 buttons D466S02CM Model shown is 04665 The buttons on your audio system may differ For details see specific descriptions in the following section FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI 1 B445E02CM AAT 1 SCAN button
274. per is not in operalion Type A Type A z Spraying washer fluid and wiping NOTE Do notoperate the washer continuously for more than 15 seconds or when the fluid reservoir is empty this could dam agethe system Do not operatethe wiper when the window is dry this can resultin scratching as well as premature wiper blade wear For the same reason do not operate the washer when the washer fluid reservoir is empty OCM027072A OCM027073A Type B Type B uit oF UG we wt ae m OCM028072 OCM028073 To use the intermittent wiper feature place Turn the switch to desired position to oper the wiper switch in the INT position ate the rear wiper and washer With the switch in this position the interval between wipes can be varied by turning the interval adjuster barrel FRONT FOG LIGHT SWITCH B360A01CM AAT If installed OCM052074 To turn on the front fog lights push the switch in the ON position They will light when the headlight switch is in the second position HAZARDWARNING SYSTEM B370A01A AAT p MN __ OCM052075N The hazard warning system should be used whenever you find it necessary to stop the car in a hazardous location When you must make such an emergency stop always pull off the road as far as possible The hazard warning lights are turned on by pushing in the hazard switch This causes all turn signal lights to blink The hazard warning lights will
275. per with or disconnect SRS wiring or other components Injuries couldresult from inadvertent deploy mentor failure oftheair bagto deploy a crash WARNING o IftheSRS airbag warning light see pg 1 68 remains illuminated while the vehicle is being driven have an au thorized Hyundai dealer inspect the air bag system as soon as possible Air bags can only be used once have anauthorized Hyundai dealer replace the air bag immediately after deploy ment The SRS is designed to deploy the front air bags only when an impactis sufficiently severe and when the im pact angle is within a range as mea sured from the forward longitudinal axis of the vehicle The front air bags will not deploy in side rear or rollover impacts Additionally the air bags will only deploy once Seat belts must be worn at all times WARNING o Front air bags are not intended to deploy in side impact rear impact or rollover crashes In addition air bags will not deploy in frontal crashes be low the deployment threshold Rollover Move your seat as far back as prac tical from the front air bags while still maintaining control of the vehicle You and your passengers should never sit or lean unnecessarily close to the air bags Improperly positioned driv ers and passengers can be severely injured by inflating air bags WARNING No objects should be placed over or near the air bag modules onthe steer ing wheel inst
276. ployment of the system No objects should be placed over or near the air bag modules on the steer ing wheel instrument panel and the front passenger s panel above the glove box because any such object could cause harm if the vehicle is in a crash severe enough to cause the air bags to inflate If the air bags inflate they must be replaced by an authorized Hyundai dealer Do nottamper with or disconnect SRS wiring or other components of the SRS system Doing socouldresultin injury due to accidental inflation of the air bags or by rendering the SRS inoperative WARNING o If components of the air bag system must be discarded or if the vehicle must be scrapped certain safety pre cautions must be observed Your Hyundai dealer knows these precau tions andcangive youthe necessary information Failure to follow these precautions and procedures could increase the risk of personal injury If your car was flooded and has soaked carpeting or water on the floor don t try to start the engine have the car towedtoanauthorized Hyundaidealer Do notreplace bumper orthe bumper guard with the one otherthan Hyundai genuine parts Otherwise it can ad versely affect SRS performance and lead to an increased risk of injury B240D02JM AAT Additional Safety Precautions Never let passengers ride inthe cargo area trunk or on top of afolded down back seat All occupants should sit upright fully back in their seats with their
277. ported When this is necessary you should consult a physician for recommendations B150F01A AAT One Person Per Belt Two people including children should never attempt to use a single seat belt This could increase the severity of injuries in case of an accident B150G02A AAT Do Not Lie Down To reduce the chance of injuries in the event of an accident and to achieve maxi mum effectiveness of the restraint system all passengers should be sitting up and the front seats should be in an upright position when the car is moving A seat belt cannot provide proper protection if the person is lying down in the rear seator ifthe front seat is in a reclined position WARNING Riding with a reclined seatback in creases your chance of serious or fatal injuries in the event of a collision or sudden stop The protection of your restraint system seat belts and air bags is greatly reduced by reclining your seat Seat belts must be snug against your hips and chest to work properly The more the seatback is re clined the greater the chance that an occupant s hips will slide under the lap belt causing serious internal injuries or the occupant s neck could strike the shoulder belt Drivers and passengers shouldalways sit well back in their seats properly belted see page 1 31 and with the seatbacks upright B160A02A AAT Care of Seat Belts Seat belt systems should never be disas sembled or modified In addition care shoul
278. pply it only temporarily while you put the gear se lector lever in P automatic or in first or reverse gear manual transaxle and block the rear wheels so the car cannot roll Then release the parking brake Do not hold the vehicle on the upgrade with the accelerator pedal This can cause the transaxle to overheat Al ways use the brake pedal or parking brake DRIVING FOR ECONOMY DRIVING YOURHYUNDAI 2 C140A02A AAT You can save fuel and get more miles from your car if you follow these suggestions o Drive smoothly Accelerate at a moder ate rate Don t make jack rabbit starts or full throttle shifts and maintain a steady cruising speed Don t race be tween stoplights Try to adjust your speed to that of the other traffic so you don t have to change speeds unneces sarily Avoid heavy traffic whenever pos sible Always maintain a safe distance from other vehicles so you can avoid unnecessary braking This also reduces brake wear o Drive at a moderate speed The faster you drive the more fuel your car uses Driving at a moderate speed espe cially on the highway is one of the most effective ways to reduce fuel consump tion o Don t ride the brake or clutch pedal This can increase fuel consumption and also increase wear on these compo nents In addition driving with your foot resting on the brake pedal may cause the brakes to overheat which reduces their effectiveness and may leadto more serious consequ
279. prior to placing the vehicle in gear In very cold weather however give your engine a slightly longer warm up period Dont lug or over rev the engine Lugging is driving too slowly in too high a gear resulting in the engine bucking If this happens shift to a lower gear Over revving is racing the engine be yond its safe limit This can be avoided by shifting atthe recommended speeds Use your air conditioning sparingly The air conditioning system is operated by engine power so your fuel economy is reduced when you use it 2 DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI SMOOTH CORNERING WINTER DRIVING C150A01A AAT Avoid braking or gear changing in corners especially when roads are wet Ideally corners should always be taken under gentle acceleration If you follow these suggestions tire wear will be held to a minimum C160A01A AAT The more severe weather conditions of winter result in greater wear and other problems To minimize the problems of winter driving you should follow these suggestions C160B01CM AAT Snowy or Icy Conditions To drive your vehicle in deep snow it may be necessary to use snow tires or to install tire chains on your tires If snow tires are needed it is necessary to select tires equivalent in size and type of the original equipment tires Failure to do so may ad versely affect the safety and handling of your car Furthermore speeding rapid acceleration sudden brake applications and sharp turns
280. quipment B880BO3MC GAT Keys B885B01JM All of the locks fitted to the vehicle are operated by the same key However since itis possible to lock the doors without the use of the key care should be exercised to ensure thatthe key does notbecome locked inside the vehicle by mistake NOTE If you make your own duplicate key you Will not be able to cancel the system or start the engine FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI 1 CAUTION o When starting the engine do not use the key with other immobilizer keys around Otherwise the engine may not start or may stop soon after it starts Keep each keys separately not to have any malfunction after you re ceive your new vehicle Do not install the metal accessories near the key or ignition switch The engine may not start for the metal accessories may interrupt the tran sponder signal from normally trans mitting B880C01NF GAT If you need additional keys or if you should Key Numbers lose your keys your authorized Hyundai w dealer can make new keys if you can V 1 supply the key number and master key The vehicle key number is recorded on a number tag attached to the keys when the vehicle is first delivered to you The key number should be recorded and kept in a safe place in case the need to order further keys arises New keys are available from any Hyundai dealer by quoting the relevant key number In the interest of security the number tag attached to th
281. r cracked discs These could severely damage the playback mechanism Storage When not in use place your discs in their individual case and store them in a cool place away from the sun heat and dust Do not grip or pull out the disc with your hand while the disc is being pulled into the unit by the self loading mechanism Keep Your Discs Clean ls l B850A02L Fingerprints dust or soil on the surface of a disc could cause the pickup to skip signal tracks Wipe the surface clean with a clean soft cloth If the surface is heavily soiled dampen a clean soft cloth in a solution of mild neutral detergent to wipe it clean See drawing FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI 1 AUDIO SYSTEM B445A02CM AAT IDENTIFYING YOUR AUDIO SYSTEM IF INSTALLED The front panels of the respective audio system models are shown below Identify the model of your audio system by the pictures shown below DE445S CM DE465S CM DE466S CM Model D445S Model D465S Model D466S AM FM XM tuner with single disc CD player AM FM XM tuner with 6 disc changer CD AM FM XM tuner with 6 disc changer CD and SDAR support player and SDAR Satellite Digital Audio player and SDAR support Radio support Optional factory installed RSE system Optional factory installed RSE system 1 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI B445B02CM AAT CONTROLLING HOW YOUR AUDIO SYSTEM SOUNDS Operating your Audio system Your audio system comprises a factory installed amplifier an AM FM di
282. r or Vehicle Towing Tips 1 Before towing check hitch and safety chain connections as well as proper operation of the trailer running lights brake lights and turn signals Trailer towing requires more fuel than normal conditions To maintain engine braking efficiency do not tow a trailer with the transaxle in fifth gear manual transaxle Always secure items in the trailer to prevent load shift while driving Check the condition and air pressure of all tires on the trailer and your car Low tire pressure can seriously affect the handling Also check the spare tire The vehicle trailer combination is more affected by crosswind and buffeting When being passed by a large vehicle keep a constant speed and steer straight ahead If there is too much wind buffet ing slow down to get out of the other vehicle s air turbulence When parking your car and trailer es pecially on a hill be sure to follow all the normal precautions Turn your front wheel into the curb set the parking brake firmly and putthe transaxle in 1st or Reverse manual or Park automatic In addition place wheel chocks at each of the trailer s tires If the trailer has electric brakes start your vehicle and trailer moving and then apply the trailer brake controller by hand to be sure the brakes are working This lets you check your electrical con nection at the same time During your trip check occasionally to
283. r out of gear and coast down a hill This may be extremely hazardous Always leave the car in gear when moving Do not ride the brakes This can cause them to overheat and malfunction In stead when you are driving down a long hill slow down and shift to a lower gear When you do this engine braking will help slow the car Slow down before shifting to a lower gear Otherwise the lower gear may not be engaged Always use the parking brake Do not depend on placing the transaxle in P to keep the car from moving O Exercise extreme caution when driving on a slippery surface Be especially careful when braking accelerating or shifting gears On a slippery surface an abrupt change in vehicle speed can cause the drive wheels to lose traction and the vehicle to go out of control Optimum vehicle performance and economy is obtained by smoothly de pressing and releasing the accelerator pedal WARNING Always buckle up In a collision an unbelted occupant is significantly more likely to be seriously injured or killed than a properly belted occu pant Avoid high speeds when cornering or turning Do not make quick steering wheel movements such as sharp lane changes or fast sharp turns The risk of rollover is greatly in creased if you lose control of your vehicle at highway speeds Loss of control often occurs if two or more wheels drop off the roadway and the driver oversteers to reenter the roadway In the event you
284. r vehicle leaves the roadway do not steer sharply In stead slow down before pulling back into the travel lanes Never exceed posted speed limits ANTI LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM ABS C120A01NF AAT The Anti Lock Brake System ABS is de signed to prevent wheel lock up during sudden braking or on hazardous road surfaces The ABS control module moni tors the wheel speed and controls the pressure applied to each brake Thus in emergency situations or on slick roads ABS will increase vehicle control during braking NOTE o A click sound may be heard in the engine compartment when the ve hicle begins to move after the engine Is started These conditions are nor mal and indicate that the anti lock brake system Electronic Stability Control is functioning properly o During ABS ESC operation a pulsa tion may be felt in the brake pedal when the brakes are applied Also a noise may be heard in the engine compartment while braking These conditions are normal and indicate that the anti lock brake system Elec tronic Stability Control System is functioning properly WARNING ABS ESC will not prevent accidents due to improper or dangerous driving maneuvers Even though vehicle con trolis improved during emergency brak ing always maintain a safe distance between you and objects ahead Vehicle speeds should always be reduced dur ing extreme road conditions The braking distance for cars equipped with an anti lock brak
285. ract Occupant Weight 300 Ibs menor oria Available Cargo and 1100 Ibs Example 2 Vehicle Capacity g gt IN jw je C C190F02JM 1400 Ibs A Vehicle Capacity Weight 635 kg Subtract Occupant Weight 750 Ibs t esas ome Available Cargo and 650 16 DRIVING YOURHYUNDAI 2 3 Vehicle Capacity C190F03JM 1400 Ibs 635 kg Subtract Occupant Weight 860 lbs 390 kg Vehicle Capacity Weight 172 lbs 78 kg x 5 540 Ibs C Available Cargo Weight 245 kg Refer to your vehicle s tire and loading information label for specific informa tion about your vehicle s capacity weight and seating positions The combined weight of the driver passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle s capacity weight C190G03JM AAT Compliance Label GMR PAINT TRIM GAWR TIRES RIMS COLD TIRE INFL FRONT REAR THIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL APPLICABLE U 5 FEDERAL MOTOR VEH AFETY AND THEFT PREVENTION STANDARDS IN EFFECT ON THE DATE OF MANUFACTURE SHOWN ABOVE TYPE MPV C190G01JM The compliance label is located on the driver s side of the center piller outer panel The label shows the maximum allow able weight of the fully loaded vehicle This is called the GVWR Gross Ve hicle Weight Rating The GVWR in cludes the weight of the vehicle all occupants fuel and cargo 36 This label also tells you the maximum weights that can be suppo
286. re still pro gramming difficulties or questions afterfollowingthe programming steps listed below contact HomeLink at www homelink com or 1 800 355 3515 1 FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI Standard Programming Totrain most devices follow these instruc tions 1 For first time programming press and hold the two outside buttons HomeLink Channel 1 and Channel 3 Buttons until the indicator light begins to flash after 20 seconds Release both buttons Do not hold the buttons for longer than 30 seconds 2 Position the end of your hand held trans mitter 1 3 inches 5 14 cm away from the HomeLink buttons while keeping the indicator light in view 3 Simultaneously press and hold both the HomeLink and hand held trans mitter button DO NOT release the but tons until step 4 has been completed 4 While continuing to hold the buttons the red Indicator Status LED will flash slowly and then rapidly after HomeLink suc cessfully trains to the frequency signal fromthe hand heldtransmitter Release both buttons 5 Press and hold the just trained HomeLink button and observe the red Status Indicator LED If the indicator light stays on constantly programming is complete and your device should activate when the HomeLink button is pressed and released 6 program the remaining two HomeLink buttons follow steps 2 through 5 Rolling Code Programming Rolling code devices which are code protected and manufactured
287. rect CAUTION Never use a puncture repair agent in a flat tire If used the tire pressure sensor willbe damaged and will require replace ment Have the flat tire repaired by a Hyundai dealer or qualified technician as soon as possible B260T010 GAT AWD All Wheel Drive System Warning Light If installed When the key is turned tothe ON position the AWD AII Wheel Drive system warning light will illuminate and then go off in a few seconds CAUTION If the AWD system warning light blinks while driving this indicates that there is a malfunction in the AWD sys tem If this occurs have your vehicle checked by an authorized Hyundai dealer as soon as possible B260V01CM GAT Mien AWD All Wheel Drive Lock meee Indicator Light If installed The AWD All Wheel Drive lock indicator light in the instrument cluster is illuminated when the AWD lock switch is pushed The purpose of this switch is to increase the drive power when driving on wet pave ment snow covered roads and or off road The AWD lock indicator light is turned off by pushing the switch again NOTE Do not use AWD LOCK on normal dry pavement conditions 66 B260M02A AAT Low Fuel Level Warning Light The low fuel level warning light illuminates when the fuel tank is approaching empty When it illuminates you should add fuel as soon as possible Driving with the fuel level warning light on or with the fuel level bel
288. refully separate the case with a coin as shown in the illustration OCM052004 Remove the old battery from the case and note the polarity Make sure the polarity of the new battery is the same side facing down then insert it in the transmitter 14 WINDOWS BO60D01NF GAT Driver s door power window switch 2 Front passenger s door power window switch 3 Rear passenger s door power window switch left side 4 Rear passenger s door power window switch right side 5 Window lock switch OCMO05201 1 POWER WINDOWS B060A01CM AAT OCMO051003L The power windows operate when the ignition key is in the ON position The main switches are located on the driver s armrest and control the front and rear win dows on both sides of the vehicle The windows may be opened by depressing the appropriate window switch and closed by pulling up the switch To open the win dow on the driver s side press the switch halfway down The window moves as long as the switch is operated To fully open the drivers window automatically press the switch fully down In automatic operation the window will fully open even if you let go of the switch To stop at the desired open ing pull up and release the switch OCMO052013 In order to prevent operation of the pas senger front and rear windows a window lock switch is provided on the armrest of the drivers door To disable the power windows press the window lock
289. roper posi tion OCMO055017 1 Raise the wiper arm and pull out the wiper blade assembly FILLING THE WASHER RESERVOIR G090A01CM AAT OCMO055028L The washer fluid reservoir supplies fluid to the front and rear washer systems A good quality washer fluid should be used to fill the washer reservoir The fluid level should be checked more frequently during inclement weather or whenever the washer system is in more frequent use CAUTION Radiator anti freeze engine coolant should not be usedinthe washer sys tem because it will damage the car s finish The washer should not be operated if the washer reservoir is empty This can damage the washer fluid pump WARNING Windshield washer fluid agents con tain some amounts of alcohol and can be flammable under certain circum stances Do notallow sparks or flame to contact the washer fluid or the washer fluid reservoir Damage to the vehicle or its occupants could occur Windshield washer fluid is poisonous to humans and animals Do not drink windshield washer fluid Serious in jury or death could occur CHECKING THE TRANSAXLE OIL MANUAL G100A01MC GAT Transaxle lubricant in the manualtransaxle should be checked at those intervals speci fied in the vehicle maintenance schedule in Section 5 WARNING Itis always better to check the transaxle oil level when the engine is cool or cold If the engine is hot you should exercise great caution to
290. rs and cargo DOT Markings Acode moldedinto the sidewall of a tire signifying that the tire is in compliance with the U S Depart ment of Transportation motor vehicle safety standards The DOT code in cludes the Tire Identification Number TIN an alphanumeric designator which can also identify the tire manufacturer production plant brand and date of production GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GAWR FRT Gross Axle Weight Rating for the front Axle GAWR RR Gross Axle Weight Rating for the rear axle Intended Outboard Sidewall The side of an asymmetrical tire that must al ways face outward when mounted ona vehicle Kilopascal kPa The metric unit for air pressure Load Index An assigned number rang ing from 1 to 279 that corresponds to the load carrying capacity of a tire Maximum Inflation Pressure The maximum air pressure to which a cold tire may be inflated The maximum air pressure is molded onto the sidewall Maximum Load Rating The load rat ing for a tire at the maximum permis sible inflation pressure for that tire Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight The sum of curb weight accessory weight vehicle capacity weight and production options weight Normal Occupant Weight The num ber of occupants a vehicle is designed to seat multiplied by 150 pounds 68 kg CONSUMERINFORMATION REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS amp BINDING ARBITRATION OF WARRANTY CLAIMS 8 Occupant Distribution Designated seating position
291. rted by the front and rear axles called Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR Tofind outthe actual loads on your front and rear axles you needto gotoa weigh station and weigh your vehicle Your dealer can help you with this Be sureto spread out your load equally on both sides of the centerline WARNING o Never exceed the GVWR for your vehicle the GAWR for either the front or rear axle and vehicle ca pacity weight Exceedingthese rat ings can cause an accident or vehicle damage You can calcu late the weight of your load by weighing the items or people before putting them in the vehicle Be careful not to overload your vehicle WARNING o Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR either the maximum front or rear GAWR and vehicle capacity weight If youdo parts including tires on your ve hicle can break and itcan change the way your vehicle handles and braking ability This could cause you to lose control and crash Also overloading can shorten the life of your vehicle WARNING o Overloading your vehicle can cause heat buildup in your vehicle s tires and possible tire failure that could lead to a crash Overloading your vehicle can cause increased stopping dis tances that could lead to acrash A crash resulting from poor han dling vehicle damage tire failure orincreased stopping distances could result in serious injury or death Overloading your vehicle may cause damage
292. rty damage STORAGE BOX B500A01Y AAT Glove Box WARNING To avoid the possibility of injury in case of an accident or a sudden stop the glove box door should be kept closed when the car is in motion Toopen the glove box pull on the glove box release lever o The glove box door can be locked and unlocked with the key if installed B500B010 AAT Illuminated Glove Box Opening the glove box will automatically turn on the light when the multi function switch is turned to the first second position 95 B505A02NF GAT Center Console Box 1 212 The center console box is used for storing small articles To use the center console box pull up the button and lift the lid to open it WARNING To avoid the possibility of injury in case of an accident or a sudden stop the center console box lid should be kept closed when the car is in motion B505C01CM AAT Rear Console Box The rear console box is located on the rear main console and may be used for small articles It is opened by pulling forward in iue WARNING To avoid the possibility of injury in case ofan accident or a sudden stop thetray should be kept closed when the car is in motion B505B01CM GAT Center facia upper tray If Installed The center facia upper tray is used for storing small articles To use the center facia upper tray pull up the button and lift lid to open it WARNING o Do not
293. rument panel and the front passenger s panel above the glove box because any such object could cause harm if the vehicle is in crash severe enough to cause the air bags to deploy If the air bags deploy they must be replaced by an authorized Hyundai dealer Deployed air bags WILL NOT inflate again and will provide no pro tection in subsequent collisions Do nottamper with or disconnect SRS wiring or other components of the SRS system Doing so could result in injury due to accidental deployment of the air bags or by rendering the SRS inoperative Do not installa child restraint system inthe front passenger seat position A child restraint system must never be placed in the front seat The infant or child could be severely injured or killed by an air bag deployment in case of an accident WARNING o Children younger than 13 years must always be properly restrained in the rear seat Never allow children to ride in the front passenger seat If a child over 13 must be seated in the front seat he or she must be properly belted and the seat should be moved as far back as possible For maximum safety protection in all types of crashes all occupants in cluding the driver should always wear their seat belts whether or not an air bag is also provided at their seating position to minimize the risk of severe injury or death in the event ofa crash Do notsitorlean unnecessarily close to the air bag while the vehicle is in motion
294. ry using the normal starting procedure After the engine starts leave the jumper cables con nected and let the engine run at fast idle or about 2 000 rpm for several minutes 6 Carefully remove the jumper cables in the reverse order of attachment If you do not know why your battery be came discharged because the lights were left on etc have the charging system checked by your Hyundai dealer 3 WHAT TODOIN AN EMERGENCY IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS D030A02A AAT If your temperature gauge indicates over heating you experience a loss of power or hear loud pinging or knocking the engine is probably too hot If this happens you should 1 Pull off the road and stop as soon as it is safe to do so 2 Place the gear selector lever in P automatic or neutral manual transaxle and set the parking brake If the air conditioning is on turn it off 3 If engine coolant is running out under the car or steam is coming out from the hood stop the engine Do not open the hood until the coolant has stopped running or the steaming has stopped If there is no visible loss of engine coolant and no steam leave the engine running and check to be sure the engine cooling fanis operating Ifthe fanis notrunning turn the engine off 4 Checktoseeifthe water pump drive belt is missing If it is not missing check to see that it is tight If the drive belt seems to be satisfactory check for coolant leaking from the radiator hose
295. s Outward Facing Sidewall The side of aasymmetrical tire that has a particular side thatfaces outward when mounted on a vehicle The side of the tire that contains a whitewall bears white letter ingorbears manufacturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same moldings on the other sidewall of the tire Passenger P Metric Tire Atire used on passenger cars and some light duty trucks and multipurpose vehicles Recommended Inflation Pressure Vehicle manufacturer s recommended tire inflation pressure and shown on the tire placard Radial Ply tire A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Rim Ametal supportforatire and upon which the tire beads are seated Sidewall The portion of atirebetween the tread and the bead Speed Rating An alphanumeric code assigned to a tire indicating the maxi mum speed at which atire can operate Traction The friction between the tire and the road surface The amount of grip provided Tread The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road Treadwear Indicators Narrow bands sometimes called wear bars that show across the tread of atire when only 2 32 inch of tread remains UTQGS Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards a tire information system that provides consumers with ratings for a tire s traction temperature and treadwear Ratings are determined by tire manuf
296. s or un der the car If the air conditioning had been in use it is normal for cold water to be draining from it when you stop 5 If the water pump drive belt is broken or engine coolant is leaking out stop the engine immediately and call the near est Hyundai dealer for assistance 6 If you cannot find the cause of the over heating wait until the engine tempera ture has returned to normal Then if coolant has been lost carefully add coolant to the reservoir page 6 7 to bring the fluid level in the reservoir up to the halfway mark 7 Proceed with caution keeping alert for further signs of overheating If over heating happens again call a Hyundai dealer for assistance CAUTION Serious loss of coolantindicates there is a leak in the cooling system and this should be checked as soon as possible by a Hyundai dealer WHAT TODOIN AN EMERGENCY 3 TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS C320A02CM AAT OCM053202A 1 TPMS Malfunction Indicator 2 Low Tire Pressure Position telltale 3 Low Tire Pressure telltale Each tire including the spare should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recom mended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pres sure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pr
297. s or wheels of the same size type o Rotate the tires and check the tire pressure at regular intervals DRIVING YOURHYUNDAI 2 8 The full time AWD vehicle cannot be towed by an ordinary tow truck Make sure that the vehicle is towed with all four wheels raised off the ground o Roadside Assistance Program Off roading is not covered To re ceive service the vehicle must be on a publicly maintained road o If the vehicle is towed with only two wheels raised off the ground the AWD system could be damaged o In unavoidable cases if the vehicle is being towed with all four wheels on the ground it should only be towed forward o While towing check the following items 1 The ignition switch is in ACC or 2 Place the shift lever in neutral For Automatic Transaxle N posi tion 3 Release the parking brake NOTE To avoid serious damage to your AWD vehicle limittowing to 10 mph and notfor more than 1 mile at ANY TIME Temporary free roller Roll tester Speedometer OCMO051013 9 For a speedometer test or inspection maintenance 1 program of a Santa Fe AWD vehicle use a four wheel chas sis dynamometer CAUTION Never engage the parking brake while performing these tests In rare cases when it s unavoidable thata AWD vehicle is to be inspected ona2WD rolltester strictly follow the procedures 1 Check the tire pressures recom mended for your vehicle 2
298. s placed inthe AUTO mode please use caution to avoid any hand injury The wiper system may automatically activate The fingers or hand might be caught in the wiper Do nottouch the upper end of the wind shield glass facing the rain sensor Do not wipe the upper end of the wind shield glass with a cloth Do not put pressure on the windshield glass FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI 1 B350B020 GAT Windshield Washer Operation Type A OCHO Type B To use the windshield washer pull the wiper washer lever toward the steering wheel When the washer lever is operated the wipers automatically make two passes across the windshield The washer contin ues to operate until the lever is released NOTE o Donot operate the washer more than 15 seconds at a time or when the washer fluid reservoir is empty o Inicy or freezing weather be sure the wiper blades are not frozen to the glass prior to operating the wipers o In areas where water freezes in win ter use windshield washer fluid ap propriate for cold weather Mist Wiper Operation Type A OCM027074A Type B OCMO028070 If a single wipe is desired in mist push the windshield wiper and washer control lever upwards 1 FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI B350C01CM AAT B390A02CM GAT CO Wash with brief wipes Adjustable Intermittent Wiper Rear Window Wiper and Washer En Normal wiper Maie Operation if installed if installed OFF Wi
299. seat belts on and their feet on the floor Passengers should not move out of or change seats while the vehicle is mov ing A passenger who is not wearing a seat belt during a crash or emergency stop can be thrown against the inside of the vehicle against other occupants or out of the vehicle Each seat belt is designed to restrain one occupant If more than one person uses the same seat belt they could be seriously injured or killed in a collision Do not use any accessories on seat belts Devices claiming to improve oc cupant comfort or reposition the seat belt can reduce the protection provided by the seatbelt and increase the chance of serious injury in a crash Passengers should not place hard or sharp objects between themselves and the air bags Carrying hard or sharp objects on your lap or in your mouth can result in injuries if an air bag inflates Keep occupants away from the air bag covers All occupants should sit upright fully back in their seats with their seat belts on and their feet on the floor If occupants are too close to the air bag covers they could be injured if the air bags inflate Do not attach or place objects on or near the air bag covers Any object attached to or placed on the front or side impact air bag covers could interfere with the proper operation of the air bags Do not modify the front seats Modifi cation of the front seats could interfere with the operation of the supplemental restraint
300. sh willtear WARNING o A child restraint system must be placed in the rear seat Never install a child or infant seat on the front WARNING Toreducethe chance or serious or fatal injuries o Children of all ages are safer when passenger s seat Should an accident occur and cause the passenger side air bag to deploy it could severely injure or kill an infant or child seated inaninfantorchild seat Thus only use a child restraint in the rear seat of your vehicle A safety belt or child restraint system can become very hot if it is left in a closed vehicle on a sunny day even if the outside temperature does not feel hot Be sure to check the seat cover and buckles before placing a child there When the child restraint system is not in use store itin the luggage compart ment or fasten it with a safety belt so that it will not be thrown forward inthe case of a sudden stop or an accident Children may be seriously injured or killed by an inflating air bag All chil dren even those too large for child restraints must ride in the rear seat restrained in the rear seat A child riding in the front passenger seat can be forcefully struck by an inflating air bag resulting in serious or fatal inju ries Always follow the instructions for in stallation and use of the child restraint maker Always make sure the child seat is secured properly in the car and your child is securely restrained inthe child seat the child from y
301. sing a portable fuel con tainer be sure to place the con tainer onthe ground while refueling Static electricity discharge from the container can ignite fuel vapors causing afire While starting refuel ing contact should be maintained until the filling is complete Do not use cellular phones around a gas station The electric current or electronic interference from cel lular phones can ignite fuel vapors causing a fire Whenrefueling always shutthe en gine off Sparks by electrical equip ment of the engine can ignite fuel vapors causing a fire After refuel ing check to make sure the fuel filler cap is securely closed and then start the engine Do not smoke or try to light ciga rettes around a gas station Auto motive fuels are flammable B560B01CM AAT Manual Fuel Filler Lid Release OCM052017 If the fuel filler lid does not open using the remote fuel filler lid release you can open it manually Unsnap and remove the panel in the rear cargo area Pull the handle outward HOOD RELEASE B570A01HP GAT 1 Pull the release knob to unlatch the hood Push the secondary latch lever side ways and lift the hood Raise the hood by hand WARNING o Always double check to be sure that the hood is firmly latched before driv ing away If itis not latched the hood could open while the vehicle is being driven causing a total loss of visibil ity which might resultin an accident n
302. smitter 1 to 3 inches away from the HomeLink surface 3 Press and hold the handheld transmit terbutton The HomeLink indicator light will flash first slowly and then rapidly 4 When the indicator light begins to flash rapidly release both buttons 5 Press and hold the just trained HomeLink button and observe the red Status Indicator LED If the indicator light stays on constantly programming is complete and your new device should activate Erasing HomeLink Buttons Individual buttons cannot be erased How ever to erase all three programmed but tons 1 Press and hold the two outer HomeLink buttons until the indicator light begins to flash after 20 seconds 2 Release both buttons Do not hold for longer than 30 seconds The Integrated HomeLink Wireless Con trol System is now in the training learn mode and can be programmed at any time following the appropriate steps in the Pro gramming sections above 1 FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI PARKING BRAKE FCCID NZLZTVHL3 IC 4112A ZTVHL3 This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation NVS is a registered trademark and Z Nav is a trademark of the Gentex Corpo ration Zeeland Michigan HomeLink is a registered trademark
303. ss of control and an accident that may cause death serious injury or property damage 1 FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI B460B01CM AAT Opening the Sunroof System 1024L If your vehicle is equipped with this feature you can slide or tilt your sunroof with the sunroof control buttons located on the overhead console The sunroof can only be opened closed or tilted when the ignition switch is in the ON position Auto slide open Touse the auto slide feature momentarily more than 1 second press the OPEN button on the overhead console The sunroof will slide all the way open To stop the sunroof sliding at any point press any sunroof control button Manual slide open Press the OPEN button on the overhead console for less than 0 5 second Auto slide close To close the sunroof press the CLOSE button on the overhead console for more than 1 second The sunroof will slide all the way close To stop atthe desired point press any sunroof control button Auto Reverse If an object is detected while the sunroof is closing automatically it will reverse direc tion and then stop Auto reverse function does not work if a small obstacle is blocked between the sliding glass and the sunroof sash You should always check that all passengers and objects are away from the sunroof before closing it Manual slide close Press the CLOSE button on the overhead console for less than 0 5 second 460 1
304. ss the EJECT button to eject the disc Disc can be ejected even when the unit is not turned on B470G02CM AAT USING THE SATELLITE RADIO w EB 1 CHANNEL CATEGORY ARTIST TITLE cweconv M 44 If only satellite radio installed 075 Hear Music i Lifestyle John Smith Say Yes All the preset channels have been listed on this SDAR operation interface You can use the FF gt or lt REW button to select the preset station Press the ENTER button to will complete this selection After the de sired station has been selected the infor mation of this station will list in the informa tion display area 1 FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI Also you can select the CATEGORY or CHANNEL function by using FF and REW buttons After the focus locates at the CATEGORY or CHANNEL icon press ing the A NEXT or V PREV button will activate the category up or down channel up or down function When the focus on the CATEGORY if you press the ENTER but ton and move the focus on the CHANNEL icon you can select the channel up or down function in the current category by pressing the A NEXT or V PREV buttons Move the focus on the SCAN icon you can activate the scan function by pressing the ENTER button If meantime the CAT EGORY icon been highlighted above operation will activate the scan function in the current category B470H01CM AAT LISTENINGTO THE VEHIC
305. stalled Outside temperature Odometer OCMO052210R This mode indicates the outside tempera ture between 40 F and 167 F SWITCH B340A01A AAT Combination Turn Signal Headlight and High beam Switch Turn signal operation Pulling down on the lever causes the turn signals on the left side of the car to blink Pushing upwards on the lever causes the turn signals on the right side of the car to blink As the turn is completed the lever will automatically return to the center posi tion and turn off the turn signals atthe same time If either turn signal indicator light blinks more rapidly than usual goes on but does not blink or does not go on at all there is a malfunction in the system Check for a burned out fuse or bulb or see your Hyundai dealer B340B01A AAT Lane Change Signal indicate lane change move the lever up or down to a point where it begins flashing The lever will automatically return to the center position when released OCM028065 1 FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI B340C01CM AAT Headlight Switch OCM028060 To operate the headlights turn the barrel on the end of the multi function switch The first position turns on the parking lights sidelights tail lights and instrument panel lights The second position turns on the headlights NOTE The ignition must bein the ON position to turn on the headlights Parking Light Auto Off The purpose of this featur
306. store cigarette lighters pro pane cylinders or other flammable explosive materials in the vehicle These items may catch fire and or explode if the vehicle is exposed to hot temperatures for extended peri ods To avoid the possibility of injury in case of an accident or a sudden stop the center facia upper tray lid should be kept closed when the car is in motion OUTSIDE REARVIEW MIRROR B510BO1TG AAT The outside rearview mirrors can be ad justed to your preferred rear vision both directly behind the vehicle and to the rear of the left and right sides The remote control outside rearview mir ror switch controls the adjustments for both right and left outside mirrors NOTE Before driving away always check that your mirrors are positioned so you can see behind you both tothe left and right sides as well as directly behind your vehicle CAUTION If the mirror is jammed with ice do not adjust the mirror by force Use an ap proved spray de icer not radiator anti freeze to release the frozen mecha nism or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt To adjust the position of either mirror 1 Move the selecting switch to the right or left to activate the adjustable mecha nism for the corresponding door mirror 2 Adjust mirror angle by depressing the appropriate perimeter switch as illus trated 98 CAUTION Do not operate the switch continu ously for an unnecessary
307. switch To revert to normal operation press the win dow lock switch a second time NOTE The power windows can be operated for 30 seconds after the ignition key is turned to the ACC or LOCK posi tions or removed from the ignition switch If the driver s door is opened duringthis 30 second period the power windows can no longer be operated with out the ignition key turned to the ON position OCM052012 WARNING Passengers can be injured in their head hands or other body parts are trapped by aclosing window Always check for obstructions before raising any windows Never leave any child unattended in the vehicle Even very your children may inadvertently cause the vehicle to move entangle themselves in the window otherwise injure themselves or others Do not attempt to operate the main switch on another door in opposing directions at the same time If this is done the window will stop and cannot be opened or closed 15 16 SEATS B080A02A AAT Adjustable Front Seats WARNING Never adjust the driver s seat while the vehicle is moving Any sudden or unexpected movement of the seat could cause youto lose control ofthe vehicle resulting in an accident Only adjust the driver s seat when the ve hicle is stationary Do notsitorlean unnecessarily close to the air bag Position the seat so that you can sit as far back as possible from the air bag and still comfortably reach all controls BO80
308. system sensing components or side impact air bags Do not place items under the front seats Placing items under the front seats could interfere with the operation of the supplemental restraint system sensing components and wiring har nesses Never hold an infant or child on your lap The infant or child could be seri ously injured or killed in the event of a crash All infants and children should be properly restrained in appropriate child safety seats or seat belts in the rear seat WARNING Sitting improperly or out of position can cause occupants to be shifted too close toa deploying air bag strike the interior structure or be thrown from the vehicle resulting in serious injury or death Always sit upright with the seatback inan upright position centered onthe seat cushion with your seat belt on legs comfortably extended and your feet on the floor Adding Equipment to or Modifying Your Air bag Equipped Vehicle If you modify your vehicle by changing your vehicle s frame bumper system front end or side sheet metal or ride height this may affect the operation of your vehicle s air bag system 61 62 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER AND INDICATOR LIGHTS B260A01CM AAT 80 AQ IK CRUISE SET H 1 D d E Zat A BRAKE 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 OCM052202A FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI 1 1 Low Windshield Washer Fluid Level Warning Light 15 Low Oil Pressure Warning Light 2
309. t will illuminate even if there is no mal function of the SRS air bag If the SRS air bag warning light does not illumi nate when the ignition key is turned to the ON position remains illumi nated after approximately 6 seconds when the ignition key is turned to the ON position or if it illuminates while the vehicle is being driven have an authorized Hyundai dealer inspect the advanced SRS air bag system as soon as possible WARNING Pre tensioners are designed to oper ate only one time After activation pre tensioner seat belts and seat belt buckles must be replaced All seat belts of any type should always be replaced after they have been worn duringacollision The pre tensioner seat belt assembly mechanisms become hot during acti vation Do nottouchthe pre tensioner seat belt assemblies for several min utes after they have been activated Do not attempt to inspect or replace the pre tensioner seat belts yourself This must be done by an authorized Hyundai dealer Do not strike the pre tensioner seat belt or buckle assemblies Do notattemptto service or repairthe pre tensioner seat belt system in any manner Improper handling ofthe pre tensioner seat belt assemblies and failure to heedthe warnings notto strike modify inspect replace service or repairthe pre tensioner seat belt and buckle assemblies may lead to improper operation or inadvertent activation and serious injury Always wearthe seat belts when dri
310. t forward To adjust the headrest rear restis at the same height of the center ward pull it fully forward to the farthest of gravity of an occupant s head Gen position and release it Adjust the headrest erally the center of gravity of most so that it properly supports the head and people s head is similar with the height neck of the top of their eyes Also adjust the headrest as close your head as possible For this reason the use ofa cushion that holds the body away from the seatback is not recommended 80D01JM FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI 1 BO83DO1NF AAT Active Headrests If Installed HNF2041 1 The active headrest is designed to move forward and upward during a rear impact This helps to prevent the driver s and front passenger s heads from moving backward and thus helps prevent neck injuries BO80E01Y AAT Lumbar Support Control Driver s Seat Only If Installed HNF2039 To adjust the lumbar support turn the handle on the outboard or left side of the seat To increase the amount of lumbar support pull the lever forward To de crease it push the lever toward the rear 1 Minimum support 2 Maximum support BO80F01NF GAT Seat Height Adjustment Driver s Seat Only HNF2034 Toraise or lower the seat raise or lower the control lever to the desired seat height 20 BO90A02TG AAT Front Power Seats The front seats can be adjusted appropri ately by using the control knob on the se
311. t offer mul tiple formats the default format is 16 9 and will stay that way unless changed by the user See Adjusting the LCD display to learn how to adjust the format The DVD player has the capability to play DVD video DVD R DVD RW CD DA CD R CD RW VCD The DVD player was factory programmed with a region code for the assigned market or country Ifa DVD is inserted for a region code that doesn t match with the player the HSE player will eject the disc An error message will be shown on the overhead LCD display and the RSE control panel display NOTE Because there is no universal standard for DVD VCD programming your disc may behave differently Some DVDs may present warning messages about unau thorized duplication some will go directly to a menu some may have different on disc menu and start playing the movie immediately and some may be unread able or damaged and will be ejected NOTE While the player will accept DVD ROM and CD ROM discs the RSE cannot play discs in these formats and will eject them The player is only capable of reading the bottom side of a disc When inserting a single sided disc the label side should be up When inserting a two sided disc the desired play side should be down Press DISP onthe RSE control panel orthe remote controller then press the A NEXT or V PREV buttons to cycle through LCD display adjustments SCREEN SIZE BRIGHTNESS CONTRAST CHROMA HUE To adjust the SCRE
312. t the maximum cold setting 2 Ifthe air coming out of the in dash vents is not cold have the air conditioning system inspected by your Hyundai dealer CAUTION Running the air conditioning system for extended periods of time with a low re frigerant level may damage the com pressor G140C01A AAT Lubrication To lubricate the compressor and the seals in the system the air conditioning should be run for at least 10 minutes each week This is particularly important during cool weather when the air conditioning system is not otherwise in use 16 CHANGING THE CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER For Evaporator and Blower Unit If Installed The climate control air filter is located in front of the evaporator unit behind the glove box It helps to decrease the amount of pollut ants entering the car OCMO05501 1 2 Pull the damper strap on the right side 4 Pull out the climate control air filter with of the glove box through the hole the hooks on both sides pressed 3 Lower down the glove box completely CAUTION Be careful notto press the hooks in the opposite direction y 1 Open the glove box and remove the adjusting pins on both sides of the glove box 2165 5 Replace the air conditioner filter by lift ing it 6 Installation is the reverse order of disas sembly To prevent pollutants from entering the car be sure to properly install the air conditioner filter
313. tage of about 30 seconds the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator will nottoggle on and off Do not modify or replace the front passenger seat Don t place anything onor attach anything such as a blan ket or after market seat heater to the front passenger seat This can ad versely affect the occupant classifi cation system Do not sit on sharp objects such as tools when occupying the front pas senger seat This can adversely af fect the occupant classification sys tem Do not use accessory seat covers on the front seats WARNING o Accidentstatistics showthat children are safer if they are restrained in the rear as opposed to the front seat Itis recommended that child restraints be secured ina rear seat including an infant riding in a rear facing infant seat a child riding in aforward facing child seat and an older child riding in a booster seat Air bags can only be used once have anauthorized Hyundai dealer replace the air bag immediately after deploy ment B990BO3MC AAT Side Impact Air bag L Your Hyundai is equipped with a side impact air bag in each front seat The purpose of the air bag is to provide the vehicle s driver and or the front passenger with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt alone The side impact air bags are designed to deploy only during certain side impact collisions depending on the crash severity angle speed and point of impact The side impact air b
314. tch 8 Display Window If installed Front passenger s side FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI 1 B970C01CM AAT NOTE Automatic Operation If the battery has been discharged or disconnected thetemperature mode will reset to Centigrade degrees This is a normal condition and you can change the temperature mode from Centigrade to Fahrenheit as follows Press the MODE and DUAL switch simultaneously for 3 seconds The display shows that the unit of tem perature is adjusted to Centigrade or Fahrenheit F or F OCMO052101 2 Turn the TEMP knob to setthe desired OCM052098 temperature The FATC Full Automatic Temperature The temperature will increase to the Control system automatically controls maximum 90 F 32 by turning the heating and cooling by doing as follows knob clockwise The temperature will decrease to the 1 Pushthe AUTO button It is indicated by minimum 62 F 17 C by turning the AUTO on the display The modes fan knob counterclockwise speeds air intake and air conditioning will be controlled automatically by tem perature setting 1 FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI OCM052062 NOTE Never place anything over the sensor which is located on the instrument panel to ensure better control of the heating and cooling system B980A01Y AAT Manual Operation The heating and cooling system can be controlled manually as well by pushing buttons other than the AUTO button
315. tedtires can cause poor handling loss of vehicle control and sudden tire failure leading to accidents inju ries andeven death Always check thattires are properly inflated be fore driving Refer to pages 2 32 and 8 3 for proper tire pressures and further information Driving on tires with no or insuffi cient tread is dangerous Worn out tires can result in loss of ve hicle control collisions and in jury and even death Worn out tires should be replaced as soon as possible and should never be used for driving Always check tire tread before driving your car Refer to this page for further infor mation and tread limits SPARE TIRE AND TOOLS 1100A01CM AAT di TS ub sd EO Um ae OCM054008 _ Your Hyundai is delivered with the follow ing Spare tire and wheel Wheel nut wrench Wrench bar Jack Towing hook if installed 1110A01A AAT Shop Manual A Hyundai Shop Manual is available from your authorized Hyundai dealer It s writ ten for professional technicians but is simple enough for most mechanically in clined owners to understand WARRANTIES FOR YOUR HYUNDAI VEHICLE 1120A03A AAT Please consult your Owner s Handbook amp Warranty Information booklet for your vehicle s specific warranty coverage CONSUMER INFORMATION REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS amp BINDING ARBITRATION OF WARRANTY CLAIMS 8 CONSUMER INFORMATION 1130A01A AAT This consumer information has b
316. tem may differ For details see specific descriptions in the following section 1 SCAN button 2 TRACK and V buttons 3 CD selector buttons 1 6 Not used with D445S 4 Rewind and Fast Forward but tons 5 DIR and V buttons Used with MP3 and WMA discs 6 File Search Knob 7 Repeat RPT button Random play RDM button Marklist MARK button Disc INFO button NOTE For models D465S and D466S if a RSE system is connected to your audio sys tem press the CD RSE selector button repeatedly to switch between CD mode and RSE mode 1 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI B445G02CM AAT 1 SCAN button Disc Scan function During CD playback press the SCAN button to play the first 10 seconds pre view of all tracks on the current CD Once you hear a track you want press the SCAN button again to resume normal play back 2 Track UP A and DOWN V but tons During CD playback press the A and V buttons to select and play the next or pre vious track on the current disc The LCD screen displays the track number as you press the buttons You can press the but ton several times to select the track you want 3 CDselector buttons 1 6 Model D445S The CD selector buttons are not used with Model D445 Models D465S and D466S Press the CD selector button correspond ing to the CD you want The CD player automatically interrupts playback and loads the selected CD NOTE If no CD is loaded in the selecte
317. tem works with high voltage Never touch these components with the engine running or the ignition switched on CHECKING ELECTRIC COOLING FANS G220A01A AAT WARNING The cooling fan is controlled by engine coolant temperature and may some times operate even when the engine is not running Use extreme caution when working near the blades of the cooling fan so that you are not injured by a rotating fan blade As the engine coolant temperature decreases the fan will au tomatically shut off This is a normal condition G220B01A AAT Checking Engine Cooling Fan The engine cooling fan should come on automatically if the engine coolant tem perature is high G220C01A AAT Checking Condenser Cooling Fan The condenser cooling fan should come on automatically whenever the air condi tioning is in operation POWER STEERING FLUID LEVEL G230A01MC AAT is E ri Jj OCMO055027L The power steering fluid level should be checked regularly To check the power steering fluid level be sure the engine is OFF then check to make certain that the power steering fluid level is between the MAX and MIN level markings on the fluid reservoir NOTE o Grinding noise from the power steer ing pump may be heard immediately after the engine is started in extremely cold conditions below 4 F If the noise stops during warm up there is no abnormal function inthe system It is due to a power ste
318. the tire side wall if you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions Hyundai recommends the use of snow tires or all season tires on allfourwheels 1040A010 AAT Snow Tires If you equip your car with snow tires they should be the same size and have the same load capacity as the original tires Snow tires should be installed on all four wheels otherwise poor han dling may result Snow tires should carry 4 psi 28 kPa more air pressure than the pressure recommended for the standard tires on the tire label on the driver s side of the center pillar or up to the maximum pressure shown on the tire sidewall whichever is less Do not drive faster than 75 mph 120 km h when your car is equipped with Snow tires 1050A01CM AAT Tire Chains When using tire chains attach them to the drive wheels as follows 2WD Front wheels AWD All four wheels In some unavoidable circumstances install them on only the front wheels not the rear wheels Be sure that the chains are installed in accordance with the manufacturer s in structions tire and chain wear do not continue to use tire chains when they are nolonger needed WARNING When driving on roads covered with snowor ice driveatlessthan 20 mph Use the SAE S class or wire amp plastic chains Don t use atire chains ona vehicle equipped with aluminium wheels to prevent damage to the wheel finish If it is unavoidable use wir
319. the engine running and the transaxle in neutral with the parking brake properly applied Use HYUNDAI GENU INE ATF SP Ill DIAMOND ATF SP III SK ATF SP Ill or other brands meeting the SP specification approved by Hyundai Motor Co when adding or changing fluid Using the wrong ATF may result in damage to the ATM F070F01A AAT o Brake Hoses Lines Visually check for proper installation chaf ing cracks deterioration and any leak age Replace any deteriorated or dam aged parts immediately F070G02A AAT o Brake Fluid Check brake fluid level in the brake fluid reservoir The level should be between MIN and MAX marks on the side of the reservoir Use only hydraulic brake fluid conforming to DOT 3 or DOT 4 F070H01CM AAT o Parking Brake Inspect the parking brake system includ ing the parking brake lever or the parking brake pedal and cables For detailed ser vice procedures refer to the Shop Manual F070J01A AAT o Brake Pads Calipers and Rotors Check the pads for excessive wear discs for run out and wear and calipers for fluid leakage F070K01A AAT o Exhaust Pipe and Muffler Visually inspect the exhaust pipes muffler and hangers for cracks deterioration or damage Start the engine and listen care fully for any exhaust gas leakage Tighten connections or replace parts as neces sary F070L01A AAT o Suspension Mounting Bolts Check the suspension connections for looseness or
320. ties F010B01A AAT Maintenance Requirements The maintenance required for your Hyundai can be divided into three main areas o Specified scheduled procedures o General checks o Do it yourself maintenance F010C01A AAT Specified Scheduled Procedures These are the procedures such as inspec tions adjustments and replacements that are listed in the maintenance charts start ing on page 5 4 These procedures must be performed at the intervals shown in the maintenance schedule to assure that your warranty remains in effect Although it is strongly recommended that they be per formed by the trained technicians at your Hyundai dealer these procedures may be performed at any qualified service facility It is suggested that genuine Hyundai ser vice parts be used for any required repairs or replacements Other parts of equivalent quality such as engine oil engine coolant manual or auto transaxle oil brake fluid and so on which are not supplied by Hyundai Motor Company or its distributor may be used without affecting your war ranty coverage but you should always be sure these are equivalent to the quality of the original Hyundai parts Your Owner s Handbook provides further information about your warranty coverage F010D02A AAT General Checks These are the regular checks you should perform when you drive your Hyundai or you fill the fuel tank A list of these items will be found on page 6 5 F010E01A AAT Do it Yo
321. ting legs on the dashboard or resting them on other locations which child am On Deactivated reduce the passenger weight on the system frontsest a 5 Unoceupied On Deactivated 5 Improperly wearing the safety belt l 6 Reclining the seat back 1 The system judges a person of adult size as an adult When a smaller adult sits in the front passenger seat the system may recognize him her as a child depending on his her physique and posture 2 Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat When a larger child who has outgrown a child restraint system sits in the front passenger seat the system may recognize him her as an adult depending on his her phy sique or posture or objects in the lap of the child 3 Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat WARNING Riding in an improper position or placing weight on the front passenger s seat when it is unoccupied by a passenger adversely affects the occupant classifi cation system OCS Proper seating position B990A010 When an adult is seated in the front pas senger seat if the passenger air bag off indicator is on turn the ignition key to LOCK and ask the passenger to sit prop erly sitting upright with the seat back in an upright position centered on the seat cush ion with their seat belt on legs comfortably extended and their feet on the floor Re start the engine and have the person re main in th
322. tioning to cool the interior O O Turn on the fan control switch Turn on the air conditioning switch by pushing in on the switch The air condi tioning indicator light should come on at the same time Setthe airintake control to Fresh mode eS Set the temperature control to Cool Cool provides maximum cooling The temperature may be moderated by moving the control toward Warm o Adjust the fan control to the desired speed For greater cooling turn the fan control to one of the higher speeds or temporarily select the Recirculation C 2 position on the air intake control Switch B740C01S AAT Dehumidified Heating For dehumidified heating Turn on the fan control switch Turn onthe air conditioning switch The air conditioning indicator light should come on at the same time Set the air intake control to the Fresh mode cQ o Setthe airflow control to the Face 7 o Adjust the fan control to the desired speed o Formore rapid action set the fan at one of the higher speeds o Adjust the temperature control to pro vide the desired amount of warmth DEFROSTING DEFOGGING 133 B720A01CM AAT Use the heating ventilation system to defrost or defog the windshield To remove interior fog on the windshield To remove frost or exterior fog on the windshield Setthe air flow control to the defrost position Set the air flow control to the defrost position The Fr
323. to a warm place and allow the ice to melt WARNING o Gasoline vapors are dangerous Be fore refueling always stop the engine and never smoke or allow sparks and open flames near the filler area Never operate your vehicle without a filler cap properly installed flammable vapors and gasoline could leak out in dangerous situations such as a colli sion or rollover If the filler cap must bereplaced only use genuine Hyundai replacement parts WARNING o After refueling make sure the fuel cap is installed securely to prevent fuel spillage in the event of an acci dent o Tighten the cap until it clicks other wise the light will illuminate 113 114 WARNING o If you open the fuel filler cap during high ambient temperatures a slight pressure sound may be heard This is normal and nota cause for concern Whenever you openthe fuel filler cap turn it slowly Donot TOP OFF after the first nozzle shut off when refueling Automotive fuels are flammable ex plosive materials When refueling please note the following guidelines carefully Before touching the fuel nozzle or fuel filler cap have one s hands in contact with metal parts away from the filler neck to discharge static electricity Do not get backinthe vehicle while refueling Do not operate anything that can produce static electricity Static electricity discharge can ig nite fuel vapors resulting in explo sion WARNING When u
324. to high heat sources such as the exhaust manifold Inspect the hose routing to assure that the hose does not come in contact with any heat source sharp edges or moving com ponent which might cause heat damage or mechanical wear Inspect all hose con nections such as clamps and couplings to make sure they are secure and that no leaks are present Hose should be re placed immediately if there is any evi dence of deterioration or damage F060G01A AAT o Vapor Hose and Fuel Filler Cap The vapor hose and fuel filler cap should be inspected at those intervals specified in the maintenance schedule Make sure that a new vapor hose or fuel filler cap is cor rectly replaced F060H01A AAT o Air Cleaner Filter A Genuine Hyundai air cleaner filter is recommended when the filter is replaced F060J01A AAT o Spark Plugs Make sure to install new spark plugs of the correct heat range FO60E01A AAT o Timing Belt 2 7L V6 only Inspectall parts related to the timing belt for damage and deformation Replace any damaged parts immediately F070C01A AAT o Coolant The coolant should be changed at the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS 5 F070E01CM AAT o Automatic Transaxle Fluid The fluid level should be in the 75 range of the dipstick after the engine and transaxle are at normal operating tem perature Check the automatic transaxle fluid level with
325. trailer weight Cargocapacity The cargo capacity of your vehicle will increase or decrease depending on the weight and the number of occupants and the tongue load if your vehicle is equipped with a trailer Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX pounds on your vehicle s placard 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle 2 DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kilograms or XXX pounds 4 The resulting figure equals the avail able amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 Ibs and there will be five 150 Ib passengers in your vehicle the amount of avail able cargo and luggage load capac ity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5x 150 650 165 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calcu lated in Step 4 6 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer load from your trailer will be trans ferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this re duces the available cargo and lug gage load capacity of your vehicle Example 1 Vehicle Capacity A h IE B C C190F01JM 1400 Ibs A Vehicle Capacity Weight 635 kg Subt
326. ts first 1 200 miles 2 000 km in order to allow the engine to properly break in Failureto heed this caution may resultin serious engine or transaxle damage 2 DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI C190B01S AAT Trailer Hitches Select the proper hitch and ball combina tion making sure that its location is com patible with that of the trailer or vehicle being towed Use a quality non equalizing hitch which distributes the tongue load uniformly throughout the chassis The hitch should be bolted securely to the car and installed by a qualified technician DO NOT USE A HITCH DESIGNED FOR TEMPORARY INSTALLATION AND NEVER USE ONE THAT ATTACHES ONLY TO THE BUMPER C190C02Y AAT Trailer Brakes If your trailer is equipped with a braking system make sure it conforms to federal and or local regulations and that it is prop erly installed and operating correctly NOTE If yutowatraileror vehicle your car will require more frequent maintenance due to the additional load See Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions on page 5 6 CAUTION o Never connecta trailer brake system directly to the vehicle brake system o Whentowingatrailer on steep grades in excess of 6 pay close attention to the engine coolant temperature gauge to ensure the engine does not overheat If the needle of the coolant temperature gauge moves across the dial towards H HOT pull over and stop as soonasitis safe to doso and allow the engine to idle
327. tton pressed for an extended period of time when the ve hicle is not running B540C01JM GAT Luggage Compartment Light 2 55 0 Cee ee Pewee ee eS Ez Bd Rad gan Luggage comp rtment light has a 3 posi tion switch The three positions are o In the DOOR position the luggage compartment light comes on when the tail gate is opened then goes out when it is closed o Inthe ON position the light stays on at all times o Inthe OFF position the light stays off at all times SUNGLASS HOLDER B491A040 AAT The sunglass holder is located on the front overhead console Push the end of the cover to open the sunglass holder WARNING Do not keep objects other than eye glasses inside the sunglass holder Such objects can be thrown from the holder inthe event of a sudden stop or anaccident possibly injuringthe pas sengers in the vehicle Do notopenthe sunglass holder while the vehicle is moving The rear view mirror of the vehicle can be blocked by an open sunglass holder CONVERSATION MIRROR B525A01CM AAT If Installed OCM052151 use the mirror push the cover and open it Adjust mirror angle to the desired posi tion Close the cover after use WARNING Do not adjust the mirror angle or look at rear passengers while driving This could result in loss of control and an accident causing death serious injury or prop e
328. tuds WARNING If the vehicle has been driven re cently some pieces may be very hot Use caution WARNING Wheels and wheel covers may have sharp edges Handle them carefully to avoid possible severe injury Be fore putting the wheel into place be sure that there is nothing on the hub or wheel such as mud tar gravel etc that interferes with the wheel from fitting solidly against the hub If there is remove it If there is not good contact on the mounting sur face between the wheel and hub the wheel nuts could come loose and cause the loss of a wheel Loss of a wheel may resultin loss of control of the vehicle This may cause serious injury or death 15 16 DO60H020 AAT 7 Reinstall Wheel Nuts ar antt r are Se OCM053105L _ _ To reinstall the wheel hold it on the studs put the wheel nuts on the studs and tighten them finger tight The nuts should be installed with their small di ameter ends directed inward Jiggle the tire to be sure it is completely seated then tighten the nuts as much as pos sible with your fingers again D060101E AAT 8 Lower Vehicle and Tighten Nuts f j A ee 10601010 Lower the car to the ground by turning the wheel nut wrench counterclock wise OCM054014 Then position the wrench as shown in the drawing and tighten the wheel nuts Be sure the socket is
329. uch objects may be come dangerous projectiles and cause injury if the supplemental side impact air bag inflates To prevent unexpected deployment of the side impact air bag that may resultin personalinjury avoid impact to the side impact sensor when the ignition key is on B990C02JM AAT Curtain Air bag Curtain Air bag OCMO052213 Curtain air bags are located along both sides of the roof rails above the front and rear doors They are designed to help protect the heads of the front seat occupants and the rear outboard seat occupants in certain side impact collisions The curtain air bags are designed to de ploy only during certain side impact colli sions depending on the crash severity angle speed and impact The curtain air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact situations collisions from the front or rear of the vehicle or in most rollover situations Important Safety Notes for Curtain Air Bag Systems Following are a number of safety points concerning this system which should al ways be observed to ensure risk of injury is reduced in an accident WARNING Before installing child restraints al ways refer to the Child Restraint System section to ensure correct installation and occupant protection Is maximized Make surethatthe occupant does not have any body parts head arms amp legs protruding outside the restrain ing system If an inflating air bag was to strike an infant child
330. uently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals H Replace Inspect and after inspection clean adjust repair or replace if necessary MAINTENANCE MAINTENANCE DRIVING OPERATION INTERVALS CONDITION E H EF AIRCLEANERFILTER MORE FREQUENTLY SPARKPLUGS MORE FREQUENTLY TIMING BELT 2 7 V6 BRAKE PADS CALIPERS AND ROTORS Front Rear PARKING BRAKE STEERING GEAR BOX LINKAGE amp BOOTS LOWER ARM BALLJOINT EVERY 25 000 MILES 40 000 KM EVERY 50 000 MILES 80 000 KM OR48 MONTHS MOREFREQUENTLY C D G H MOREFREQUENTLY C D G H MOREFREQUENTLY C D E F G MANUAL TRANSAXLE FLUID AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID CLIMATE CONTROLAIR FILTER FOREVAPORATORAND BLOWER UNIT TRANSFER CASE OIL AWD EVERY 30 000 MILES 48 000 KM C E G H I J REAR AXLE OIL AWD EVERY 60 000 MILES 96 000 KM C E G H I J PROPELLER SHAFT AWD EVERY 7 500 MILES 12 000 KM OR 6 MONTHS 1 Transfer case Oil and Rear Axle Oil should be changed anytime they have been submerged in water EVERY 60 000 MILES 96 000 KM C D E G H 1 J EVERY 30 000 MILES 48 000 KM A C E F G H MORE FREQUENTLY C E DRIVESHAFTS AND BOOTS EVERY 7 500 MILES 12 000 KM OR 6 MONTHS SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONS A Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 5miles 8km in normal tem perature or less than 10miles 16km in freezing te
331. uires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires This information identifies and describes the fundamen tal characteristics of the tire and also provides the tire identification number TIN for safety standard certification The TIN can be used to identify the tire in case of a recall 1 Manufacturer or Brand name o Manufacturer or Brand name is shown 2 Tiresize example P235 70R16 104T o The P indicates the tire is de signed for passenger vehicles A T is the designation for a tempo rary spare tire Three digitnumber 235 Thisnum ber gives the width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge o Two digit number 70 This num ber known as the aspect ratio gives the tire s ratio of height to width o The stands for radial o Two digit number 16 This num beris the wheel or rim diameter in inches o Two or three digit number 104 This number is the tire s load in dex It is a measurement of how much weight each tire can sup port CONSUMER INFORMATION REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS amp BINDING ARBITRATION OF WARRANTY CLAIMS 8 T Speed Rating The speed rating denotes the speed at which atireis designed to be driven for extended periods of time The ratings range from A to Z 98 to 186 MPH TIN Tire Identification Number for newtire example DOT XX XX XXX XXXX o DOT Abbreviation for the Depart ment of Tr
332. umber It is especially use ful if you are playing an MP3 or WMA CD which contains many directories and tracks The LCD screen displays the track number you have scrolled to Once the track number you want is dis played press the File Search knob to ENTER your selection and begin play back of the selected track NOTE You must push the File Search knob to select the track for playback Other wise the CD player will not jump to the track number displayed in the number counter Use the File Search knob and the DIR A and V buttons in together to quickly search for a track you want on an MP3 CD with many directories and tracks 7 RPT RDM MARK amp INFO buttons These buttons correspond to the Repeat Random Playback Marklist and Disc In formation functions Turn to the next section of your handbook for detailed instructions 1 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI B445F02CM AAT PLAYING CDS MP3 AND WMA DISCS 4 3 5 6 7 8 4 1 4 2 D466S04CM Model shown is 04665 The buttons on your audio system may differ For details see specific descriptions in the following section N Loading CDs Ejecting CDs Selecting a disc to play Selecting and playing tracks songs Using the Repeat function RPT button Using the Random playback function RDM button Using the Bookmark function MARK button Using the file information function INFO button FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI 1
333. undai Dealer The remote controller does not work Make sure you are pointing the remote controller at the face of the RSE at a 45 angle Change the battery Device requires one 1 CR2025 battery Use the control buttons on the RSE display panel If the remote controller still does not work contact your Hyundai Dealer DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI Engine Exhaust Can Be Dangerous 2 2 Before Starting the Engine 2 4 Key Positions eeseessseesseeeeeeeeneem eene 2 5 MEMO 2 6 Manual Transaxle 2 7 Automatic eese 2 10 Anti Lock Brake System ABS 2 15 Electronic Stability Control ESC 2 15 Full Time AWD Operation 2 17 AWD Lock System 2 20 Good Braking 2 21 Driving for Economy 2 23 Winter DIVING 2 24 Trailer or Vehicle Towing esee 2 27 Trailer Connector 2 31 Vehicle Load Limit nnn 2 32 WARNING ENGINE EXHAUST BEDANGEROUS C010A03A AAT Engine exhaust fumes can be extremely dangerous If
334. unds and also to control how sound is distributed to the speaker system Sound properties Press the knob repeatedly to display the corresponding audio control settings Bass Middle Treble Fader Balance EQ The LCD screen displays the audio control settings in sequence Once the audio con trol setting you wantis displayed rotate the knob clockwise anti clockwise to change the level of that audio setting increases decreases Bass re sponse of audio reproduction increases decreases Mid range response of audio re production increases decreases Treble response of audio reproduc tion sets front rear balance level for your speaker system Balance sets left right balance level for your speaker system EQ selects one of the 6 equalizer settings ROCK POP JAZZ CLASSIC TALK and equal izer off by turning the audio control knob once in the EQ mode If no icon is displayed in the LCD screen the equalizer is switched off Bass Middle Treble Fader 1 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI The 5 preset equalizer settings have been optimized for the 5 common genres of music For example the ROCK setting enhances bass reproduction with rock music whereas the CLASSIC setting en hances the clarity of string instruments during audio reproduction of classical music You may want to experiment with the different settings to confirm your per sonal preferences If you store an AM FM station or a XM cha
335. until it cools down You may proceed once the engine has cooled sufficiently C190D01S AAT Safety Chains Should the hitch connection between your vehicle and the trailer or vehicle you are towing fail the trailer or vehicle could wander dangerously across other lanes of traffic and ultimately leave the roadway To eliminate this potentially dangerous situa tion safety chains attached between your car and the trailer or towed vehicle are required in most states DRIVING YOURHYUNDAI 2 C190E01CM AAT u NOTE 4 Whentowingatrailer be sure to con Trailer Weight Limit wing 1 Neverloadthetrailer with more weight sult your Hyundai dealer for further Tongue load Total trailer weight C190E01JM Keep the tongue load 1096 of the total trailer load Tongue load 100 10 MAX Total trailer weight Tongue loads can be increased or de creased by re distributing the load in the trailer This can be verified by checking the total weight of the loaded trailer and then checking the load on the tongue in the back than in the front About 60 of the trailer load should beinthe fronthalf on the trailer and the remain ing 40 in the rear The total gross vehicle weight with trailer must not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR shown on the vehicle identification plate see page 8 2 The total gross vehicle weight is the combined weight of the vehicle driver
336. ur car in the garage or drive it into the garage when it is still wet or covered with snow ice or mud Even a heated garage can contribute to corrosion unless it is well ventilated so moisture is dispersed E020D02A AAT Keep Paintand Trim in Good Condi tion Scratches or chips in the finish should be covered with touch up paint as soon as possible to reduce the possibility of corro sion If bare metal is showing through the attention of a qualified body and paint shop is recommended Bird droppings Bird droppings are highly corrosive and may damage painted sur faces in just a few hours Always remove bird droppings as soon as possible E020E01A AAT Don t Neglectthe Interior Moisture can collect under the floor mats and carpeting to cause corrosion Check under the mats periodically to be sure the carpeting is dry Use particular care if you carry fertilizers cleaning materials or chemicals in the car These should be carried only in proper containers and any spills or leaks should be cleaned up flushed with clear water and thoroughly dried 4 CORROSIONPREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARE WASHING AND WAXING E030A02A AAT Washing Your Hyundai Never wash your car when the surface is hot from being in the sun Always wash your car in the shade Wash your car frequently Dirt is abrasive and can scratch the paint if it is not re moved Air pollution or acid rain may dam age the paint and trim through chemi
337. urself Maintenance If you are mechanically inclined own a few tools that are required and wantto take the time to do so you can inspect and service a number of items For more information about doing it yourself see Section 6 F010F01A AAT A Few Tips o Whenever you have your Hyundai ser viced keep copies ofthe service records in your glovebox This will help ensure that you can document that the required procedures have been performed to keep your warranties in effect This is especially important when service is not performed by an authorized Hyundai dealer o If you choose to do your own mainte nance repairs you may find it helpful to have an official Hyundai Shop Manual A copy of this publication may be purchased at your Hyundai dealer s parts department VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS 5 SCHEDULED MAINTE NANCE REQUIREMENTS FO20A02Y AAT o Inspection should be performed any time a malfunction is experienced or suspected o Receipts for all emission control system services should be retained to demon strate compliance with conditions of the emissions system warranty After 120 months or 150 000 miles 240 000 km continue to follow the prescribed maintenance intervals Forsevere usage maintenance require ments see page 5 6 of this section VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE F030A01A AAT The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good
338. use and more often if you are on atrip or driving in severe conditions G030B010 AAT Recommended Oil G030B01JM U The engine oil quality should meet the following classification API SJ SL or ABOVE ILSAC GF 3 or ABOVE NOTE o For good fuel economy SAE 5W 20 5W 30 ILSAC GF 3 engine oil is pre ferred o If SAE5W 20 ILSAC GF 3engineoil is notavailable other recommended en gine oils for corresponding tempera ture rangs can be used ED HYUNDAI RECOMMENDS G030C01JM AAT To Check the Oil Leve OCM055002L Before checking the oil warm up the en gine to the normal operating temperature and be sure your car is parked on level ground Turn the engine off Wait five minutes then remove the dip stick wipe it off fully reinsert the dipstick and withdraw it again Then note the high est level the oil has reached on the dip stick It should be between the upper F and lower L range WARNING Be very careful not to touch the radiator hose when checking the engine oil as it may be hot enough to burn you G030D02MC AAT Adding Oil y v al P OCM055003L If the oil level is close to or below the L mark add oil until it reaches the F mark To add oil 1 Remove the oil filler cap by turning it counterclockwise 2 Add oil then check the level again Do not overfill 3 Replace the cap by turning it clockwise The distance between the F and L
339. ust be properly belted and the seat should be moved as far back as possible Never wear the shoulder belt under your arm or behind your back An improperly positioned shoulder belt can cause serious injuries in a crash The shoulder belt should be positioned midway over your shoulder across your collarbone Avoid wearing twisted seat belts A twisted belt can t do its job as well In a collision it could even cut into you Be sure the belt webbing is straight and not twisted Be careful not to damage the belt webbing or hardware If the belt web bing or hardware is damaged replace it B200A01A AAT Adjusting Your Seat Belt NOS B200A01NF WARNING You should place the lap belt portion as low as possible and snugly across your hips not on your waist If the lap belt is located too high on your waist it may increase the chance of injury the event of a collision Both arms should not be under or overthe belt Rather one should be overandthe other under as shownin the illustration Never wear the seat belt under the arm nearest the door B210A01A AAT To Release the Seat Belt Su LZ im m The seat belt is released by pressing the release button in the locking buckle When itis released the belt should automatically draw back into the retractor If this does not happen check the belt to be sure it is not twisted then try again CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM B230A01CM AAT Childr
340. utes at one time o Don t tow a trailer during the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km of operation FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI 1 KEYS B030A01A AAT OMCO025001 For greater convenience the same key operates all the locks in your Hyundai However becausethe doors can be locked without a key carrying a spare key is recommended in case you accidentally lock one key inside the car 1 FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM BO30B01NF GAT Record Your Key Number A code number is attached on the number tag that came with the keys to your Hyundai This key number tag should not be left with the keys but kept in a safe place not in the vehicle The key number should also be recorded in a place where it can be found in an emergency If you need additional keys or if you should lose your keys your authorized Hyundai dealer can make new keys if you can supply the key number B880A01TG AAT If Installed The immobilizer system is an anti theft device designed to deter automobile theft NOTE This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received in cluding interference that may cause undesired operation CAUTION Changes or modifications notexpressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s au thority to operate the e
341. v ing or riding in a motor vehicle FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI 1 ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT AIR BAG SYSTEM SRS B240D01CM AAT 1 Driver s front air bag 2 Passenger s front air bag 3 Side impact air bag 4 Curtain air bag Both sides OCMO052146A 1 FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI DRIVER S AND PASSENGER S FRONT AIR BAG B240A02CM AAT Driver s Air bag OCMO051008L Your Hyundai is equipped with an ad vanced Supplemental Restraint Air bag System and lap shoulder belts at both the driver and passenger seating positions The indications of the system s presence are the letters SRS AIR BAG embossed on the air bag pad cover in the steering wheel and the passenger s side front panel pad above the glove box The Hyundai SRS consists of air bags installed under the pad covers in the cen ter of the steering wheel and the passenger s side front panel above the glove box The purpose of the SRS is to provide the vehicle s driver and or the front passenger with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt system alone in case of a frontal impact of sufficient severity The SRS uses a collection of sensors to gather information about the driver s and front passenger s seat position the driver s and front passenger s seat belt usage and impact severity The driver s seat position sensors which are installed on the seat track determine if the seats are fore or aft of a reference position Sim
342. vious track Press the button repeatedly to continue moving through previous tracks Press the A NEXT button to jump to the beginning of the next track Press the but ton repeatedly to continue moving through the following tracks Instead of using the A NEXT or V PREV buttons you can also enter the track num ber using the numbers on the remote con troller While a CD is playing press the number button s that correspond to the desired track and press ENTER The current track number is shown in the Status Display at the top of the LCD dis play 5 Stop The CD will automatically stop when any other source e g the vehicle radio or an external game is selected When you switch back to the CD it will begin playing at the point where it stopped While a CD is playing you can stop the CD by pressing the ON OFF button on the remote controller orthe POWER VOLUME knob on the RSE control panel When the HSE is turned on again it will automati cally begin playing the CD at the point where it was stopped Turning the vehicle off or selecting a differ ent RSE Source will also stop playing the CD 6 Eject Press the EJECT button to eject the CD Discs can be ejected even when the unit is not turned on 1 FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI B470F01CM AAT USING THE MP3 PLAYER Most RSE functions work the same for audio CDs and MP3 discs The major difference is that audio CDs are organized by tracks while discs
343. visor extenders that may be used when the visor is in the side glass position 117 118 B580C01LZ AAT Ticket Holder If installed OCM052125 The ticket holder is provided on the front of the sun visor for holding a tollgate ticket STEERING WHEEL B600A01NF GAT Tilttype 1 2 To adjust the steering wheel Pull the lever toward you and hold it to unlock Raise or lower the steering wheel to the desired position After adjustment release the lever B600B01NF GAT Tilt and telescopic type If Installed OCMO052051 To adjust the steering wheel 1 Push the lever downward fully to un lock 2 Adjust upward or downward and for ward or backward to set the steering wheel to the desired position 3 After adjustment securely tighten the lever by pulling it upward FRONT DOOR EDGE LIGHT B620A02S AAT CAUTION After adjusting the steering wheel try moving it up and downto make sure itis locked in position OCM051027L A light comes on when the front door is opened FEATURES OF YOURHYUNDAI 1 HORN B610A01L GAT OCM052052 Press the pad on the steering wheel to sound the horn 1 FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI CRUISE CONTROL B660A02S AAT The cruise control system provides auto matic speed control for your comfort when driving on straight open freeways toll roads or other noncongested highways This system is designed to fun
344. which could lead to handling failure or rollover and serious injury When replacing the tires be sure to install all four tires and wheel to wheels ofthe same size type tread brand and load carrying capacity If you nevertheless decide to equip your vehicle with any tire wheel com bination not recommended by Hyundai for off road driving you should not use these tires for high way driving DO60B020 AAT 1 Obtain Spare Tire and Tool pecu vm SS E sd Hemove the spare tire and remove the jack and tool bag from the luggage compartment NOTE The spare tire is located underneath the car DO60C02A AAT 2 Block the Wheel Flat tire Block the wheel thatis diagonally oppo site from the flat to keep the vehicle from rolling when the vehicle is raised on the jack DO60D01A AAT 3 Loosen Wheel Nuts OCM054011 The wheel nuts should be loosened slightly before raising the car Toloosen the nuts turn the wrench handle coun terclockwise When doing this be sure that the socket is seated completely over the nut so it cannot slip off For maximum leverage position the wrench so the handle is to the left as shown in the drawing Then while holding the wrench near the end of the handle push down on it with steady pressure Do not remove the nuts at this time Just loosen them about one half turn 13 D060E01A AAT 4 Put the Jack in Place The base of the jack should be placed on fir
345. y injure vehicle occupants during an ac cident or when braking For better fuel economy do not carry unnecessary weight Never allow anyone to ride in the lug gage compartment It is designed for luggage only Try to maintain the balance of the ve hicle and locate the weight as far for ward as possible B540D020 AAT Luggage Net OCM052133L 1 When loading objects in the luggage com partment use the four rings located in the luggage compartment to attach the lug gage net as shown illustration This will help prevent the objects from sliding To prevent damage to the goods or the vehicle care should be taken when car rying fragile or bulky objects in the lug gage compartment WARNING Avoid eye injury DO NOT overstretch The luggage net ALWAYS keep your face and body out of its recoil path DO NOT use when the strap has visible signs of wear or damage B545B01CM AAT Luggage Under Tray he SF Ye ELE There is a multipurpose receipt space under the luggage mat Before using remove the luggage mat if installed Raise the cover by using grip ROOF RACK FEATURESOF YOURHYUNDAI 1 B630A01CM AAT If installed Roof rack Crossbar if installed If your Hyundai has a roof rack you can load certain items on top of your vehicle Crossbars and attaching components to adapt the roof rack on your vehicle may be obtained from an authorized Hyunda
346. you may get shocked Do not let children operate or touch the AC Inverter When notusing the AC Inverter close the cover DRINK HOLDER B450A01CM AAT Front Drink Holder OCM052131 The front drink holder is located on the main console B450B01NF GAT Rear Drink Holder ail 052132 The rear drink holder for holding cups cans is located in the center of the rear seat armrest CAUTION Place the drink holder in its closed posi tion when not in use WARNING o Usecaution when using the drinkhold ers A spilled beverage that is very hot can injure you or your passen gers Spilled liquids can damage inte rior trim and electrical components Do not place objects other than cups or cans in the drink holder These objects can be thrown out in the event of a sudden stop or an accident pos sibly injuring the passengers in the vehicle SEATBACK POCKET B540B02E AAT If Installed f OCM051022L The seatback pockets for holding papers are located on the backside of the front seats WARNING To avoid injury do not place large or hard objects in the seat back pockets SUNROOF B460A03Y AAT If Installed Sun Shade Your vehicle is equipped with a sliding sunshade which you can manually adjust to let in light with the sunroof closed or to block sunlight OCM051023L WARNING Never adjust the sunshade while driv ing This could result in lo
347. your tires have been dam aged replace them CONSUMER INFORMATION REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS amp BINDING ARBITRATION OF WARRANTY CLAIMS 8 1035A01JM AAT Checking Tire Inflation Pressure Check your tires once a month or more Also check the tire pressure of the spare tire How to Check Use a good quality gage to check tire pressure You can not tell if your tires are properly inflated simply by looking atthem Radial tires may look properly inflated even when they re underinflated Check the tire s inflation pressure when the tires are cold Cold means your vehicle has been sitting for at least three hours or driven no more than 1 mile 1 6 km 8 CONSUMERINFORMATION REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS amp BINDING ARBITRATION OF WARRANTY CLAIMS Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem Press the tire gage firmly onto the valve to get a pressure mea surement If the cold tire inflation pres sure matches the recommended pres sure onthe tire and loading information label no further adjustment is neces sary If the pressure is low add air until you reach the recommended amount If you overfill the tire release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center ofthe tire valve Recheck the tire pres sure with the tire gage Be sure to put the valve caps back onthe valve stems They help preventleaks by keeping out dirt and moisture 1030B01CM AAT Tire Sidewall Labeling 1 1030B04JM Federal law req

1features of your hyundai

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents